The mysterie of rhetorique unveil'd wherein above 130 the tropes and figures are severally derived from the Greek into English : together with lively definitions and variety of Latin, English, scriptural, examples, pertinent to each of them apart. Conducing very much to the right understanding of the sense of the letter of the scripture, (the want whereof occasions many dangerous errors this day). Eminently delightful and profitable for young scholars, and others of all sorts, enabling them to discern and imitate the elegancy in any author they read, &c. / by John Smith.
         Smith, John, Gent.
      
       
         
           1665
        
      
       Approx. 392 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 139 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-11 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A59234
         Wing S2581
         ESTC R6865
         11966682
         ocm 11966682
         51744
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A59234)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 51744)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 876:12)
      
       
         
           
             The mysterie of rhetorique unveil'd wherein above 130 the tropes and figures are severally derived from the Greek into English : together with lively definitions and variety of Latin, English, scriptural, examples, pertinent to each of them apart. Conducing very much to the right understanding of the sense of the letter of the scripture, (the want whereof occasions many dangerous errors this day). Eminently delightful and profitable for young scholars, and others of all sorts, enabling them to discern and imitate the elegancy in any author they read, &c. / by John Smith.
             Smith, John, Gent.
             Sergeant, John, 1622-1707.
          
           [30], 248, [8] p.
           
             Printed by E. Cotes for George Eversden ...,
             London :
             1665.
          
           
             Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.
             Wing attributes this to John Sergeant. Halkett and Laing suggest him as possible author.
             Examples of proper English and Latin punctuation [6] p. at end.
             Advertisement p. [7]-[8] at end.
             Index: p. [13]-[30]
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Rhetoric -- Early works to 1800.
           English language -- Rhetoric -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2004-04 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-07 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-08 Judith Siefring
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-08 Judith Siefring
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           Imprimatur
           ,
        
         
           
             Joh.
             Hall
             ,
             
               R.
               P.
               D.
               Episc.
            
             Lond.
             
               à
               Sac
               Domest
            
             .
          
           
             
               25
               th
               August
               .
               1664.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Mysterie
           OF
           RHETORIQUE
           UNVEIL'D
           ,
           Wherein
           above
           130
           The
           TROPES
           and
           FIGURES
           are
           severally
           derived
           from
           the
           Greek
           into
           English
           ;
           together
           with
           lively
           Definitions
           and
           Variety
           Of
           
             
               Latin
               ,
            
             
               English
               ,
            
             
               Scriptural
               ,
            
          
           Examples
           ,
           Pertinent
           to
           each
           of
           them
           apart
           .
           Conducing
           very
           much
           to
           the
           right
           understanding
           of
           the
           Sense
           of
           the
           Letter
           of
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           (
           the
           want
           whereof
           occasions
           many
           dangerous
           Errors
           this
           day
           )
           Eminently
           delightful
           and
           profitable
           for
           young
           Scholars
           ,
           and
           others
           of
           all
           sorts
           ,
           enabling
           them
           to
           discern
           and
           imitate
           the
           Elegancy
           in
           any
           Author
           they
           read
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           By
           
             JOHN
             SMITH
          
           ,
           Gent.
           
        
         
           
             Ut
             hominis
             decus
             est
             ingenium
             :
          
           
             Sic
             ingenii
             lumen
             est
             Eloquentia
             .
          
           
             Cic.
             
          
        
         
           London
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             E.
             Cotes
          
           for
           
             George
             Eversden
          
           at
           the
           Mayden-head
           in
           St.
           Pauls-Church-yard
           ,
           1665.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Right
           Worshipful
           ,
           Sir
           
             Martin
             Noell
          
           ,
           Knight
           .
        
         
           
             Honoured
             Sir
             ,
          
        
         
           THE
           good
           Affection
           you
           bear
           unto
           all
           kinds
           of
           polite
           Literature
           ,
           accompanied
           with
           your
           genuine
           Inclination
           thereunto
           ,
           and
           in
           particular
           to
           Elocution
           ,
           together
           with
           those
           manifold
           Obligements
           which
           your
           Noble
           Self
           ,
           and
           Worthy
           Stock
           (
           viz.
           Mr.
           
             Edward
             Noell
          
           ,
           and
           
             James
             Noell
          
           of
           Tottenham
           in
           the
           County
           of
           Middlesex
           
             Esq
          
           )
           have
           accumulated
           upon
           me
           ,
           doe
           incite
           and
           encourage
           me
           to
           employ
           that
           breath
           which
           I
           would
           have
           spent
           in
           Expressions
           of
           Gratitude
           and
           Observance
           ,
           to
           beg
           your
           Worship
           to
           increase
           the
           Causes
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           doe
           thereupon
           beseech
           you
           to
           accept
           the
           tender
           of
           my
           Duty
           in
           this
           small
           Present
           ,
           to
           grant
           that
           your
           Protection
           ,
           and
           the
           Author
           your
           Pardon
           ,
           with
           favourable
           Permission
           to
           style
           himself
        
         
           
             Your
             Worships
             faithful
             Humble
             Servitour
             ,
             
               JOHN
               SMITH
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           The
           Author
           to
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           
             Courteous
             Reader
             ,
          
        
         
           WEre
           it
           absolutely
           necessary
           for
           him
           that
           would
           write
           of
           Eloquence
           to
           be
           perfectly
           eloquent
           ,
           I
           would
           easily
           confesse
           myself
           too
           rash
           in
           this
           enterprise
           :
           But
           having
           seen
           often
           those
           treat
           knowingly
           of
           painting
           that
           never
           held
           Pencil
           ,
           and
           Cicero
           remarking
           that
           Aratus
           ,
           by
           the
           common
           consent
           of
           learned
           men
           ,
           wrote
           excellently
           of
           the
           Heavens
           and
           Stars
           ,
           though
           he
           was
           no
           noted
           Astronomer
           ;
           I
           'm
           encourag'd
           to
           say
           ,
           why
           then
           may
           not
           I
           too
           discourse
           of
           Eloquence
           without
           being
           an
           Oratour
           ?
           Galen
           ,
           that
           great
           Master
           of
           Physick
           ,
           who
           wrote
           so
           learnedly
           of
           every
           part
           of
           that
           Science
           ,
           was
           little
           seen
           in
           the
           Practick
           ;
           Nor
           are
           those
           that
           discourse
           best
           of
           the
           embattailing
           Armies
           ,
           and
           differencing
           Military
           functions
           ,
           alwayes
           the
           best
           Warriers
           ,
           or
           the
           
           most
           daring
           .
           The
           like
           may
           happen
           in
           this
           Subject
           ,
           that
           he
           ,
           who
           is
           able
           to
           set
           down
           the
           rules
           and
           laws
           which
           ought
           to
           be
           observed
           in
           speech
           or
           style
           ,
           may
           notwithstanding
           find
           himself
           defective
           in
           the
           application
           ;
           and
           so
           may
           be
           said
           to
           give
           that
           to
           others
           ,
           which
           he
           hath
           not
           himself
           :
           But
           this
           Treatise
           indeed
           may
           not
           so
           properly
           be
           termed
           a
           Direction
           to
           the
           Art
           of
           Rhetorique
           ,
           as
           a
           Key
           to
           unlock
           and
           lay
           open
           those
           abstruse
           difficulties
           which
           the
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           have
           hitherto
           ,
           not
           only
           been
           masked
           with
           ,
           but
           lock'd
           up
           under
           ;
           I
           mean
           from
           such
           at
           least
           ,
           as
           are
           altogether
           unacquainted
           with
           the
           Greek
           tongue
           ,
           and
           have
           not
           directed
           their
           studies
           to
           that
           subject
           .
        
         
           Object
           .
           But
           it
           may
           be
           you
           will
           say
           ,
           there
           were
           several
           books
           extant
           before
           ,
           that
           much
           illustrate
           the
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           of
           Rhetorique
           .
        
         
           Answ.
           It
           is
           very
           true
           ,
           that
           many
           learned
           Worthies
           have
           done
           exceeding
           well
           herein
           ;
           yet
           to
           use
           the
           expression
           of
           one
           of
           them
           :
           That
           a
           child
           upon
           a
           Gyant
           shoulders
           can
           see
           further
           then
           the
           Gyant
           :
           So
           I
           ,
           having
           the
           help
           of
           
           th●ir
           labours
           ,
           and
           of
           other
           Books
           ,
           have
           by
           Divine
           assistance
           (
           without
           ostentation
           be
           it
           mentioned
           )
           used
           a
           more
           distinct
           and
           easie
           method
           throughout
           the
           whole
           current
           of
           my
           Discourse
           ,
           then
           any
           other
           upon
           this
           Subject
           yet
           extant
           ;
           whereby
           matters
           of
           high
           and
           excellent
           sublimity
           are
           bowed
           down
           to
           the
           weakest
           capacities
           .
        
         
           I
           render
           the
           English
           of
           each
           Trope
           and
           Figure
           ,
           &
           likewise
           the
           English
           of
           the
           words
           ,
           from
           whence
           they
           are
           derived
           ,
           whether
           from
           the
           Greek
           or
           Latin
           ,
           then
           a
           brief
           definition
           and
           lively
           character
           and
           representation
           of
           each
           Trope
           and
           Figure
           ,
           then
           choyse
           Latin
           and
           *
           English
           Examples
           pertinent
           to
           each
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           also
           a
           brief
           and
           plain
           explanation
           of
           the
           terms
           used
           in
           Rhetorique
           ,
           with
           an
           Alphabetical
           Table
           for
           the
           ready
           finding
           each
           of
           the
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           For
           that
           the
           holy
           Scripture
           is
           not
           barren
           of
           ,
           but
           abounds
           with
           *
           tropes
           and
           figures
           of
           all
           sorts
           ,
           as
           containing
           the
           most
           excellent
           and
           sublimest
           eloquence
           ,
           
           and
           is
           like
           a
           pleasant
           garden
           ,
           bedecked
           with
           flowers
           ,
           or
           a
           fruitful
           field
           ,
           full
           of
           precious
           treasures
           ,
           I
           apprehended
           it
           a
           work
           worthy
           the
           undertaking
           ,
           to
           dig
           into
           those
           sacred
           Minerals
           for
           the
           better
           finding
           out
           the
           Metaphors
           ,
           Metonymies
           ,
           Synecdoches
           ,
           &c.
           which
           lie
           hid
           there
           ,
           and
           have
           given
           Scriptural
           Examples
           pertinent
           to
           each
           of
           the
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           :
           For
           the
           bare
           reading
           of
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           without
           searching
           into
           its
           heavenly
           mysteries
           and
           meaning
           ,
           is
           like
           the
           coming
           into
           a
           Treasury
           ,
           wherein
           we
           see
           many
           costly
           things
           folded
           up
           ,
           and
           some
           ends
           appearing
           out
           ,
           but
           when
           they
           be
           all
           unfolded
           ,
           then
           doth
           their
           glory
           more
           affect
           us
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           leave
           in
           us
           a
           deep
           impression
           of
           their
           excellency
           :
           Besides
           ,
           the
           ignorance
           of
           Rhetorique
           is
           one
           ground
           (
           yea
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           one
           )
           of
           many
           dangerous
           Errors
           this
           day
           ;
           as
           upon
           perusal
           of
           the
           Scriptural
           Examples
           of
           Synecdoche
           ,
           Metonymie
           ,
           &c.
           will
           manifestly
           appear
           ,
           where
           you
           have
           not
           only
           bare
           instances
           ,
           but
           divers
           Texts
           cleared
           and
           explained
           ;
           for
           though
           the
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Lord
           be
           indeed
           that
           Golden
           
           Key
           ,
           that
           opens
           the
           sealed
           mysteries
           of
           the
           Book
           of
           Truth
           ,
           and
           inspires
           the
           soul
           with
           the
           understanding
           of
           the
           hidden
           wisdom
           therein
           ;
           and
           those
           men
           ,
           whose
           understandings
           are
           not
           opened
           by
           him
           who
           hath
           the
           Key
           of
           David
           ,
           
           be
           they
           never
           so
           learned
           ,
           
           yet
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           blindnesse
           of
           their
           hearts
           ,
           seeing
           ,
           
           they
           see
           not
           ,
           and
           hearing
           ,
           
           they
           understand
           not
           the
           wonders
           in
           Gods
           law
           :
           yet
           ,
           
           all
           Science
           ,
           and
           particularly
           ,
           Rhetorique
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           reduced
           to
           a
           blessed
           subordination
           and
           conformity
           to
           the
           teachings
           of
           the
           Spirit
           of
           Truth
           ,
           is
           a
           good
           gift
           of
           God
           ,
           proceeding
           from
           the
           Father
           of
           lights
           ,
           and
           very
           conducent
           to
           the
           unfolding
           and
           right
           understanding
           of
           the
           Figurative
           and
           Tropical
           Elegancies
           of
           that
           blessed
           Book
           ,
           which
           abounds
           with
           the
           most
           excellent
           and
           divinest
           eloquence
           :
        
         
           *
           And
           herein
           we
           must
           beware
           that
           we
           take
           not
           those
           things
           literally
           which
           are
           to
           be
           understood
           spiritually
           ;
           that
           we
           go
           not
           out
           to
           a
           figurative
           acceptation
           of
           any
           place
           of
           Scripture
           ,
           
           where
           
           we
           have
           not
           a
           sufficient
           reason
           (
           grounded
           upon
           some
           word
           of
           truth
           )
           why
           the
           proper
           sense
           or
           signification
           of
           the
           words
           may
           not
           be
           adhered
           unto
           ;
           for
           we
           must
           never
           leave
           off
           the
           proper
           sense
           ,
           unlesse
           the
           coherence
           of
           the
           Text
           ,
           the
           Analogie
           of
           faith
           ,
           or
           some
           other
           place
           of
           Scripture
           require
           a
           figurative
           Exposition
           .
           And
           it
           is
           very
           dangerous
           to
           make
           figures
           ,
           where
           the
           Scripture
           makes
           none
           ;
           or
           to
           make
           the
           scope
           and
           sense
           bleed
           with
           straining
           it
           too
           hard
           .
           Origen
           would
           sometimes
           take
           that
           literally
           ,
           which
           ought
           to
           be
           understood
           mystically
           ,
           and
           thus
           mistaking
           that
           place
           ,
           Matth.
           19.12
           .
           And
           there
           be
           Eunuches
           ,
           which
           have
           made
           themselves
           Eunuches
           for
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           heavens
           sake
           :
           he
           gelt
           himself
           ;
           And
           he
           also
           sometimes
           would
           allegorize
           plain
           Scriptures
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           such
           as
           are
           to
           be
           taken
           literally
           ,
           or
           in
           their
           proper
           signification
           :
           But
           the
           difference
           will
           easily
           appear
           to
           the
           wise
           and
           observant
           Reader
           ;
           *
           Mat.
           26.29
           .
           
             I
             will
             not
             henceforth
             [
             drink
             ]
             of
             this
             fruit
             of
             the
             Vine
             ,
             untill
             that
             day
             when
             I
             drink
             it
             new
             with
             you
             in
             my
             Fathers
             Kingdom
          
           ;
           where
           the
           first
           word
           [
           drink
           ]
           
           hath
           a
           proper
           or
           literal
           signification
           ;
           but
           the
           later
           a
           Metaphorical
           ,
           of
           their
           Communion
           ,
           or
           partaking
           of
           the
           joys
           of
           heaven
           .
           This
           work
           will
           also
           be
           very
           useful
           and
           advantageous
           to
           youth
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           enabling
           them
           to
           find
           out
           the
           elegancy
           in
           any
           Author
           ,
           and
           likewise
           help
           the
           invention
           of
           learners
           ,
           who
           may
           beautifie
           a
           speech
           ,
           and
           adorn
           a
           discourse
           with
           elocution
           ,
           by
           drawing
           their
           discourse
           through
           the
           several
           Tropes
           or
           Figures
           ,
           and
           taking
           what
           may
           best
           befit
           their
           purpose
           :
           So
           I
           will
           detain
           thee
           no
           longer
           in
           the
           Porch
           ,
           but
           in●ite
           thee
           into
           the
           House
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           I
           have
           ,
           set
           before
           〈◊〉
           ,
           i●
           there
           be
           no
           such
           varieties
           as
           were
           expected
           ;
           yet
           ,
           let
           it
           have
           acceptance
           with
           thee
           ,
           seeing
           it
           is
           according
           to
           my
           ability
           ;
           Thus
           doe
           ,
           and
           thou
           wilt
           engage
           him
           ,
           who
           is
        
         
           
             Thy
             real
             wel-wisher
             ,
             
               John
               Smith
            
             .
          
           
             
               From
               my
               Chamber
               in
            
             Mountague
             Close
             ,
             Southwark
             
               March
               27.
               1656.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Contents
           of
           the
           Pre-ambular
           part
           of
           this
           Book
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           
             RHetorique
             ,
             what
             ,
             with
             the
             use
             thereof
             ,
             
               page
               1.
            
             
          
           
             A
             Trope
             ,
             what
             ,
             2
          
           
             The
             Affections
             of
             Tropes
             ,
             what
             ;
             and
             how
             many
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             A
             figure
             ,
             what
             ,
             ibid.
             
          
           
             The
             difference
             between
             a
             Trope
             and
             a
             Figure
             .
             4.
             
          
           
             A
             figure
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             what
             ,
             5.
             
             A
             figure
             of
             a
             Sentence
             ,
             what
             
               4
               ,
               5
               ,
               6.
            
             
          
           
             The
             d●fference
             between
             a
             figure
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             and
             a
             figure
             of
             a
             Sentence
             ,
             
               5
               ,
               6.
            
             
          
           
             Figures
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             which
             ,
             
               5
               ,
               6.
            
             
          
           
             Figures
             of
             a
             Sentence
             ,
             which
             ,
             7.8
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Alphabetical
           Table
           ,
           or
           a
           Synopsis
           ,
           whereby
           the
           Reader
           may
           on
           a
           sudden
           ,
           view
           all
           the
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           ,
           or
           find
           out
           which
           of
           them
           he
           principally
           aims
           at
           ;
           where
           ,
           next
           after
           the
           Trope
           ,
           or
           Figure
           ,
           is
           the
           genuine
           Signification
           of
           the
           word
           in
           English
           ,
           then
           a
           brief
           description
           of
           each
           Trope
           and
           Figure
           ,
           and
           lastly
           a
           referring
           to
           the
           Pages
           ,
           where
           they
           are
           largely
           Explained
           and
           Exemplified
           :
           Note
           likewise
           that
           some
           words
           which
           are
           neither
           Tropes
           ,
           nor
           Figures
           ,
           yet
           being
           abstruse
           words
           ,
           and
           incident
           to
           the
           unveiling
           divers
           of
           the
           Figures
           ,
           are
           here
           inserted
           ,
           and
           the
           Reader
           referred
           to
           the
           pages
           ,
           where
           they
           are
           also
           described
           and
           exemplified
           .
        
         
           
             
               A.
               
            
             
               AENigma
               ,
               a
               Riddle
               ,
               or
               an
               obscure
               Allegory
               .
               
                 pag.
                 72
              
            
             
               Aetiologia
               ,
               a
               rendring
               of
               a
               reason
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               reason
               of
               a
               thing
               is
               shown
               .
               119
            
             
               Allegoria
               ,
               Inversion
               or
               Changing
               :
               a
               Trope
               whereby
               a
               sentence
               must
               be
               understood
               otherwise
               
               then
               the
               literal
               interpretation
               shews
               ,
               51
            
             
               Anacoenosis
               ,
               Communication
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               consult
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               argue
               the
               case
               with
               others
               146
            
             
               Anadiplosis
               ,
               Redoubling
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               the
               last
               word
               ,
               or
               sound
               of
               the
               first
               clause
               ,
               is
               repeated
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               next
               .
               80
            
             
               Anamne●is
               ,
               Remembrance
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               call
               to
               mind
               matters
               past
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 232
              
            
             
               Anaphora
               ,
               Rehearsal
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               several
               clauses
               of
               a
               sentence
               are
               begun
               with
               the
               same
               word
               or
               sound
               .
               84
            
             
               Anastrophe
               ,
               a
               proposterous
               placing
               of
               words
               or
               matter
               .
               188
            
             
               Antanaclasis
               ,
               a
               bearing
               back
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               same
               word
               in
               likenesse
               is
               repeated
               in
               a
               various
               (
               if
               not
               in
               a
               contrary
               )
               signification
               .
               104
            
             
               Anthropopathia
               ,
               a
               speaking
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               men
               .
               193
            
             
               Anthypophora
               ,
               a
               contrary
               illation
               ,
               or
               inference
               :
               see
               it
               in
               
                 Prolepsis
                 .
                 123
              
            
             
               Antimetabole
               ,
               a
               turning
               of
               the
               words
               in
               a
               sentence
               upside
               down
               .
               113
            
             
               Antiphrasis
               ,
               a
               word
               or
               speech
               to
               be
               understood
               by
               the
               contrary
               .
               64
            
             
               Antiptosis
               ,
               the
               putting
               of
               one
               case
               for
               another
               .
               181
            
             
               Antistoechon
               ,
               a
               change
               of
               letters
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               one
               letter
               is
               put
               for
               another
               .
               134
            
             
               Antithesis
               ,
               Opposition
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               one
               letter
               is
               put
               for
               another
               .
               163
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               a
               Rhetorical
               Exornation
               when
               contraries
               are
               opposed
               to
               contraries
               in
               speech
               or
               a
               sentence
               .
               164
            
             
               
               Antonomasia
               ,
               a
               putting
               of
               one
               name
               for
               another
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               another
               name
               ,
               a
               common
               name
               ,
               or
               a
               nick
               name
               is
               put
               instead
               of
               the
               proper
               name
               .
               57
            
             
               Aphaeresis
               ,
               a
               taking
               away
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               letter
               ,
               or
               syllable
               is
               taken
               away
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               a
               word
               .
               161
            
             
               Apocope
               ,
               a
               cutting
               off
               ,
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               last
               letter
               or
               syllable
               of
               a
               word
               is
               cut
               off
               .
               162
            
             
               Apodioxis
               ,
               Rejection
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               any
               argument
               or
               objection
               is
               with
               indignation
               rejected
               ,
               as
               very
               absurd
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 216
              
            
             
               Apodixis
               ,
               demonstration
               or
               evident
               proof
               .
               215
            
             
               Apophasis
               ,
               a
               denying
               ;
               a
               kind
               of
               an
               Irony
               ,
               whereby
               we
               deny
               that
               we
               say
               ,
               or
               doe
               ,
               that
               which
               we
               principa●y
               say
               or
               doe
               .
               156
            
             
               Aporia
               ,
               Doubting
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               deliberate
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               argue
               the
               case
               with
               our selves
               .
               144
            
             
               Aposiopesis
               ,
               an
               holding
               ones
               peace
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               through
               vehemency
               ,
               the
               course
               of
               the
               sentence
               begun
               is
               so
               stayed
               ,
               as
               thereby
               some
               part
               of
               the
               sentence
               not
               being
               uttered
               ,
               may
               be
               understood
               .
               142
            
             
               Apostrophe
               ,
               a
               turning
               away
               or
               dislike
               ;
               a
               diversion
               of
               speech
               to
               another
               person
               ,
               then
               the
               speech
               appointed
               did
               require
               .
               150
            
             
               Astismus
               ,
               a
               civil
               and
               pleasant
               jest
               .
               67
            
             
               Asyndeton
               ,
               without
               a
               copulative
               ,
               173
            
             
               Auxesis
               ,
               an
               encreasing
               ;
               an
               Exornation
               when
               for
               amplification
               ,
               a
               more
               grave
               and
               substantial
               word
               ,
               is
               put
               in
               stead
               of
               the
               proper
               word
               .
               47
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               C.
               
            
             
               CAtachresis
               ,
               Abuse
               :
               it
               is
               the
               abuse
               of
               a
               trope
               ,
               and
               is
               when
               words
               are
               too
               far
               wrested
               from
               their
               native
               and
               genuine
               signification
               .
               41
            
             
               Charientismus
               ,
               Pleasantnesse
               :
               a
               trope
               whereby
               unpleasing
               matters
               are
               mitigated
               with
               pleasant
               words
               .
               66
            
             
               Chronographia
               ,
               a
               description
               of
               times
               and
               seasons
               .
               209
            
             
               Climax
               ,
               Gradation
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               succeeding
               clauses
               of
               a
               sentence
               transcend
               each
               other
               by
               divers
               degrees
               .
               82
            
             
               Compar
               ,
               even
               ,
               equal
               ;
               a
               Rhetorical
               Exornation
               whereby
               the
               parts
               of
               a
               sentence
               doe
               consist
               almost
               of
               the
               like
               number
               of
               syllables
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 203
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               D.
               
            
             
               DIaeresis
               ,
               Division
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               one
               syllable
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               parts
               .
               168
            
             
               Dialogismus
               ,
               a
               conference
               between
               two
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               as
               one
               discussing
               a
               thing
               by
               himself
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               talking
               with
               another
               ,
               doth
               move
               the
               question
               and
               make
               the
               answer
               :
               see
               
                 Prosopopoeia
                 .
                 237
              
            
             
               Dialyton
               ,
               Disjoyned
               :
               This
               figure
               and
               Asyndeton
               are
               alike
               .
               173
            
             
               Diastole
               ,
               Extension
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               syllable
               ,
               short
               by
               nature
               ▪
               is
               made
               long
               .
               167
            
             
               Diatyposis
               ,
               description
               or
               information
               of
               a
               thing
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               having
               spoken
               of
               a
               thing
               in
               general
               ,
               descend
               unto
               particulars
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 234
              
            
             
               
               Dilemma
               ,
               an
               horned
               or
               double
               argument
               :
               which
               every
               way
               convinceth
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 244
              
            
             
               Dissimilitudo
               ,
               Dissimilitude
               .
               200
            
          
        
         
           
             
               E.
               
            
             
               ECphonesis
               ,
               Exclamation
               .
               134
            
             
               Ecthlipsis
               ,
               a
               striking
               out
               :
               a
               Grammatical
               figure
               when
               the
               letter
               M
               ,
               with
               his
               vowel
               is
               taken
               away
               ,
               the
               next
               word
               beginning
               with
               a
               vowel
               .
               167
            
             
               Ellipsis
               ,
               Def●ct
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               in
               a
               sentence
               a
               word
               is
               wanting
               ,
               to
               make
               that
               sense
               which
               hath
               been
               spoken
               .
               1●8
            
             
               Emphasis
               ,
               efficacie
               of
               expression
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               tacite
               vertue
               and
               efficacy
               of
               signification
               is
               given
               to
               words
               ;
               
                 &c.
                 138
              
            
             
               Enallage
               ,
               a
               change
               of
               order
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               the
               number
               or
               gender
               ,
               mood
               ,
               &c.
               are
               put
               one
               for
               another
               .
               185
            
             
               Enantiosis
               ,
               Contention
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               speak
               that
               by
               a
               contrary
               ,
               which
               we
               would
               have
               to
               be
               understood
               as
               it
               were
               by
               affirmation
               .
               115
            
             
               Enthymema
               ,
               conception
               of
               the
               mind
               ;
               an
               Euthymem
               or
               imperfect
               syllogism
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Major
               or
               Minor
               proposition
               being
               wanting
               ,
               is
               looked
               for
               .
               242.
               
            
             
               Epanalepsis
               ,
               a
               taking
               back
               :
               aꝭ
               figure
               when
               a
               sentence
               is
               begun
               and
               ended
               with
               the
               same
               word
               or
               sound
               .
               99
            
             
               Epanados
               ,
               Regression
               ,
               or
               turning
               back
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               same
               sound
               is
               repeated
               in
               the
               beginning
               and
               the
               middle
               ,
               in
               the
               middle
               and
               end
               of
               a
               sentence
               .
               100
            
             
               Epanorthosis
               ,
               Correction
               ,
               or
               amending
               :
               a
               
               figure
               when
               in
               our
               speech
               ,
               something
               that
               went
               before
               ,
               is
               called
               back
               and
               corrected
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 139
              
            
             
               Epenthesis
               ,
               Interposition
               ;
               it
               is
               the
               interposition
               of
               a
               letter
               or
               syllable
               in
               the
               middle
               of
               a
               word
               .
               162
            
             
               Epimone
               ,
               a
               tarrying
               long
               upon
               one
               matter
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               continue
               and
               persist
               in
               the
               same
               cause
               ,
               much
               after
               one
               form
               of
               speech
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 218
              
            
             
               Epiphonema
               ,
               Acclamation
               ;
               an
               applause
               of
               a
               thing
               approved
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 137
              
            
             
               Epistrophe
               ,
               a
               turning
               to
               the
               same
               sound
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               divers
               sentences
               end
               alike
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 86
              
            
             
               Epitrope
               ,
               Permission
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               seriously
               or
               Ironically
               permit
               a
               thing
               .
               
                 &c.
                 126
              
            
             
               Epizeuxis
               ,
               a
               joyning
               together
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               same
               word
               is
               doubled
               by
               way
               of
               Emphasis
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 78
              
            
             
               Erotesis
               ,
               Interrogation
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               either
               demand
               a
               question
               ,
               earnestly
               affirm
               ,
               or
               vehemently
               deny
               a
               thing
               .
               130
            
             
               Evocatio
               ,
               a
               calling
               forth
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               Nominative
               case
               to
               a
               Verb
               of
               the
               third
               person
               is
               set
               before
               a
               verb
               of
               first
               or
               second
               person
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 180
              
            
             
               Euphemismus
               ,
               a
               fair
               or
               favourable
               kind
               of
               speech
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               word
               of
               a
               good
               and
               bad
               signification
               is
               interpreted
               to
               the
               better
               part
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 211
              
            
             
               Exegesis
               ,
               Explication
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               that
               which
               was
               first
               spoken
               more
               darkly
               ,
               is
               afterwards
               in
               the
               same
               sentence
               more
               manifestly
               explained
               and
               confirmed
               .
               194
            
             
               Exergasia
               ,
               a
               polishing
               or
               trimming
               :
               a
               figure
               
               when
               we
               abide
               still
               in
               one
               place
               ,
               and
               yet
               seem
               to
               speak
               divers
               things
               .
               
                 &c.
                 208
              
            
             
               Expeditio
               ,
               Expedition
               ,
               or
               quick
               dispatch
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               many
               parts
               or
               reasons
               of
               an
               argument
               being
               enumerated
               and
               touched
               ;
               all
               are
               destroyed
               ,
               save
               that
               only
               ,
               upon
               which
               the
               speaker
               intends
               to
               stand
               and
               rest
               upon
               .
               233
            
          
        
         
           
             
               G.
               
            
             
               GNome
               ,
               a
               sentence
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               bring
               in
               a
               sentence
               or
               some
               remarkable
               saying
               of
               anothers
               to
               the
               same
               purpose
               with
               the
               Author
               ,
               he
               being
               not
               named
               .
               228
            
          
        
         
           
             
               H.
               
            
             
               HEbraism
               ,
               or
               a
               speech
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Hebrews
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 213
              
            
             
               Hellenismus
               ,
               a
               Grecism
               or
               imitation
               of
               the
               Greeks
               in
               phrase
               or
               construction
               .
               182
            
             
               Hendiadys
               ,
               a
               dividing
               of
               one
               thing
               into
               two
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               one
               thing
               is
               expressed
               by
               more
               words
               .
               184
            
             
               Hirmos
               ,
               a
               bond
               or
               knot
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               sudden
               entrance
               is
               made
               into
               a
               confused
               heap
               of
               matter
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 155
              
            
             
               Homoeoptoton
               ,
               falling
               out
               alike
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               divers
               clauses
               end
               with
               the
               same
               letter
               or
               syllable
               .
               200
            
             
               Homoeoteleuton
               ,
               ending
               alike
               :
               a
               fig.
               whereby
               divers
               parts
               ,
               or
               members
               of
               a
               sentence
               end
               alike
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 202
              
            
             
               
               Horismos
               ,
               Definition
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               we
               declare
               what
               a
               thing
               is
               ,
               and
               is
               usually
               when
               we
               distinguish
               between
               two
               words
               by
               defining
               both
               of
               them
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 220
              
            
             
               Hypallage
               ,
               a
               changing
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               natural
               order
               of
               the
               words
               is
               changed
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 189
              
            
             
               Hyperbaton
               ,
               a
               passing
               over
               :
               it
               is
               a
               transposed
               order
               of
               words
               ;
               a
               figure
               when
               words
               agreeing
               in
               sense
               ,
               are
               in
               place
               disjoyned
               .
               188
            
             
               Hyperbole
               ,
               Exuperation
               ,
               or
               a
               passing
               of
               bounds
               ;
               it
               is
               when
               the
               Trope
               is
               exceedingly
               inlarged
               ;
               or
               when
               in
               advancing
               or
               repressing
               one
               speaks
               much
               more
               than
               is
               precisely
               true
               ,
               yea
               ,
               above
               all
               belief
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 46
              
            
             
               Hypophora
               ,
               an
               objection
               ;
               it
               propounds
               an
               objection
               ,
               and
               is
               ,
               when
               the
               speaker
               makes
               answer
               to
               his
               own
               demand
               :
               see
               
                 Prolepsis
                 .
                 123
              
            
             
               Hypothesis
               ,
               a
               supposition
               .
               245
            
             
               Hypotyposis
               ,
               Representation
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               a
               whole
               matter
               is
               expressed
               so
               particularly
               and
               in
               order
               ,
               that
               it
               seems
               to
               be
               represented
               unto
               ocular
               inspection
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 109
              
            
             
               Hypozeugma
               ,
               a
               joyning
               together
               in
               the
               end
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               common
               word
               is
               put
               in
               the
               last
               clause
               :
               in
               
                 Zeugma
                 .
                 169
              
            
             
               Hysterologia
               ,
               a
               preposterous
               speech
               ;
               or
               a
               placing
               of
               that
               before
               which
               should
               succeed
               ,
               and
               contrarily
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 190
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               I.
               
            
             
               INcrementum
               ,
               an
               increasing
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               a
               speech
               ascends
               by
               degrees
               from
               the
               lowest
               to
               the
               highest
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 128
              
            
             
               
               Inversio
               ,
               a
               turning
               upside
               down
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               the
               speaker
               brings
               in
               a
               thing
               for
               himself
               ,
               which
               was
               alledged
               against
               him
               .
               121
            
             
               Ironia
               ,
               mocking
               or
               counterfeiting
               :
               a
               trope
               whereby
               in
               derision
               ,
               we
               speak
               contrary
               to
               what
               we
               think
               or
               mean.
               38
            
          
        
         
           
             
               L.
               
            
             
               LItotes
               ,
               smallnesse
               ,
               or
               extenuation
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               lesse
               is
               said
               then
               signified
               :
               hereby
               sometimes
               a
               word
               is
               put
               d●wn
               with
               a
               sign
               of
               negation
               ,
               when
               as
               much
               is
               signified
               as
               if
               we
               had
               spoken
               affirmatively
               ;
               if
               not
               more
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 60
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               M.
               
            
             
               MArtyria
               ,
               Testimony
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               speaker
               confirms
               something
               by
               his
               own
               experience
               .
               218
            
             
               Meiosis
               ,
               extenuation
               ,
               or
               diminution
               :
               It
               is
               when
               lesse
               is
               spoken
               ,
               yet
               more
               is
               understood
               ,
               or
               when
               for
               extenuation
               sake
               we
               use
               a
               more
               light
               and
               easie
               term
               then
               the
               matter
               requires
               ,
               &c.
               see
               in
               
                 Hyperbole
                 .
                 48
              
            
             
               Mesozeugma
               ,
               a
               joyning
               together
               in
               the
               middle
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               common
               word
               being
               placed
               in
               the
               middle
               clause
               ,
               knits
               together
               the
               precedent
               and
               subsequent
               words
               ,
               &c.
               
               See
               this
               in
               
                 Zeugma
                 .
                 169
              
            
             
               Metabasis
               ,
               Transition
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               are
               briefly
               put
               in
               mind
               of
               what
               hath
               been
               said
               ,
               and
               what
               remains
               further
               to
               be
               spoken
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 222
              
            
             
               Metalepsis
               ,
               Participation
               :
               it
               is
               the
               multiplying
               of
               a
               trope
               in
               one
               word
               ,
               and
               is
               when
               there
               are
               many
               tropes
               in
               one
               word
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 44
              
            
             
               Metaphora
               ,
               Translation
               :
               it
               is
               a
               Translation
               of
               
               words
               from
               one
               species
               to
               another
               :
               a
               trope
               when
               we
               expresse
               our selves
               by
               a
               word
               of
               like
               signification
               unto
               that
               which
               we
               mean
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 8
              
            
             
               Metaplasmus
               ,
               Transformation
               ,
               or
               a
               changing
               from
               one
               shape
               to
               another
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               verse
               ,
               &c.
               something
               is
               necessarily
               changed
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 161
              
            
             
               Metathesis
               ,
               Transposition
               ,
               or
               an
               alteration
               of
               the
               order
               of
               a
               thing
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               one
               letter
               is
               put
               for
               another
               .
               166
            
             
               Metonymia
               ,
               Transnomination
               ,
               or
               change
               of
               names
               :
               a
               trope
               whereby
               the
               cause
               is
               put
               for
               the
               effect
               ,
               the
               subject
               for
               the
               adjunct
               ,
               or
               contrarily
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 11
              
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Efficient
               .
               
                 13
                 ,
                 14
              
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Effect
               .
               15
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Subject
               .
               16
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Adjunct
               .
               22
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Matter
               .
               14
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Instrument
               .
               17
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Antecedent
               .
               26
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Consequent
               .
               27
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               things
               going
               together
               .
               28
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               end
               .
               28
            
             
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               form
               .
               29
            
             
               M●mesis
               ,
               Imitation
               :
               an
               imitating
               the
               language
               of
               others
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 231
              
            
             
               Mycterismus
               ,
               a
               disdainful
               gibe
               or
               scoffe
               ,
               near
               a
               
                 Sarcasm
                 .
                 231
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               O.
               
            
             
               ONomatopoeia
               ,
               the
               feigning
               of
               a
               name
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               word
               is
               made
               by
               a
               certain
               sound
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 63
              
            
             
               
               Oxymoron
               ,
               subtilly
               foolish
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               same
               thing
               is
               denyed
               of
               it self
               ,
               or
               when
               a
               contrary
               Epithet
               is
               added
               to
               any
               word
               .
               117
            
          
        
         
           
             
               P.
               
            
             
               PArabola
               ,
               a
               parable
               or
               similitude
               ,
               a
               comparison
               made
               under
               some
               similitude
               .
               205
            
             
               Paradiastole
               ,
               Distinction
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               grant
               one
               thing
               ,
               that
               we
               may
               deny
               another
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 111
              
            
             
               Paragoge
               ,
               Production
               ,
               or
               lengthening
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               a
               letter
               or
               syllable
               is
               added
               to
               the
               end
               of
               a
               word
               163
            
             
               Paralipsis
               ,
               Preterition
               ,
               or
               overpassing
               ;
               it
               is
               a
               kind
               of
               an
               Ironie
               ;
               and
               is
               when
               you
               say
               you
               passe
               by
               a
               thing
               ,
               which
               yet
               with
               a
               certain
               elegancy
               you
               touch
               at
               full
               .
               157
            
             
               Paralogismus
               ,
               false
               reasoning
               or
               a
               sophistical
               conclusion
               .
               246
            
             
               Parathesis
               ,
               Apposition
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               construction
               ,
               whereby
               substantives
               are
               added
               in
               the
               same
               case
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 180
              
            
             
               Parecbasis
               ,
               Digression
               ,
               or
               Excursion
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               something
               beyond
               the
               purpose
               or
               intended
               matter
               ,
               goes
               out
               from
               the
               appointed
               discourse
               .
               225
            
             
               Parechesis
               ,
               Allusion
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               bring
               in
               something
               of
               anothers
               to
               another
               intent
               then
               his
               own
               .
               227
            
             
               Paregmenon
               ,
               a
               derivative
               ,
               or
               derived
               from
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               words
               ,
               whereof
               one
               is
               derived
               of
               another
               ,
               are
               joyned
               together
               .
               229
            
             
               Parelcon
               ,
               Prolonging
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               a
               syllable
               or
               whole
               word
               is
               added
               to
               another
               in
               the
               end
               of
               it
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 177
              
            
             
               
               Parenthesis
               ,
               Interposition
               ;
               it
               is
               a
               clause
               comprehended
               within
               another
               sentence
               ,
               without
               which
               notwithstanding
               the
               sentence
               is
               full
               ,
               or
               the
               sense
               sound
               .
               178
            
             
               Paroemia
               ,
               a
               Proverbial
               speech
               ,
               &c.
               
               It
               is
               the
               continuation
               of
               a
               trope
               in
               a
               speech
               when
               proper
               and
               peculiar
               respect
               is
               had
               to
               the
               common
               use
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 70
              
            
             
               Paronomasia
               ,
               likenesse
               of
               words
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               by
               the
               change
               of
               one
               letter
               or
               syllable
               in
               a
               word
               ,
               the
               signification
               also
               is
               much
               altered
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 102
              
            
             
               Parrhesia
               ,
               liberty
               or
               boldnesse
               of
               speaking
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               speak
               freely
               and
               boldly
               concerning
               things
               displeasing
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 212
              
            
             
               Pathopoeia
               ,
               expression
               of
               the
               affections
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               or
               an
               exceeding
               stirring
               up
               of
               the
               affections
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 247
              
            
             
               Periphrasis
               ,
               Circumlocution
               ,
               or
               speaking
               of
               one
               word
               by
               many
               ;
               a
               figure
               when
               we
               shadow
               out
               a
               thing
               by
               some
               equivalent
               expressions
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 158
              
            
             
               Pleonasmus
               ,
               Superfluity
               :
               a
               Gram.
               figure
               whereby
               some
               superfluous
               word
               (
               though
               not
               without
               its
               sufficient
               importance
               )
               is
               added
               in
               a
               sentence
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 176
              
            
             
               Ploce
               ,
               binding
               together
               ,
               or
               a
               continuation
               without
               interruption
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               a
               word
               is
               by
               way
               of
               emphasis
               so
               repeated
               ,
               that
               it
               denotes
               not
               only
               the
               thing
               signified
               ,
               but
               the
               quality
               of
               the
               thing
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 106
              
            
             
               Polyptoton
               ,
               variation
               of
               cases
               ,
               or
               a
               change
               of
               the
               termination
               ,
               end
               ,
               or
               case
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               several
               cases
               of
               the
               same
               Noune
               ,
               and
               Tenses
               of
               the
               same
               verb
               ,
               are
               used
               in
               conjoyned
               clauses
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 107
              
            
             
               Polysyndeton
               ,
               diversly
               and
               many
               ways
               coupled
               by
               Conjunctions
               :
               a
               figure
               signifying
               superfluity
               of
               conjunctions
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 175
              
            
             
               
               Proecthesis
               ,
               an
               exposition
               which
               is
               sent
               afore
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               speaker
               doth
               by
               his
               answer
               (
               containing
               a
               reason
               of
               what
               he
               ,
               or
               some
               other
               hath
               said
               or
               done
               )
               defend
               himself
               or
               the
               other
               person
               as
               unblameable
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 236
              
            
             
               Prolepsis
               ,
               Anticipation
               ,
               or
               the
               prevention
               of
               an
               objection
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               that
               which
               may
               be
               objected
               is
               anticipated
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 122
              
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               a
               certain
               summary
               pronunciation
               of
               things
               ;
               and
               is
               made
               when
               the
               congregation
               of
               the
               whole
               doth
               aptly
               agree
               with
               the
               verb
               or
               adjective
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 125
              
            
             
               Prosopopoeia
               ,
               a
               feigning
               of
               the
               person
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               in
               our
               speech
               we
               feign
               another
               person
               speaking
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 146
              
            
             
               Prosthesis
               ,
               a
               putting
               of
               one
               thing
               to
               another
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               a
               letter
               ,
               or
               syllable
               is
               added
               to
               the
               beginning
               of
               a
               word
               .
               161
            
             
               Protozeugma
               ,
               a
               joyning
               together
               in
               the
               beginning
               ;
               a
               figure
               when
               the
               common
               word
               is
               expressed
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               clause
               or
               sentence
               ,
               and
               omitted
               after
               :
               see
               in
               
                 Zeugma
                 .
                 169
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               S
            
             
               SArcasmus
               ,
               a
               biting
               scoffe
               or
               taunt
               ;
               near
               an
               Irony
               ,
               but
               somewhat
               more
               bitter
               .
               66
            
             
               Similitudo
               ,
               a
               similitude
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 198
              
            
             
               Syllepsis
               ,
               Comprehension
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               construction
               ,
               when
               a
               nominative
               plural
               is
               joyned
               to
               a
               verb
               singular
               ;
               or
               on
               the
               contrary
               :
               Or
               it
               is
               a
               comprehension
               of
               the
               more
               unworthy
               under
               the
               more
               worthy
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 
                 171.
              
               
            
             
               Syllogismus
               ,
               a
               reasoning
               ,
               or
               rather
               a
               conclusion
               ,
               which
               is
               made
               by
               reasoning
               together
               in
               argument
               :
               a
               
               Rhetorical
               syllogism
               is
               a
               form
               of
               speech
               whereby
               the
               matter
               is
               amplified
               by
               conjecture
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               by
               expressing
               some
               signs
               or
               circumstances
               thereof
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 240
              
            
             
               A
               Logical
               syllogism
               is
               a
               perfect
               argument
               consisting
               of
               three
               parts
               ,
               viz.
               Major
               ,
               Minor
               ,
               end
               Conclusion
               ,
               whereby
               something
               is
               necessarily
               proved
               .
               240
            
             
               Symploce
               ,
               Complication
               ,
               or
               an
               agreement
               of
               words
               in
               a
               sentence
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               all
               our
               beginnings
               and
               all
               our
               endings
               are
               alike
               .
               87
            
             
               Synaeresis
               ,
               Contraction
               :
               a
               contraction
               of
               two
               vowels
               or
               syllables
               into
               one
               .
               168
            
             
               Synalaepha
               ,
               a
               mingling
               together
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               Prosodia
               ,
               whereby
               two
               vowels
               are
               gathered
               into
               one
               syllable
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 167
              
            
             
               Synchoresis
               ,
               Concession
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               an
               argument
               is
               Ironically
               yielded
               unto
               ,
               and
               then
               marred
               with
               a
               stinging
               retort
               upon
               the
               objector
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 192
              
            
             
               Syncope
               ,
               a
               cutting
               away
               ,
               or
               a
               rendring
               shorter
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               Prosodia
               ,
               when
               a
               letter
               or
               syllable
               is
               taken
               away
               from
               the
               midst
               of
               a
               word
               .
               162
            
             
               Syncrisis
               ,
               Comparison
               :
               a
               form
               of
               speech
               ,
               which
               by
               apt
               Similitude
               shews
               that
               the
               example
               brought
               in
               is
               either
               like
               ,
               unlike
               ,
               or
               contrary
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 196
              
            
             
               Synecdoche
               ,
               Comprehension
               :
               a
               trope
               where
               the
               more
               comprehensive
               words
               are
               put
               for
               the
               lesse
               comprehensive
               ,
               and
               contrarily
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 30
              
            
             
               Synecdoche
               Speciei
               .
               30
            
             
               Synecdoche
               Partis
               .
               32
            
             
               Synecdoche
               Generis
               .
               34
            
             
               Synecdoche
               Totius
               .
               35
            
             
               Synecdoche
               Numeri
               .
               33.36
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               a
               Gram.
               figure
               when
               a
               common
               word
               
               or
               name
               is
               restrained
               to
               a
               part
               ,
               which
               is
               expressed
               by
               the
               Accusative
               case
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Synoeceiosis
               ,
               Reconciling
               :
               a
               figure
               teaching
               to
               reconcile
               things
               that
               differ
               ,
               and
               to
               repugn
               common
               opinion
               with
               reason
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 116
              
            
             
               Synonymia
               ,
               a
               partaking
               together
               of
               a
               name
               ;
               or
               divers
               words
               signifying
               one
               and
               the
               same
               thing
               :
               a
               figure
               when
               by
               change
               of
               words
               that
               are
               of
               like
               signification
               ,
               one
               thing
               is
               reiterated
               divers
               times
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 152
              
            
             
               Synthesis
               ,
               Composition
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               construction
               ,
               whereby
               a
               noune
               collective
               singular
               is
               joyned
               to
               a
               verb
               plural
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 186
              
            
             
               Systole
               ,
               a
               shortning
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               Prosodia
               ,
               whereby
               a
               long
               syllable
               is
               contrary
               to
               its
               nature
               made
               short
               .
               167
            
          
        
         
           
             
               T.
               
            
             
               TMesis
               ,
               Section
               ,
               or
               dividing
               :
               a
               figure
               whereby
               the
               parts
               of
               a
               compound
               or
               simple
               word
               are
               divided
               by
               the
               interposition
               of
               another
               .
               183
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Z.
               
            
             
               ZEugma
               ,
               a
               joyning
               together
               :
               a
               figure
               of
               construction
               ,
               whereby
               one
               Verb
               or
               Adjective
               ,
               answering
               the
               nearer
               to
               divers
               Nominative
               cases
               ,
               or
               Substantives
               ,
               is
               reduced
               to
               the
               one
               expresly
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               other
               by
               a
               supplement
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 170
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           brief
           Explication
           of
           the
           terms
           used
           in
           Rhetorique
           ,
           some
           being
           borrowed
           from
           Logick
           ,
           and
           proposed
           in
           a
           Greek
           ,
           and
           therefore
           to
           most
           in
           an
           unknown
           ,
           ●resse
           .
        
         
           1.
           
           A
           Cause
           ,
           is
           that
           by
           which
           any
           thing
           hath
           its
           being
           ,
           as
           God
           ,
           by
           whom
           the
           world
           ,
           &c.
           hath
           its
           being
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           
             The
             Caussate
          
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           depends
           upon
           the
           Cause
           ,
           as
           having
           its
           being
           thence
           ,
           as
           ,
           the
           Artifice
           from
           the
           Artificer
           ;
           Misery
           from
           Sin.
           
        
         
           3.
           
           
             The
             Efficient
          
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           brings
           a
           thing
           to
           passe
           :
           as
           Christ
           ,
           the
           Salvation
           of
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           
             The
             Effect
          
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           is
           brought
           to
           passe
           by
           the
           Cause
           :
           as
           ,
           the
           World
           by
           God
           ;
           plenty
           by
           peace
           ;
           penury
           by
           war.
           
        
         
           5.
           
           The
           End
           ,
           is
           the
           Cause
           for
           whose
           sake
           the
           thing
           is
           ;
           or
           it
           is
           whatsoever
           is
           intended
           by
           any
           that
           set
           upon
           a
           work
           :
           as
           ,
           To
           speak
           well
           is
           the
           end
           of
           Grammar
           ;
           to
           grow
           rich
           ,
           is
           a
           covetous
           mans
           end
           ;
           to
           get
           learning
           ,
           is
           intended
           by
           a
           scholar
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Finitum
           ,
           or
           Medium
           ,
           is
           whatsoever
           is
           helpful
           to
           bring
           to
           passe
           a
           purposed
           end
           :
           as
           ,
           industry
           and
           instruction
           ,
           to
           get
           knowledge
           .
        
         
         
           7.
           
           Materia
           ,
           is
           the
           matter
           or
           substance
           ,
           of
           which
           any
           thing
           is
           made
           :
           as
           ,
           Gold
           ,
           of
           which
           a
           Ring
           ;
           Silver
           ,
           whereof
           a
           Cup
           is
           made
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Materiatum
           ,
           is
           what
           is
           made
           of
           the
           matter
           ;
           as
           ,
           a
           Sword
           ,
           of
           Steel
           ;
           a
           Ring
           ,
           of
           Gold.
           
        
         
           9.
           
           Forma
           ,
           the
           Form
           is
           that
           inward
           principle
           ,
           by
           which
           any
           thing
           hath
           its
           being
           ,
           or
           is
           what
           it
           is
           ;
           as
           ,
           the
           Soul
           ,
           whereby
           a
           man
           is
           a
           man.
           
        
         
           10.
           
           Formatum
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           hath
           its
           being
           from
           the
           form
           :
           as
           ,
           the
           man
           from
           his
           soul.
           
        
         
           11.
           
           Subjectum
           ,
           the
           Subject
           is
           that
           to
           which
           any
           thing
           is
           adjoyned
           or
           belongs
           :
           as
           ,
           the
           mind
           ,
           to
           which
           knowledge
           ,
           or
           ignorance
           ;
           man
           ,
           to
           whom
           riches
           ,
           or
           poverty
           ,
           fame
           ,
           or
           infamy
           ,
           &c.
           belongs
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Adjunctum
           ,
           the
           adjunct
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           belongs
           to
           any
           thing
           :
           as
           ,
           infamy
           to
           villany
           ;
           light
           to
           the
           Sun
           ;
           heat
           ,
           to
           fire
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Genus
           ,
           is
           a
           more
           general
           title
           attributed
           to
           some
           things
           more
           special
           under
           it
           :
           as
           ,
           Substance
           ,
           to
           
             
               Metals
               .
            
             
               Living
               Creatures
               .
            
             
               Elements
               .
            
          
        
         
         
           14.
           
           Species
           ,
           is
           a
           more
           special
           title
           attributed
           to
           divers
           particulars
           under
           it
           :
           as
           ,
           Man
           to
           
             
               William
               ,
            
             
               Thomas
               ,
            
             
               John.
               
            
          
        
         
           15.
           
           Totum
           ,
           is
           whatsoever
           hath
           parts
           :
           as
           ,
           mans
           body
           hath
           head
           ,
           heart
           ,
           arms
           ,
           &c.
           and
           so
           parts
           are
           such
           as
           make
           up
           the
           whole
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Contraries
           ,
           are
           qualities
           which
           mutually
           destroy
           one
           another
           :
           as
           heat
           and
           cold
           :
           wisdom
           and
           folly
           ,
           light
           and
           darkness
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Similia
           ,
           are
           such
           as
           agree
           in
           some
           qualities
           :
           as
           ,
           the
           good
           man
           is
           likened
           to
           the
           Palm
           in
           greenness
           ,
           a
           wise
           man
           to
           an
           Ant
           in
           Providence
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Abstractum
           ,
           the
           abstract
           signifies
           some
           form
           with
           the
           exclusion
           of
           the
           subject
           .
           The
           abstract
           is
           the
           substantive
           ,
           as
           ,
           whitenesse
           :
           It
           is
           also
           called
           Denominans
           ,
           the
           thing
           denominating
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Concretum
           ,
           the
           concrete
           signifies
           the
           same
           form
           with
           those
           qualities
           which
           adhere
           to
           the
           subject
           :
           The
           concrete
           is
           the
           Adjective
           ,
           as
           ,
           albus
           ,
           white
           :
           It
           is
           also
           called
           Denominatum
           ,
           the
           thing
           denominated
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           THE
           MYSTERIE
           OF
           RHETORIQUE
           UNVAILED
           .
        
         
           RHetorica
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           Rhetorique
           ,
           or
           the
           Art
           of
           eloquent
           and
           delightful
           speaking
           ;
           derived
           from
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           
             rheo
             ]
             loquor
          
           ,
           to
           speak
           ,
           and
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           
             techninôs
             ]
             artificialiter
          
           ,
           artificially
           .
        
         
           Rhetorique
           is
           a
           faculty
           by
           which
           we
           understand
           what
           will
           serve
           our
           turn
           concerning
           any
           subject
           to
           win
           belief
           in
           the
           hearer
           :
           hereby
           likewise
           the
           end
           of
           the
           discourse
           is
           set
           forward
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           affecting
           of
           the
           heart
           with
           the
           sense
           of
           the
           matter
           in
           hand
           .
        
         
           It
           hath
           two
           parts
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           1
           ,
           Garnishing
           of
           speech
           ,
           called
           Elocution
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Garnishing
           of
           the
           manner
           of
           utterance
           ,
           called
           Pronunciation
           (
           which
           in
           this
           Treatise
           is
           not
           principally
           aimed
           at
           .
           )
        
         
           Elocution
           ,
           or
           the
           garnishing
           of
           speech
           ,
           is
           the
           first
           and
           principal
           part
           of
           Rhetorique
           ,
           whereby
           the
           speech
           it self
           is
           beautified
           and
           made
           fine
           :
           And
           this
           is
           either
        
         
           The
           fine
           manner
           of
           words
           called
           a
           Trope
           :
           or
           ,
        
         
           The
           fine
           shape
           or
           frame
           of
           speech
           ,
           called
           a
           Figure
           .
        
         
         
           The
           fine
           manner
           of
           words
           ,
           in
           the
           Greek
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           
             tropos
             ]
             verborum
             imitatio
          
           ,
           in
           English
           ,
           a
           change
           of
           words
           ,
           derived
           from
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           
             trepo
             ]
             muto
          
           ,
           to
           change
           .
        
         
           A
           Trope
           ,
           
           is
           when
           words
           are
           used
           for
           elegancy
           in
           a
           changed
           signification
           ;
           or
           when
           a
           word
           is
           drawn
           from
           its
           proper
           and
           genuine
           signification
           to
           another
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           a
           garnishing
           of
           speech
           in
           one
           word
           ,
           and
           is
           there
           only
           where
           the
           signification
           is
           changed
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Bellorum
             procellae
             .
             —
             Magnes
             amoris
             .
          
        
         
           1
           Chron.
           16.32
           ,
           33.
           
           The
           fields
           do
           
             laugh
             and
             sing
          
           :
           that
           is
           ,
           look
           pleasantly
           and
           delightfully
           .
        
         
           Luk.
           13.32
           ,
           33.
           
           Herod
           that
           Fox
           :
           that
           is
           ,
           that
           politick
           dissembler
           .
        
         
           In
           a
           Trope
           there
           are
           two
           things
           to
           be
           considered
           :
           
             
               1.
               
               The
               Species
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               Affections
               .
            
          
        
         
           The
           Species
           of
           Tropes
           are
           four
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           1.
           
           A
           Metonymie
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           one
           meet
           or
           convenient
           reason
           or
           argument
           is
           put
           for
           another
           .
           as
           ,
           the
           Efficient
           for
           the
           Effect
           ,
           the
           Subject
           for
           the
           Adjunct
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           2.
           
           An
           Irony
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           one
           contrary
           is
           put
           for
           another
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Oh
             holy
             Gentiles
          
           ,
           for
           ungodly
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           A
           Metaphor
           ,
           
           is
           a
           Trope
           which
           notes
           out
           comparison
           ,
           and
           is
           when
           one
           like
           is
           put
           for
           another
           like
           unto
           it
           :
           as
           ,
           
             the
             tempest
             of
             war
          
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           4.
           
           A
           Synecdoche
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           words
           more
           comprehensive
           are
           put
           for
           words
           lesse
           comprehensive
           ,
           and
           contrarily
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           The
           affections
           of
           Tropes
           ;
           which
           are
           such
           qualities
           as
           may
           put
           ornament
           upon
           any
           
           of
           the
           forementioned
           Tropes
           .
        
         
           The
           affections
           are
           five
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           1.
           
           Catachresis
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           the
           Trope
           is
           abused
           ,
           or
           the
           words
           too
           far
           wrested
           from
           their
           native
           signification
           :
           as
           ,
           Hos.
           4.8
           .
           
             They
             eat
             up
             the
             sins
             of
             my
             people
             .
          
        
         
           2.
           
           Hyperbole
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           the
           Trope
           is
           exceedingly
           enlarged
           :
           as
           ,
           Luk.
           10.15
           .
           
             Thou
             that
             art
             lifted
             up
             to
             heaven
             .
          
        
         
           3.
           
           Metalepsis
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           divers
           Tropes
           are
           shut
           up
           in
           one
           word
           :
           as
           ,
           2
           King.
           2
           9.
           
           
             I
             pray
             thee
             let
             me
             have
             a
             double
             portion
             of
             thy
             spirit
             .
          
        
         
           4.
           
           Litotes
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           a
           word
           is
           put
           down
           with
           a
           sign
           of
           negation
           ,
           yet
           as
           much
           is
           signified
           ,
           as
           if
           we
           had
           spoken
           affirmatively
           ,
           if
           not
           more
           :
           as
           Job
           31.17
           .
           Job
           by
           this
           figure
           saith
           he
           hath
           
             not
             eaten
             his
             meat
             alone
          
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           An
           Allegory
           ,
           
           which
           is
           when
           the
           use
           of
           the
           same
           Trope
           is
           continued
           in
           a
           long
           discourse
           :
           as
           Ephes.
           6.
           from
           the
           11.
           to
           the
           18.
           verse
           .
           
             Put
             on
             the
             whole
             Armour
             of
             God
             ,
          
           &c.
           
        
         
           Note
           likewise
           ,
           That
           
             Antonomasia
             ,
             Onomatopoeia
             ,
             Antiphrasis
             ,
             Charientismus
             ,
             Astismus
             ,
             Sarcasmus
             ,
             Paroemia
             ,
             Aenigma
             ,
          
           &c.
           are
           (
           though
           not
           so
           properly
           )
           called
           Tropes
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           The
           fine
           shape
           or
           frame
           of
           speech
           ;
           called
           a
           Figure
           .
        
         
           A
           Figure
           in
           the
           Greek
           ,
           
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           schema
           ]
           (
           among
           other
           things
           )
           signifies
           principally
           
             habitum
             ,
             vestitum
             ,
             &
             ornatum
             corporis
          
           ;
           in
           English
           ,
           the
           apparel
           and
           ornament
           of
           the
           body
           ;
           which
           by
           a
           Metaphor
           is
           transferred
           to
           signifie
           the
           habit
           and
           ornament
           of
           words
           or
           speech
           :
           it
           is
           derived
           from
           the
           Greek
           word
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           [
           
             schematizo
             ]
             
             effingo
             ,
             assimulo
             ,
          
           to
           represent
           ,
           fashion
           ,
           or
           feign
           .
        
         
           A
           Figure
           is
           an
           Ornament
           of
           elocution
           ,
           which
           adornes
           our
           speech
           ,
           or
           a
           garnishing
           of
           speech
           when
           words
           are
           used
           for
           elegancy
           in
           their
           native
           signification
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Latet
             omnes
             hora
             ,
             ut
             expectetur
             omnis
             hora.
             
          
        
         
           If
           error
           delight
           us
           ,
           if
           error
           seduce
           us
           ,
           error
           will
           ruine
           us
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           in
           a
           Trope
           ,
           or
           the
           finenesse
           of
           words
           ,
           words
           are
           considered
           asunder
           by
           themselves
           ;
           so
           in
           a
           Figure
           ,
           the
           apt
           and
           pleasant
           joyning
           together
           of
           many
           words
           is
           noted
           :
           and
           as
           of
           words
           ,
           some
           are
           proper
           ,
           others
           changed
           from
           their
           proper
           signification
           ;
           so
           of
           speeches
           ,
           some
           are
           right
           and
           proper
           as
           they
           are
           ;
           others
           are
           figurative
           ,
           or
           serving
           for
           the
           representation
           of
           another
           thing
           .
        
         
           The
           signification
           of
           a
           Figure
           in
           Scripture
           is
           twofold
           :
        
         
           1.
           
           When
           the
           Scripture
           it self
           propounds
           an
           Allegorical
           signification
           :
           as
           ,
           when
           1
           Pet.
           3.20
           ,
           21.
           
           Peter
           by
           
             the
             Arke
             of
             Noah
          
           ,
           signifies
           Baptism
           :
           And
           Paul
           in
           Heb.
           11
           s
           29.
           by
           
             the
             Red
             Sea
          
           ,
           signifies
           Baptism
           :
           And
           in
           Joh.
           3.14
           Christ
           his
           Crosse
           by
           the
           Serpent
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           When
           a
           mans
           capacity
           or
           understanding
           induces
           or
           leads
           into
           a
           figure
           ,
           and
           by
           an
           apt
           limilitude
           agrees
           with
           some
           other
           clear
           sense
           or
           signification
           of
           Scripture
           .
        
         
           A
           Figure
           is
           twofold
           ,
           viz.
           
           
             
               1.
               
               Figura
               dictionis
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Figura
               sententiae
               .
            
          
        
         
           1.
           
           A
           garnishing
           of
           speech
           in
           words
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           A
           garnishing
           of
           the
           frame
           of
           speech
           in
           a
           sentence
           .
        
         
         
           Whereof
           the
           former
           belongs
           to
           the
           matter
           ,
           
           and
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           to
           the
           body
           of
           speech
           ;
           but
           the
           latter
           ,
           to
           the
           form
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           to
           the
           soul
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           the
           sentence
           .
        
         
           The
           garnishing
           of
           speech
           in
           words
           ,
           is
           where
           the
           elegancy
           lies
           in
           the
           placing
           of
           one
           word
           :
           as
           ,
        
         
           
             While
             the
             minde
             is
             inslaved
             to
             vanity
             ,
             vanity
             will
             sowre
             the
             Conversation
             .
          
        
         
           A
           figure
           of
           a
           word
           is
           twofold
           ;
           viz.
           
           
             
               1.
               
               In
               the
               Dimension
               or
               measuring
               of
               sounds
               or
               words
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               In
               the
               Repetition
               of
               sounds
               or
               words
               .
            
          
        
         
           A
           figure
           in
           Dimension
           ,
           is
           that
           sweet
           and
           pleasant
           number
           of
           sounds
           or
           words
           in
           a
           sentence
           .
        
         
           The
           Figure
           Metaplasmus
           ,
           Transformation
           ,
           and
           all
           its
           kindes
           (
           being
           largely
           described
           hereafter
           )
           are
           figures
           in
           Dimension
           :
           of
           this
           there
           are
           four
           kindes
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           In
           striking
           out
           ,
           two
           ,
           viz.
           
           
           
             
               Synaloepha
               ,
               a
               mingling
               of
               vowels
               .
            
             
               Ecthlipsis
               ,
               a
               striking
               out
               of
               vowels
               .
            
          
        
         
           In
           adding
           to
           and
           taking
           from
           ,
           six
           Figures
           ,
           
           viz.
           
           
             
               Prosthesis
               ,
               apposition
               .
            
             
               Aphaeresis
               ,
               a
               taking
               away
               .
            
             
               Epenthesis
               ,
               interposition
               .
            
             
               Syncope
               ,
               contraction
               .
            
             
               Paragoge
               ,
               production
               .
            
             
               Apocope
               ,
               a
               cutting
               off
               .
            
          
        
         
           In
           dividing
           and
           shortning
           two
           ,
           viz.
           
           
           
             
               Diae●esis
               ,
               division
               .
            
             
               
               Synerisis
               ,
               a
               shortning
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           In
           changing
           there
           are
           five
           Figures
           ,
           viz.
           
           
             
               Tmesis
               ,
               section
               ,
               or
               a
               dividing
               .
            
             
               Metathesis
               :
               transposition
               .
            
             
               Antithesis
               ,
               opposition
               .
            
             
               Diastole
               ,
               extension
               ,
               or
               stretching
               forth
               .
            
             
               Systole
               ,
               correption
               or
               shortning
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           Secondly
           ,
           A
           Figure
           of
           a
           word
           in
           repetition
           of
           sounds
           of
           words
           in
           a
           sentence
           :
        
         
           If
           in
           the
           same
           word
           ,
           it
           is
           Epizenxis
           .
        
         
           If
           in
           diverse
           ,
           it
           is
           Anadiplosis
           .
        
         
           If
           in
           the
           beginnings
           of
           sentences
           ,
           Anaphora
           .
        
         
           If
           in
           the
           endings
           it
           is
           Epistrophe
           .
        
         
           If
           in
           beginnings
           and
           endings
           ,
           Symploce
           .
        
         
           If
           in
           the
           begining
           and
           end
           of
           a
           sentence
           ,
           Epanalepsis
           .
        
         
           If
           repeated
           backward
           ,
           Epanados
           .
        
         
           If
           a
           little
           unlike
           ,
           and
           of
           divers
           originals
           and
           descents
           ,
           it
           is
           Paronomasia
           .
        
         
           And
           if
           of
           the
           same
           original
           ,
           it
           is
           Polyptoton
           .
        
         
           See
           the
           Table
           for
           each
           Figure
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           likewise
           other
           figures
           of
           a
           word
           ,
           viz.
           
           
             
               Climax
               ,
            
             
               Antanaclasis
               ,
            
             
               Antithesis
               ,
            
             
               Ploee
               ,
            
             
               Paregmenon
               ,
            
             
               Syroeceiosis
               ,
            
             
               Oxymoron
               .
            
             
               Synthesis
               ,
            
             
               Hendiadys
               ,
            
             
               Hypallage
               ,
            
             
               Hyperbaton
               ,
            
             
               Ellipsis
               ,
            
             
               Pleonasmus
               ,
            
             
               Asyndeton
               ,
            
             
               Polysyndeton
               ,
            
             
               Hysterologia
               ,
            
             
               Zeugma
               ,
            
             
               Hellenismus
               ,
            
             
               Antiptosis
               ,
            
          
        
         
         
           Secondly
           ,
           Garnishing
           of
           the
           frame
           of
           speech
           ,
           in
           a
           sentence
           ,
           called
           
             Figura
             Sententiae
          
           ,
           is
           a
           figure
           ,
           which
           for
           the
           forcible
           moving
           of
           affections
           ,
           doth
           after
           a
           sort
           beautifie
           the
           sense
           and
           very
           meaning
           if
           a
           sentence
           :
           because
           it
           carries
           with
           it
           a
           certain
           manly
           majesty
           ,
           which
           far
           surpasses
           the
           soft
           delicacy
           of
           the
           former
           Figures
           ,
           they
           being
           as
           it
           were
           effeminate
           and
           musical
           ,
           these
           virile
           and
           majestical
           .
           It
           is
           when
           the
           ornament
           lies
           in
           the
           whole
           sentence
           ,
           or
           where
           the
           elegancy
           is
           diffused
           through
           the
           structure
           of
           one
           ,
           or
           more
           sentences
           :
           as
           ,
        
         
           Isa.
           1.2
           .
           
             Hear
             ,
             Oh
             heavens
             !
             hearken
             oh
             earth
             !
          
           
           
             I
             have
             nourished
             and
             brought
             up
             children
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             rebelled
             against
             me
             .
          
        
         
           The
           Figures
           of
           a
           Sentence
           are
           called
           pathetical
           ,
           or
           such
           as
           move
           affection
           and
           passion
           ;
           and
           are
           these
           ,
           viz.
           
           
             
               Ecphonesis
               ,
            
             
               Epiphonema
               ,
            
             
               Parrhesia
               ,
            
             
               Epanorthosis
            
             
               Aposiopesis
               ,
            
             
               Apostrophe
               ,
            
             
               Periphrasis
               ,
            
             
               Diatyposis
               ,
            
             
               Horismos
               ,
            
             
               Paradiastole
               ,
            
             
               Parechesis
               ,
            
             
               Erotesis
               .
            
             
               Parenthesis
               ,
            
             
               Parathesis
               ,
            
             
               Synonymia
               ,
            
             
               Hytotyposis
               ,
            
             
               Metabasis
               .
            
          
        
         
           A
           Figure
           of
           a
           sentence
           is
           ether
           in
           thought
           and
           musing
           ,
           by
           the
           Greeks
           called
           
             in
             Logismo
          
           ,
           or
           in
           questioning
           and
           answering
           ,
           called
           
             in
             Dialogismo
          
           .
        
         
           Figures
           of
           a
           sentence
           
             in
             Logismo
          
           ,
           are
           Apostrophe
           and
           
             Prosopoeopia
             .
             Logismus
          
           ,
           is
           when
           a
           sentence
           is
           made
           or
           fashioned
           without
           conference
           .
        
         
           Those
           are
           figures
           
             in
             Dialogismo
          
           ,
           or
           in
           questioning
           
           and
           answering
           ,
           when
           a
           sentence
           is
           made
           or
           fashioned
           in
           conference
           ,
           which
           consists
           in
           question
           and
           answer
           ;
        
         
           Of
           which
           kinds
           are
           ,
           
             
               Aporia
               ,
            
             
               Anacoenosis
               ,
            
             
               Prolepsis
               ,
            
             
               Hypophora
               ,
            
             
               Epitrope
               ,
            
             
               Synchoresis
               .
            
          
        
         
           Tropes
           and
           Figures
           (
           say
           the
           learned
           )
           are
           the
           vertues
           of
           speech
           and
           style
           ,
           as
           Barbarisms
           and
           Solecisms
           are
           the
           vices
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           no
           other
           Trope
           more
           frequent
           ,
           excellent
           ,
           and
           beautiful
           ,
           than
           a
           Methapor
           ,
           because
           that
           which
           is
           the
           light
           and
           star
           of
           speech
           ,
           and
           tends
           to
           richnesse
           ,
           majesty
           ,
           perspicuity
           and
           pleasantnesse
           ,
           is
           a
           similitude
           brief
           and
           contracted
           into
           one
           word
           .
        
         
           I
           shall
           therefore
           (
           according
           to
           the
           learned
           Farnaby
           )
           begin
           with
           a
           Methapor
           .
        
         
           
             MEtaphora
             ,
             gr
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             Translatio
             ,
             translation
             ,
             or
             a
             removing
             over
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               metapherò
               ]
               transfero
            
             ,
             to
             translate
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             the
             artificial
             Translation
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             from
             the
             proper
             signification
             ,
             to
             another
             not
             proper
             ,
             but
             yet
             nigh
             and
             alike
             :
          
           
             Or
             it
             is
             a
             Translation
             of
             words
             from
             one
             species
             t●
             another
             :
          
           
             O●
             the
             friendly
             borrowing
             of
             a
             word
             to
             expresse
             a
             thing
             with
             more
             light
             and
             better
             note
             ,
             though
             not
             so
             directly
             and
             properly
             as
             the
             natural
             name
             of
             the
             things
             meant
             would
             signifie
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             Trope
             when
             we
             expresse
             our selves
             by
             a
             word
             of
             a
             like
             signification
             to
             that
             which
             we
             mean
             :
             or
             when
             the
             property
             of
             one
             thing
             is
             translated
             to
             another
             :
             as
             ,
             Gen.
             6.6
             .
             God
             is
             said
             
               to
               r●pent
            
             ;
             where
             the
             property
             of
             man
             is
             translated
             to
             the
             omnipotent
             and
             omniscient
             God.
             
          
           
             A
             Metaphor
             is
             pleasant
             ,
             for
             that
             is
             enriches
             our
             knowledge
             with
             two
             things
             at
             once
             ,
             with
             the
             Truth
             and
             a
             similitude
             :
          
           
             And
             there
             is
             nothing
             in
             the
             whole
             universe
             ,
             from
             whence
             the
             simile
             may
             not
             be
             taken
             ;
             Dat
             propriae
             similem
             translata
             Methapora
             vocem
             .
             
          
           
             
               Laeta
               seges
               ,
               Gemmant
               vites
               .
               Duo
               fulmina
               belli
               .
            
             
               Iugenii
               flumen
               .
               Mens
               ferrea
               .
               Classis
               habenas
               .
            
             
               Princeps
               caput
               Reipublicae
               .
               Virgilius
               Poetarum
               sol
               .
            
             
               Invidiae
               flamma
               .
               Fulmen
               orationis
               .
               Flos
               nobilitatis
               .
            
             
               Expolire
               orationem
               .
               Amicitiam
               dissuere
               .
               Si
               sic
               loqui
               liceat
               .
               Si
               verbis
               audacia
               detur
               .
               Vivis
               coloribus
               virum
               depinxi
               .
            
          
           
             Two
             necessary
             Rules
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             A
             Metaphor
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             so
             far
             fetcht
             ,
             as
             that
             the
             similitude
             may
             not
             easily
             appear
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             It
             ought
             to
             be
             drawn
             from
             the
             noblest
             things
             ,
             as
             the
             Poets
             do
             ,
             that
             choose
             rather
             to
             say
             ,
             rosie-fingerd
             ,
             then
             red-finger'd
             Aurora
             ;
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             first
             English
             Example
             ,
             where
             't
             is
             thought
             unfit
             to
             stoop
             to
             any
             Metaphor
             lower
             then
             the
             Heaven
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               a
               Metaphor
               .
            
             
               The
               skie
               of
               your
               vertue
               overcast
               with
               sorrow
               .
            
             
             
               You
               are
               the
               most
               excellent
               star
               that
               shines
               in
               the
               bright
               Element
               of
               beauty
               .
            
             
               The
               wounds
               of
               grief
               .
               —
               flowers
               of
               Oratory
               .
            
             
               Drops
               of
               dew
               are
               pearls
               .
            
             
               Flowers
               in
               medows
               are
               stars
               .
            
             
               The
               murmuring
               of
               the
               waters
               is
               musick
               .
            
             
               To
               divorce
               the
               fair
               marriage
               of
               the
               head
               and
               body
               ;
               where
               besides
               the
               cutting
               off
               of
               the
               head
               ,
               we
               understand
               the
               conjunction
               of
               the
               head
               and
               body
               to
               resemble
               marriage
               .
            
             
               To
               keep
               love
               close
               prisoner
               ;
               which
               is
               to
               conceal
               love
               .
            
             
               There
               came
               through
               Cheapside
               a
               whole
               fleet
               of
               Coaches
               ;
               for
               a
               great
               number
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               1
               King.
               10.4
               .
               The
               Queen
               of
               Sheba
               saw
               the
               wisdome
               of
               Solomon
               ;
               here
               saw
               ,
               Metaphoricically
               signifies
               ,
               proved
               and
               understood
               .
            
             
               Hagg.
               1.9
               ,
               You
               looked
               for
               much
               ,
               and
               lo
               it
               came
               to
               little
               ;
               here
               to
               look
               for
               signifieth
               to
               hope
               for
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               8.15
               .
               The
               neighing
               of
               horses
               is
               heard
               from
               Dan
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               foreseen
               by
               the
               Prophet
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               1.8
               .
               The
               eye
               is
               not
               satisfied
               with
               seeing
               ,
               nor
               the
               ear
               filled
               with
               hearing
               :
               we
               are
               in
               this
               place
               by
               the
               eye
               and
               ear
               to
               understand
               the
               desire
               of
               the
               minde
               kindled
               by
               those
               senses
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Scripture
               Christ
               is
               called
               a
               Vine
               ,
               a
               Rock
               ,
               a
               Lamb
               ,
               a
               Lion
               ,
               &c.
               
               And
               man
               ,
               a
               shadow
               ,
               a
               flower
               ,
               grasse
               ,
               a
               wolfe
               ,
               a
               bear
               ,
               a
               dog
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               we
               read
               of
               Metaphors
               from
               leaven
               ,
               salt
               ,
               trees
               ,
               seed
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               Besides
               many
               Hyperbolical
               Metaphors
               ;
               as
               ,
               in
               Hab.
               2.11
               .
               The
               stone
               shall
               cry
               out
               of
               the
               wall
               ,
               and
               the
               beam
               out
               of
               the
               timber
               shall
               answer
               it
               .
            
             
               Lam.
               1.4
               .
               The
               wayes
               of
               Sion
               lament
               or
               mourn
               ,
               &c.
               So
               ,
            
             
               Mat.
               3.11
               .
               Christ
               is
               said
               to
               baptize
               with
               fire
               ,
               whereby
               we
               may
               understand
               ,
               that
               fire
               is
               there
               put
               for
               the
               power
               of
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               which
               purifies
               and
               refines
               as
               fire
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               82.6
               .
               I
               have
               said
               ,
               ye
               are
               Gods
               ,
               &c.
               whereby
               is
               signified
               from
               whom
               Magistrates
               have
               their
               authority
               ,
               whose
               place
               they
               supply
               ,
               whose
               person
               they
               represent
               ,
               and
               whose
               example
               they
               ought
               to
               follow
               both
               in
               executing
               justice
               ,
               and
               shewing
               mercy
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               MEtonymia
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Transnominatio
            
             ,
             a
             change
             of
             names
             ,
             or
             the
             putting
             of
             one
             name
             for
             another
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               metonomazo
               ]
               transnomino
            
             ,
             to
             change
             one
             name
             for
             another
             :
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             in
             composition
             signifies
             change
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               onoma
               ]
               Aeolice
               pro
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               [
               onoma
               ]
               nomen
               ,
            
             a
             name
             .
          
           
             A
             Metonymie
             is
             a
             Trope
             ,
             or
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             whereby
             the
             orator
             or
             speaker
             puts
             one
             thing
             for
             another
             ,
             which
             by
             nature
             are
             nigh
             knit
             together
             .
          
           
             This
             change
             of
             name
             is
             used
             principally
             four
             waies
             .
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 When
                 the
                 cause
                 is
                 put
                 for
                 the
                 effect
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 When
                 the
                 effect
                 is
                 put
                 for
                 the
                 cause
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 When
                 the
                 subject
                 is
                 put
                 for
                 the
                 adjunct
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 When
                 the
                 adjunct
                 is
                 put
                 for
                 the
                 subject
                 .
              
            
             Or
             ,
             as
             others
             define
             it
             ,
          
           
           
             It
             is
             an
             exchange
             of
             a
             name
             ,
             when
             one
             word
             comes
             in
             lieu
             of
             another
             ,
             not
             for
             a
             similitude
             ,
             but
             for
             other
             natural
             affinity
             and
             coherence
             .
          
           
             
             Atque
             Metonymia
             imponit
             nova
             nomina
             rebus
             :
          
           
             1.
             
             Efficientis
             ,
             ut
             Inventoris
             ;
             
               Marte
               .
               Lyaeo
            
             .
             Autoris
             :
             
               Legitur
               Juvenalis
               .
               Livius
               ingens
            
             .
             Materiae
             :
             
               Pinus
               ,
               ferrum
               ,
               aeris
               acervus
               ,
               arundo
               .
            
             Aut
             instrumenti
             :
             
               Gladius
               ,
               lingua
               ,
               arma
               manusque
               
            
          
           
             2.
             
             Effecti
             :
             
               Clades
               Libyae
               .
               Mors
               frigida
               pallet
               .
            
          
           
             3.
             
             Subjecti
             :
             a
             Curii
             .
             b
             Paterae
             .
             c
             Germania
             .
             d
             Rostra
             .
             e
             Vcalegon
             .
             f
             
               Cor
               ,
               os
            
             .
             g
             Patronus
             .
             h
             Nox
             .
             i
             Amaryllis
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Adjuncti
             :
             k
             Fasces
             .
             l
             Scelus
             .
             m
             
               aetas
               nulla
            
             .
             n
             Libelli
             .
          
           
             1
             ,
             A
             
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Cause
            
             ,
             is
             either
             when
             the
             cause
             is
             put
             for
             the
             effect
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             a
             
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               efficient
            
             ,
             
             or
             when
             the
             name
             of
             the
             matter
             is
             put
             for
             the
             thing
             made
             of
             the
             same
             called
             a
             
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               matter
            
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             A
             
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Efficient
            
             ,
             is
             when
             the
             Efficient
             cause
             is
             put
             for
             its
             effect
             ;
             or
             when
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Inventor
             or
             Author
             is
             put
             for
             the
             thing
             invented
             ,
             or
             composed
             :
             as
             ,
             in
             Farnabies
             inserted
             examples
             ,
             
               Marte
               ,
               pro
               praelio
               ;
               Mars
            
             being
             the
             feigned
             inventor
             of
             war.
             —
             
               Lyaeo
               ,
               pro
               vino
               ;
               Lyaeus
            
             being
             one
             of
             the
             names
             of
             Bacchus
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             feigned
             inventor
             of
             making
             wine
             ;
             where
             also
             the
             names
             of
             Juvenal
             and
             famous
             Livius
             are
             put
             for
             the
             books
             or
             works
             ,
             whereof
             they
             were
             Authors
             .
          
           
           
             
               Vulcanns
               pro
               igne
               .
               Neptunus
               pro
               mari
               .
               Ceres
               pro
               pane
               .
               Venus
               pro
               amore
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Efficient
               .
            
             
               Vulcan
               for
               fire
               .
               Neptune
               for
               the
               sea
               .
               Bacchus
               for
               wine
               .
               Venus
               so
               love
               .
               Mars
               for
               war.
               Mercurie
               for
               eloquence
               .
            
             
               So
               Love
               is
               usually
               put
               for
               Liberality
               ,
               the
               fruit
               and
               effect
               of
               love
               .
            
             
               My
               blade
               is
               right
               Sebastian
               ,
               for
               of
               Sebastians
               making
               .
            
             
               He
               learn'd
               his
               Arguments
               of
               Aristotle
               ,
               and
               his
               eloquence
               of
               
                 Tully
                 ;
                 (
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               out
               of
               Aristotles
               and
               Tullies
               works
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Ezek.
               7.15
               .
               The
               sword
               is
               without
               ,
               and
               the
               pestilence
               and
               the
               famine
               within
               ,
               &c.
               by
               sword
               ,
               pestilence
               ,
               and
               famine
               ,
               is
               signified
               death
               ,
               the
               effect
               of
               those
               causes
               .
            
             
               Hag.
               1.11
               .
               And
               I
               called
               for
               a
               drought
               upon
               the
               earth
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               hunger
               and
               famine
               caused
               by
               drought
               .
            
             
               Numb
               .
               32.23
               .
               And
               be
               sure
               your
               sin
               will
               find
               you
               out
               :
               where
               sin
               (
               the
               cause
               )
               is
               put
               for
               punishment
               ,
               its
               effect
               .
            
             
               Luk.
               16.29
               ,
               31.
               
               They
               have
               Mosos
               and
               the
               
                 Prophets
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               writings
               of
               Moses
               and
               the
               Prophets
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Gen.
               35.18
               .
               The
               soul
               is
               put
               for
               life
               .
               See
               Lev.
               20
               ,
               20.
               
               Psal.
               128.
               2
               
               Luk.
               24.27
               .
               Joh.
               5.45
               ,
               46
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
              
               ,
               
               is
               when
               the
               name
               of
               the
               matter
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               made
               of
               the
               same
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Pinus
                 pro
                 navi
              
               ,
               a
               Pine-tree
               being
               much
               used
               where
               it
               growes
               ,
               for
               building
               of
               ships
               .
            
             
               
                 Ferrum
                 pro
                 gladio
              
               ,
               a
               sword
               being
               made
               partly
               of
               iron
               .
            
             
               
                 Aes
                 pro
                 nummo
              
               ,
               brasse
               and
               silver
               being
               the
               materials
               ,
               whereof
               money
               is
               commonly
               made
               .
            
             
               
                 Ferro
                 facibusq
                 .
                 invasit
                 Italiam
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Sylva
                 ,
                 pro
                 domibus
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               Matter
               .
            
             
               I
               want
               silver
               ;
               where
               by
               silver
               ,
               mony
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Seed
               is
               put
               for
               children
               ,
               and
               Earth
               for
               man.
               
            
             
               They
               eat
               the
               finest
               wheat
               ,
               and
               drink
               the
               sweetest
               grapes
               ;
               by
               Wheat
               is
               understood
               bread
               ,
               and
               by
               Grapes
               wine
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               115.4
               Their
               Idols
               are
               silver
               and
               gold
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               made
               of
               those
               metals
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               105.18
               .
               He
               was
               laid
               in
               
                 iron
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               in
               fetters
               made
               of
               iron
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               3.19
               .
               Dust
               thou
               art
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               thou
               art
               formed
               out
               of
               the
               Dust.
               
            
             
               Gen.
               4.25
               .
               For
               God
               hath
               appointed
               me
               another
               seed
               in
               stead
               of
               
                 Abel
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               another
               childe
               .
            
             
             
               Dan.
               5.4
               .
               Worshipped
               wood
               and
               stone
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               Idols
               made
               of
               wood
               and
               stone
               .
            
             
               In
               like
               manner
               also
               the
               instrument
               is
               put
               for
               the
               effect
               thereby
               :
               as
               ,
               
               
                 
                   
                     Gladius
                     pro
                     caede
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Arma
                     pro
                     bello
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Lingua
                     pro
                     sermone
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Manus
                     pro
                     Scriptura
                  
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               unlikely
               have
               worn
               the
               Crown
               ;
               here
               the
               Crown
               being
               an
               instrument
               of
               royal
               dignity
               ,
               signifies
               a
               kingdome
               .
            
             
               The
               sword
               (
               being
               the
               instrument
               of
               slaughter
               )
               is
               put
               for
               slaughter
               .
            
             
               In
               like
               manner
               the
               Tongue
               ,
               for
               speech
               ;
               Arms
               ,
               for
               war
               ;
               the
               hand
               ,
               for
               the
               manuscript
               ,
               or
               hand-writing
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Jam.
               3.8
               .
               But
               the
               tongue
               can
               no
               man
               tame
               ,
               where
               the
               tongue
               (
               the
               instrument
               of
               speech
               )
               is
               put
               for
               the
               speech
               .
            
             
               2
               Tim.
               1.16
               .
               Was
               not
               ashamed
               of
               my
               Chain
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               of
               my
               bonds
               or
               bondage
               .
            
             
               See
               Prov.
               10.20
               .
               &
               25.15
               .
            
             
               Job
               31.6
               .
               Let
               God
               weigh
               me
               in
               an
               even
               ballance
               ;
               here
               Ballance
               (
               the
               instrument
               of
               equity
               )
               is
               put
               for
               equity
               it self
               .
            
             
               See
               Exod.
               5.3
               .
               1
               Sam.
               22.17
               .
               1
               Cor.
               16.21
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 Effect
              
               ,
               
               is
               when
               the
               effect
               or
               thing
               caused
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               its
               cause
               :
               As
               ,
            
             
             
               
                 Clades
                 Lybiae
                 ,
                 pro
                 Cladis
                 effectoribus
                 ,
                 qui
                 cladem
                 Lybiae
                 intulerunt
                 .
                 Mors
                 ●●igida
                 pallet
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 pallidos
                 reddit
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Victoria
                 natura
                 insolens
                 &
                 superba
                 est
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 insolentes
                 &
                 superbos
                 redait
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Hereby
               we
               say
               ,
               death
               is
               pale
               ,
               '
               fear
               sad
               ,
               a●ger
               hastie
               ,
               wine
               bold
               ;
               by
               which
               is
               signi●●ed
               ,
               that
               death
               makes
               pale
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               Love
               is
               said
               to
               be
               bountiful
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               renders
               one
               bountiful
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               15.2
               .
               He
               is
               become
               my
               salvation
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               my
               saviour
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               25
               23.
               
               Two
               nations
               art
               in
               thy
               womb
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               fathers
               of
               two
               nations
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               Esau
               ,
               the
               father
               of
               the
               Idumeans
               ;
               and
               Jacob
               ,
               the
               father
               of
               the
               Israelites
               .
            
             
               2
               King.
               4.40
               .
               There
               is
               death
               in
               the
               pot
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               some
               deadly
               thing
               which
               cause●h
               death
               .
            
             
               Mark
               9.17
               ,
               25.
               
               A
               dumb
               and
               deaf
               spirit
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               making
               the
               possessed
               dumb
               and
               deaf
               .
            
             
               See
               Rom.
               7.7
               .
               Heb.
               11.39
               .
               Joh.
               3.19
               .
               &
               17.3
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 subject
              
               ,
               
               is
               when
               the
               subject
               ,
               or
               that
               to
               which
               any
               thing
               belongs
               is
               put
               for
               the
               Adjunct
               ,
               or
               that
               which
               belongs
               thereunto
               :
            
             
               And
               it
               is
               made
               these
               nine
               waies
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               When
               the
               Subject
               is
               put
               for
               the
               Accident
               inherent
               :
               As
               ,
            
             
             
               a
               Curii
               ,
               victory
               ;
               Curius
               being
               the
               name
               of
               a
               certain
               victorious
               Captain
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               When
               the
               container
               is
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               contained
               ;
               as
               ,
            
             
               b
               
                 Paterae
                 ,
                 pro
                 potu
                 in
                 eis
                 contento
                 ,
                 Crumena
                 ,
                 pro
                 nummis
                 .
                 Animosum
                 pectus
                 ,
                 pro
                 corde
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               Cup
               ,
               for
               the
               wine
               contained
               in
               it
               .
            
             
               The
               Purse
               ,
               for
               the
               money
               therein
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               26.27
               .
               Luk.
               22.20
               .
               By
               the
               Cup
               is
               signified
               the
               wine
               contained
               therein
               .
               See
               Jer.
               49.12
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               3.
               
               When
               the
               Place
               is
               put
               for
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               or
               for
               the
               things
               it
               containeth
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               c
               
                 Germania
                 ,
                 pro
                 Germanis
                 .
                 Vrbs
                 ,
                 pro
                 Civibus
                 .
                 Carcer
                 ,
                 pro
                 vinctis
                 .
                 Anglia
                 ,
                 pro
                 Anglis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               City
               met
               the
               General
               ;
               for
               the
               Citizens
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               difficult
               to
               overcome
               Italy
               by
               war
               ,
               or
               Greece
               by
               learning
               ;
               meaning
               the
               Italians
               and
               Grecians
               .
            
             
               We
               are
               to
               war
               against
               
                 Spain
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               against
               the
               Spaniards
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Luk.
               13.14
               .
               Oh
               Jerusalem
               ,
               Jerusalem
               which
               killest
               the
               Prophets
               ,
               &c.
               by
               Jerusalem
               is
               meant
               the
               Rulers
               and
               people
               of
               that
               city
               .
            
             
               Deut.
               4.26
               .
               I
               call
               heaven
               and
               earth
               to
               record
               ;
               here
               by
               heaven
               and
               earth
               ,
               Moses
               underderstands
               all
               in
               heaven
               and
               earth
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               39.4
               .
               He
               made
               him
               Ruler
               of
               his
               house
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               of
               all
               his
               servants
               ,
               treasurers
               ,
               and
               goods
               in
               the
               house
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               10.15
               .
               It
               shall
               be
               more
               tolerable
               for
               Sodom
               and
               Gomorrah
               .
            
             
               Mark
               1.33
               .
               And
               the
               whole
               City
               was
               gathered
               together
               at
               the
               door
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               City
               .
               See
               Luk.
               19.9
               .
               Acts
               26.31
               .
               Mat.
               16.18
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               When
               the
               place
               is
               put
               for
               the
               actions
               properly
               done
               in
               the
               place
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               d
               
                 Restrum
                 ,
                 pro
                 sermone
                 .
                 Academia
                 ,
                 aut
                 Scholae
                 ,
                 pro
                 doctrina
                 .
                 Sylve
                 ,
                 pro
                 venandi
                 studio
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               Hall
               is
               done
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               Action
               of
               that
               court
               of
               judicature
               .
            
             
               Thus
               an
               Academy
               or
               School
               is
               put
               for
               learning
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               68.29
               .
               Because
               of
               thy
               Temple
               at
               Jerusalem
               ;
               here
               by
               Temple
               is
               understood
               the
               holy
               excercises
               and
               divine
               worship
               used
               in
               the
               Temple
               .
            
             
             
               5.
               
               When
               the
               possessor
               is
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               possessed
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               e
               Vcalegon
               ,
               a
               noble
               sage
               of
               Troy
               ,
               whose
               name
               is
               here
               put
               for
               nobility
               and
               sagacity
               .
            
             
               
                 Sic
                 dicitur
                 hominem
                 d●v●rari
                 ,
                 cujus
                 patrimonium
                 devoratur
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Apud
                 me
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 domi
                 meae
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Hereby
               ,
               lands
               ,
               houses
               ,
               and
               ships
               ,
               are
               often
               called
               by
               the
               owners
               names
               .
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               With
               me
               ,
               is
               usually
               to
               be
               understood
               at
               my
               house
               .
            
             
               So
               we
               say
               of
               some
               Guardians
               ,
               They
               have
               devoured
               the
               Orphans
               ,
               intimating
               the
               orphans
               patrimony
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Joel
               3.20
               .
               Judah
               shall
               be
               inhabited
               for
               ever
               ;
               here
               Judah
               the
               son
               of
               Jacob
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               land
               of
               Jewry
               ,
               which
               was
               promised
               to
               his
               posterity
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               possessed
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               15.3
               .
               A
               servant
               with
               me
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               in
               my
               house
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               18.3
               .
               Depart
               not
               I
               pray
               thee
               from
               thy
               servant
               ,
               (
               
                 i
                 e.
              
               )
               depart
               not
               from
               my
               tent
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               When
               the
               seat
               or
               place
               is
               put
               for
               the
               quality
               inherent
               to
               the
               same
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               f
               
                 Cor
                 ;
                 os
                 .
                 Cor
                 pro
                 prudentiâ
                 quae
                 sedem
                 habet
                 in
                 corde
                 ,
                 (
                 unde
                 prudentes
                 Cordati
                 dicuntur
                 ;
                 )
                 os
                 ,
                 pro
                 pud●●e
                 ;
                 qui
                 se
                 ore
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 vul●u
                 prodit
                 .
                 Aut
                 aliquando
                 cor
                 fortitudinem
                 significat
              
               :
            
             
               
                 Non
                 tibi
                 plus
                 cordis
                 ,
                 sed
                 minus
                 oris
                 inest
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               the
               heart
               is
               put
               for
               wisdome
               ,
               because
               wisdome
               hath
               its
               seat
               there
               .
               And
               sometimes
               also
               ,
               the
               heart
               is
               put
               for
               courage
               and
               fortitude
               by
               this
               Trope
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               17.9
               .
               The
               heart
               is
               deceitfull
               ,
               &c.
               the
               heart
               being
               the
               seat
               or
               place
               ,
               where
               the
               soul
               keeps
               it
               chief
               residence
               ,
               is
               here
               and
               elsewhere
               ,
               put
               for
               the
               will
               ,
               affections
               and
               whole
               soul
               ,
               as
               the
               qualities
               inherent
               thereunto
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               6.32
               .
               Whose
               committeth
               adultery
               with
               a
               woman
               ,
               wanteth
               a
               heart
               ;
               where
               by
               the
               want
               of
               an
               heart
               ,
               is
               understood
               foolishnesse
               .
               See
               Prov.
               2.10
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               When
               the
               Advocate
               or
               Counsellor
               ,
               who
               personates
               his
               Client
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               him
               whom
               he
               personates
               and
               represents
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               g
               
                 Patronus
                 ,
                 procliente
              
               .
            
             
               The
               Cause
               will
               go
               against
               the
               Attorny
               General
               ,
               intimating
               against
               his
               Client
               ,
               whom
               he
               represents
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               When
               the
               time
               it self
               is
               put
               for
               the
               things
               usually
               done
               in
               time
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               h
               
                 Nox
                 ,
                 pro
                 somno
                 .
                 Aestas
                 ,
                 pro
                 messe
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               night
               is
               frequently
               put
               for
               sleep
               ,
               and
               summer
               for
               Harvest
               .
            
             
               The
               dayes
               thought
               is
               the
               nights
               dream
               .
            
             
             
               The
               mornings
               view
               corrects
               the
               evenings
               work
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               two
               last
               examples
               ,
               the
               day
               and
               the
               night
               ,
               the
               morning
               and
               evening
               ,
               do
               signifie
               the
               actions
               and
               accidents
               in
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Job
               32.7
               .
               I
               said
               ,
               dayes
               should
               speak
               ,
               and
               multitude
               of
               years
               should
               teach
               wisdome
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               the
               aged
               ,
               who
               have
               seen
               many
               dayes
               .
            
             
               1
               Chro.
               12.32
               .
               And
               of
               the
               children
               of
               Issachar
               ,
               which
               were
               men
               that
               had
               understanding
               of
               the
               times
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               4.3
               .
               Mans
               day
               ,
               for
               mans
               Judgement
               .
               See
               Esth.
               1.13
               .
               Joh.
               12.27
               .
            
             
               Or
               contrarywise
               ,
               when
               the
               things
               which
               are
               done
               in
               time
               ,
               are
               put
               for
               the
               time
               it self
               ,
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Messis
                 ,
                 pro
                 aestate
                 .
                 Calor
                 ,
                 pro
                 aestate
                 .
                 Frigus
                 ,
                 pro
                 hyeme
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Ante
                 focum
                 si
                 frigus
                 erit
                 ;
                 si
                 Messis
                 in
                 umbrâ
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               By
               this
               Metonymie
               ,
               the
               Harvest
               is
               put
               for
               Summer
               ,
               Cold
               for
               Winter
               ,
               and
               Sleep
               for
               the
               Night
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               23.10
               .
               Six
               years
               thou
               shalt
               sow
               thy
               land
               ,
               and
               gather
               the
               fruits
               thereof
               .
               See
               Isa.
               17.5
               .
               Exod.
               23.10
               .
               Deut.
               24.19
               .
            
             
             
               9.
               
               When
               the
               name
               of
               the
               thing
               signified
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               sign
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               i
               
                 Amaryllis
                 ,
                 pro
                 carmine
                 de
                 eadem
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Jupiter
                 ,
                 Apollo
                 ,
                 Aencas
              
               ,
               for
               the
               statutes
               or
               pictures
               of
               
                 Apollo
                 &c.
              
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Gen.
               17.10
               .
               Circumcision
               is
               called
               the
               Covenant
               ,
               when
               't
               was
               only
               a
               Seal
               of
               the
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               righteou●nesse
               of
               faith
               ;
               as
               appears
               in
               Rom.
               4.11
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               Exod.
               12.11
               .
               The
               Paschal
               Lamb
               is
               called
               the
               Lords
               Passeover
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               26.26
               ,
               28.
               
               B●ead
               and
               w●ne
               are
               said
               to
               be
               Christs
               body
               and
               blood
               ;
               of
               which
               they
               are
               only
               but
               signes
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Luk.
               22.20
               .
               This
               is
               the
               new
               Testament
               in
               my
               blood
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               a
               sign
               or
               seal
               of
               the
               New
               Testament
               in
               my
               blood
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               Titus
               3.5
               .
               Baptism
               is
               called
               the
               new
               birth
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 Adjunct
              
               ,
               
               is
               when
               the
               Adjunct
               ,
               or
               that
               which
               belongs
               to
               any
               thing
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               subject
               ,
               or
               thing
               to
               which
               it
               belongs
               or
               is
               adjoyned
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gen.
               31.53
               Jacob
               sware
               by
               the
               fear
               of
               his
               father
               Isaac
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               by
               God
               ,
               whom
               Isaac
               feared
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               King
               20.1
               .
               Set
               thy
               house
               in
               order
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               thy
               houshold
               affairs
               .
            
             
               Thus
               the
               Captain
               General
               is
               often
               put
               for
               his
               Army
               ;
               as
               ,
               Hannibal
               was
               slain
               by
               Scipio
               ;
               here
               Hannabal
               is
               put
               for
               his
               Army
               which
               he
               had
               ●ed
               against
               the
               Romans
               ,
               and
               Scipio
               for
               the
               Romans
               who
               obtained
               the
               victory
               .
            
             
             
               1
               Sam.
               18.7
               .
               Saul
               hath
               slain
               his
               thousands
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               So
               in
               Act.
               9
               5.
               
               Christ
               is
               put
               for
               his
               members
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               85.11
               .
               Righteousnesse
               shall
               look
               down
               from
               heaven
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               God
               in
               whom
               righteousnesse
               resteth
               .
            
             
               Hos.
               4.1
               .
               There
               is
               no
               truth
               ,
               nor
               mercy
               ,
               nor
               knowledge
               of
               God
               in
               the
               Land
               ;
               by
               which
               Adjuncts
               is
               signified
               ,
               that
               there
               are
               none
               ,
               or
               very
               few
               at
               most
               ,
               in
               whom
               those
               graces
               may
               be
               found
               .
            
             
               This
               Metonymie
               is
               made
               these
               9
               waies
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               When
               the
               sign
               is
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               signified
               thereby
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               k
               
                 Fasces
                 ,
                 pro
                 Magistratu
                 ,
                 Sceptrum
                 ,
                 pro
                 Regne
                 ,
                 Toga
                 ,
                 pro
                 pace
                 ,
                 Arma
                 ,
                 pro
                 bello
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Huic
                 consilio
                 palmam
                 damus
              
               ;
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               victoriam
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               weapons
               and
               armes
               sign●fie
               war
               ,
               the
               keys
               power
               ,
               and
               the
               palm
               victory
               ,
               as
               being
               signs
               of
               war
               ,
               power
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               49.10
               .
               The
               scepter
               shall
               not
               dep●●●
               from
               
                 Juaah
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               in●im●●i●g
               that
               Kings
               should
               not
               cease
               from
               the
               house
               o●
               Judah
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               13.4
               .
               He
               beareth
               not
               the
               swo●●
               〈◊〉
               vain
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Authority
               .
            
             
             
               Jer.
               24.10
               .
               Thus
               here
               the
               sword
               is
               put
               for
               war.
               
            
             
               Thus
               also
               the
               name
               is
               often
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               it self
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Rev
               3
               ,
               4
               Thou
               hast
               a
               few
               names
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               18.10
               .
               The
               name
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               Lord
               himself
               .
            
             
               Phil.
               2.10
               .
               That
               at
               the
               name
               of
               Jesus
               every
               knee
               should
               bow
               ,
               &c.
               Ephes.
               5
               ,
               20.
               
               Act.
               1.15
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               When
               the
               quality
               is
               put
               for
               the
               person
               subject
               thereunto
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               l
               
                 Scelus
                 pro
                 scelesto
              
               ,
               villany
               for
               a
               villain
               .
            
             
               Deserts
               are
               preferred
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               men
               deserving
               are
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Give
               room
               to
               the
               Quoise
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               to
               the
               Serjeant
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               When
               the
               Adjunct
               of
               time
               is
               put
               for
               the
               persons
               ,
               or
               things
               subject
               thereunto
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               m
               
                 Aetas
                 nulla
              
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 homines
                 nullius
                 aetatis
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Aspera
                 tum
                 positis
                 mitescent
                 secula
                 bellis
                 .
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 homines
                 ,
                 qui
                 istis
                 seculis
                 vixerunt
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Temeritas
                 est
                 florentis
                 aetatis
                 ,
                 prudentia
                 senectutis
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 Juvenum
                 &
                 senum
                 :
                 Juventus
              
               ,
               (
               i
               e.
               )
               
                 Juvenes
                 ;
                 Senectus
              
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               Senes
               .
            
             
               
                 —
                 Oculisve
                 aut
                 pectore
                 noctem
              
               
                 Accipit
                 —
              
            
             
               
                 Noctem
                 ,
                 pro
                 somno
                 qui
                 noctus
                 capitur
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               the
               night
               is
               put
               for
               sleep
               ,
               which
               is
               usually
               taken
               in
               the
               night
               .
            
             
             
               Take
               heed
               young
               idlenesse
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               idle
               youth
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Ephes.
               5.16
               .
               The
               dayes
               are
               evill
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               hearts
               and
               conversations
               of
               the
               men
               of
               these
               dayes
               are
               evil
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               When
               the
               names
               of
               the
               vertues
               themselves
               are
               put
               for
               good
               men
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               vices
               ,
               for
               evill
               men
               ;
               and
               also
               when
               the
               names
               of
               divers
               other
               things
               are
               used
               for
               the
               persons
               ,
               to
               whom
               they
               are
               adjoyned
               ,
               or
               appertain
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Ex
                 hac
                 parte
                 pudor
                 pugnat
                 ,
                 illic
                 petulantia
                 :
                 ubi
                 pudor
                 pro
                 pudicis
                 ;
                 &
                 petulantia
                 pro
                 petulantibus
                 ponitur
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Virtutem
                 praesentem
                 odimus
              
               ;
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 viros
                 bonos
                 .
                 Justitia
                 pro
                 Justo
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               vertue
               is
               put
               for
               good
               men
               ;
               and
               justice
               for
               a
               just
               man.
               
            
             
               5.
               
               When
               the
               thing
               set
               in
               the
               place
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               place
               it self
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               n
               
                 Libelli
                 pro
                 libraria
                 .
                 Ludus
                 pro
                 Circo
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Te
                 quaesivimus
                 omnibus
                 libellis
                 ,
                 Bibliothecis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Books
               are
               put
               for
               a
               Library
               or
               Study
               .
               A
               play
               for
               a
               play-house
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               When
               the
               thing
               contained
               is
               put
               for
               the
               
               container
               ,
               or
               the
               Abstract
               for
               the
               Concrete
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Aen.
               Virg.
               i.
               
            
             
               —
               
                 Vina
                 coronant
              
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 pateram
                 vina
                 continentem
              
               .
               Wine
               is
               put
               for
               the
               cup
               that
               contains
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               11.7
               .
               The
               righteous
               Lord
               loveth
               righteousnesse
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               righteous
               men
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               12.28
               .
               Helps
               ,
               governments
               ,
               for
               helpers
               and
               governors
               .
            
             
               Phil.
               3.3
               .
               Circumcision
               is
               put
               for
               the
               persons
               circumcised
               .
            
             
               Tit.
               1.12
               .
               Wickednesse
               is
               put
               for
               wicked
               men
               .
               See
               Gen.
               19.15
               .
               Prov.
               11.5
               .
               Rom.
               4.9
               .
               Gal.
               2.12
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               very
               usual
               in
               Scripture
               to
               put
               the
               Abstract
               for
               the
               Concrete
               ,
               to
               set
               forth
               the
               excellency
               of
               the
               person
               or
               thing
               spoken
               of
               .
            
             
               Thus
               God
               tels
               Abraham
               ,
               that
               he
               shall
               not
               only
               be
               blessed
               ,
               
                 Sed
                 erit
                 ipsissima
                 benedictio
              
               ,
               Gen.
               12.2
               .
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
                 )
                 affluens
                 omni
                 benedictione
                 ;
                 &
                 non
                 tam
                 benedictus
                 ,
                 quam
                 ipsa
                 benedicto
                 dicitur
                 .
              
            
             
               Thus
               in
               1
               Cor.
               1.30
               .
               Christ
               is
               not
               called
               righteous
               ,
               but
               righteousnesse
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               When
               the
               Antecedent
               ,
               
               or
               that
               which
               goes
               before
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               the
               consequent
               ,
               or
               that
               which
               followes
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Discumbere
                 pro
                 coenare
                 .
                 Audire
                 vel
                 auscultare
                 pro
                 obtemperare
                 .
                 Fuimus
                 Troes
                 ,
                 pro
                 non
                 amplius
                 sumus
                 .
                 Vixit
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 mortuus
                 est
                 .
                 Strato
                 discumbitur
                 ostro
                 ,
              
               (
               i.e.
               )
               
                 cibum
                 capiunt
              
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               to
               hear
               ,
               is
               to
               obey
               .
            
             
               He
               hath
               lived
               ,
               (
               
                 i
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               is
               dead
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               set
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               a●
               s●pper
               .
            
             
               The
               sword
               is
               drawn
               ,
               whereby
               is
               signified
               the
               ensuing
               slaughter
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               19.9
               .
               Deut.
               5.27
               .
               Hear
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               obey
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               Exod.
               18
               ,
               19.
               
               Hearken
               unto
               my
               voice
               ;
               for
               Obey
               my
               voice
               or
               commandement
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               When
               the
               Consequent
               is
               put
               for
               the
               Antecedent
               :
               as
               ,
               
            
             
               
                 Sepultus
                 est
                 ,
                 pro
                 mortuus
                 est
                 .
              
               
                 Evigilabit
                 ,
                 pro
                 dormitat
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               Guests
               are
               risen
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               have
               supped
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               buried
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               is
               dead
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               3.19
               .
               In
               the
               sweat
               of
               thy
               face
               shalt
               thou
               eat
               thy
               bread
               ,
               &c.
               here
               by
               sweat
               following
               labour
               ,
               is
               signified
               labour
               before
               meat
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               28.16
               .
               He
               that
               believeth
               ,
               shall
               not
               make
               haste
               :
               this
               Paul
               in
               Rom.
               9.33
               .
               interprets
               ,
               
               shall
               not
               be
               ashamed
               :
               shame
               and
               confusion
               being
               effects
               of
               making
               haste
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               
               9.
               
               When
               all
               things
               going
               together
               ,
               one
               is
               put
               for
               another
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Juxta
                 Terentium
                 castra
                 posuerat
                 Annibal
              
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               
                 hujus
                 &
                 illius
                 exercitus
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Annibal
                 ibi
                 moratur
                 ,
                 pro
                 exercitu
                 Annibalis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Hannibal
               is
               put
               for
               his
               Army
               ,
               or
               any
               Captain
               General
               for
               the
               Army
               under
               his
               conduct
               and
               command
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Josh.
               11.21.23
               .
               Joshua
               overcame
               the
               Canaanites
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               and
               his
               Army
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               1
               Sam.
               18.7
               .
               Saul
               hath
               slain
               his
               thousands
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               So
               in
               Mat.
               25.35
               .
               Christ
               is
               put
               for
               his
               Members
               .
            
             
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 End
              
               ,
               
               is
               when
               the
               end
               is
               put
               for
               the
               means
               conducing
               to
               the
               same
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Subeat
                 virtus
                 vestra
                 experimenta
                 majora
              
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               
                 pericula
                 .
                 Aris
                 imponit
                 honorem
              
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               sacrificium
               .
            
             
               
                 Dicitur
                 &
                 planstris
                 vexisse
                 po●mata
                 Thespis
                 ,
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 Scenas
                 ,
                 in
                 quibus
                 poemata
                 fiebant
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               An
               English
               Example
               .
            
             
               Let
               your
               courage
               enterprize
               greater
               experiments
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               dangers
               .
            
             
             
               He
               layes
               honour
               upon
               the
               altar
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               a
               sacrifice
               ;
               for
               that
               in
               the
               old
               Law
               none
               but
               such
               as
               were
               Priests
               unto
               God
               were
               admitted
               to
               sacrifice
               unto
               him
               ,
               which
               was
               a
               dignity
               importing
               honour
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Jude
               7.
               
               Sodome
               and
               Gomorrah
               were
               set
               forth
               for
               examples
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               were
               punished
               for
               examples
               sake
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               57.8
               .
               Awake
               my
               glory
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               my
               tongue
               given
               to
               glorifie
               God.
               
            
             
               See
               1
               Cor.
               10.6
               .
            
             
               A
               
                 Metonymie
                 of
                 the
                 form
              
               ,
               is
               when
               the
               *
               form
               is
               put
               for
               the
               thing
               ,
               
               to
               which
               it
               gives
               a
               being
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Luxuries
                 in
                 flagitiis
                 ,
                 Crudeli
                 as
                 in
                 suppliciis
                 ,
                 avaritia
                 in
                 rapinis
                 ,
                 superbia
                 in
                 contumeli●s
                 ,
                 pro
                 luxurioso
                 ,
                 crudeli
                 ,
                 avaro
                 ,
                 superbo
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Ars
                 mendicando
                 quaerit
                 honesta
                 cibum
              
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 Artifices
                 honesti
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Art
               is
               put
               for
               an
               Artificer
               ;
               pride
               for
               a
               proud
               man
               ,
               and
               covetousness
               for
               a
               covetous
               man
               ,
               and
               the
               soul
               for
               man.
               Heare
               you
               modesty
               it self
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               some
               one
               very
               modest
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               1.5
               .
               Seventy
               souls
               went
               down
               into
               Egypt
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               men
               .
               The
               like
               in
               Gen.
               12.5
               .
               &
               46.18
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               SYnecdoche
               ,
               es
               ,
               f.
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Comprehensio
               ,
            
             Comprehen●●on
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               synecdechoma●
               ]
               Comprehendo
               ,
               aut
               ,
               una
               excipio
               ,
               seu
               recipio
               ,
            
             to
             comprehen
             ,
             or
             take
             together
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             Trope
             ,
             or
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             more
             comp●ehensive
             wo●ds
             are
             put
             for
             the
             lesse
             comprehen●ive
             ;
             and
             contrarily
             :
             or
             when
             a
             part
             is
             understood
             by
             the
             whole
             ,
             or
             the
             whole
             by
             a
             part
             ,
             the
             general
             by
             the
             special
             ,
             and
             contrarily
             :
             or
             ,
             it
             is
             an
             exchange
             of
             the
             name
             of
             the
             part
             for
             the
             whole
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             name
             of
             the
             whole
             for
             the
             p●rt
             .
          
           
             This
             figurative
             Exornation
             gives
             a
             grace
             unto
             spee●h
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             it
             would
             want
             ,
             enforcing
             the
             understanding
             of
             the
             hearers
             to
             a
             deeper
             consideration
             of
             the
             sense
             and
             meaning
             :
             and
             is
             chiefly
             fourfold
             ,
             viz.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   Synecdoche
                   Speciei
                
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   Synecdoche
                   Membri
                   aut
                   partis
                
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Syn●cdoche
                   Generis
                
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 
                   Synecdoche
                   Totius
                
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             Confundit
             totum
             cum
             parte
             Synecdoche
             .
             Partis
             .
          
           
             a
             
               Myrtoum
               :
               auster
            
             ;
             b
             
               hyems
               ,
               mucro
            
             .
             c
             Annibal
             ;
             d
             Anglus
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Totius
             :
             e
             
               Orator
               ;
               color
            
             .
             f
             Annus
             .
             g
             Vixit
             .
             h
             Atrides
             .
          
           
             1
             
               Synecdoche
               Speciei
            
             ,
             is
             when
             the
             special
             or
             a
             particular
             sort
             implies
             a
             mo●e
             general
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             a
             
               Myrtoum
               ,
               pro
               mari
            
             ,
             the
             M●rtean
             se●
             ,
             for
             the
             whole
             sea
             indefinitely
             .
             
               Auster
               pro
               vento
               ,
               indefinite
            
             .
             
               
                 
                   Aristides
                   pro
                   justo
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Moecenas
                   pro
                   Patrono
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Croesus
                   pro
                   divite
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Thraso
                   pro
                   glorioso
                
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               Hostes
               tela
               parant
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             arma
             .
          
           
             
               Ecce
               Aristidem
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             justum
             .
          
           
             
               Sic
               infinitum
               numerum
               dicimus
               pro
               magno
            
             ;
          
           
             
               Sexcenta
               licet
               ejusmodi
               proferre
               ;
               sexcenta
               ,
            
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             p'urima
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Caesar
               ,
               for
               the
               King.
               Aristides
               ,
               for
               a
               just
               man.
               
            
             
               Craesus
               ,
               for
               a
               rich
               man.
               Auster
               ,
               for
               the
               wind
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               my
               sword
               that
               can
               help
               me
               ▪
               where
               by
               Sword
               is
               understood
               all
               kinde
               of
               weapons
               and
               manners
               of
               defence
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               22.4
               .
               Our
               father
               's
               trusted
               in
               thee
               ,
               &c
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               our
               Ancestors
               ;
               where
               fathers
               ,
               the
               more
               special
               name
               ,
               is
               put
               for
               ancestors
               ,
               the
               more
               general
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               44.6
               .
               I
               will
               not
               trust
               in
               my
               bow
               ,
               neither
               shall
               my
               sword
               save
               me
               .
               And
               in
               46.9
               .
               He
               breaks
               the
               bow
               ,
               and
               cuts
               the
               spear
               in
               sunder
               ,
               &c.
               
               Where
               by
               bow
               ,
               sword
               and
               ,
               spear
               ,
               are
               understood
               all
               weapons
               of
               war.
               See
               2
               Sam.
               8.18
               .
               Mat.
               22.21
               .
               Isa.
               63.16
               .
            
             
               Thus
               a
               certain
               number
               is
               put
               for
               an
               uncertain
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Zech.
               3.9
               .
               Christ
               is
               said
               to
               have
               seven
               eyes
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               many
               ,
               to
               signifie
               his
               perfect
               and
               singular
               care
               of
               his
               Church
               .
               The
               like
               in
               Deut.
               28
               ,
               7.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               105.8
               .
               He
               hath
               remembred
               his
               Covenant
               for
               ever
               :
               the
               word
               which
               he
               commanded
               
               to
               a
               thousand
               generations
               ;
               where
               a
               great
               or
               infinite
               number
               is
               put
               for
               an
               indefinite
               number
               ,
               or
               such
               a
               number
               as
               is
               not
               determined
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               119.64
               .
               The
               righteous
               m●n
               falls
               seven
               times
               a
               day
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               often
               .
               So
               in
               Prov.
               24.16
               .
            
             
               Thus
               the
               word
               [
               Many
               ]
               is
               taken
               for
               all
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Dan.
               12.11
               .
               And
               many
               of
               them
               that
               sleep
               in
               the
               dust
               of
               the
               earth
               shall
               awake
               .
            
             
               Now
               that
               this
               word
               [
               many
               ]
               signifies
               all
               ,
               the
               Holy
               Ghost
               bears
               witnesse
               ,
               in
               Joh.
               5.28
               .
               All
               that
               are
               in
               the
               grave
               shall
               hear
               his
               voice
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               
                 Synecdoche
                 partis
              
               ,
               or
               a
               Synecdoche
               of
               the
               part
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               when
               a
               part
               is
               put
               for
               the
               whole
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               b
               Hyems
               ,
               a
               storm
               of
               rain
               or
               hail
               for
               winter
               .
               
                 Tectum
                 .
                 pro
                 domo
                 .
                 Mucro
                 pro
                 gladio
                 .
              
            
             
               c
               
                 Annibal
                 ,
                 pro
                 exercitu
                 cujus
                 Dux
                 erat
                 ,
                 velut
                 pars
                 primaria
                 .
              
            
             
               d
               
                 Anglus
                 pro
                 Anglis
              
               .
            
             
               *
               
                 Hostis
                 habet
                 muros
                 ,
                 ruit
                 alto
                 á
                 Culmine
                 Troja
                 ;
                 pro
                 Hostes.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               My
               name
               is
               tossed
               and
               censured
               by
               many
               tongues
               ,
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               by
               many
               men
               ;
               where
               the
               part
               of
               an
               intire
               body
               is
               put
               for
               the
               whole
               .
            
             
               Thus
               the
               roof
               of
               the
               house
               is
               put
               for
               the
               whole
               house
               ;
               the
               edge
               of
               the
               sword
               ,
               for
               the
               sword
               :
               and
               the
               soul
               ,
               for
               the
               whole
               man.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               12.15
               .
               Then
               Abraham
               took
               Sahah
               his
               
               wife
               and
               the
               souls
               ,
               &c.
               for
               the
               men
               and
               women
               that
               were
               his
               Servants
               .
               The
               like
               see
               in
               Rom.
               13.1
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               12.1
               .
               Present
               your
               bodies
               a
               living
               sacrifice
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               whole
               man.
               
            
             
               In
               Prov.
               1.16
               .
               &
               6.18
               .
               Their
               feet
               run
               to
               evill
               :
               where
               by
               feet
               of
               men
               ,
               the
               men
               of
               such
               conversation
               are
               understood
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               8.8
               .
               I
               am
               not
               worthy
               that
               thou
               shouldst
               come
               under
               my
               ●oof
               ;
               where
               the
               roof
               signifies
               the
               house
               .
            
             
               In
               Isa.
               7.2
               ,
               5
               ,
               89
               ,
               &
               9.9
               .
               The
               Tribe
               of
               Ephraim
               is
               put
               for
               the
               whole
               people
               of
               Israel
               .
            
             
               See
               Prov.
               3.22
               .
               &
               10.14
               .
               &
               11.26
               .
               The
               hand
               is
               put
               for
               the
               whole
               man
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               the
               singular
               number
               is
               put
               for
               the
               plural
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               d
               
                 Anglus
                 ,
                 pro
                 Anglis
              
               .
               
            
             
               The
               Roman
               was
               victor
               in
               battail
               ,
               intimating
               the
               Army
               of
               the
               Romans
               .
            
             
               The
               English
               man
               overcame
               the
               Hollander
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1.3
               .
               The
               Oxe
               knoweth
               his
               owner
               ,
               and
               the
               Asse
               his
               Masters
               crib
               ,
               &c.
               for
               Oxen
               and
               Asses
               .
            
             
               Jer
               8.7
               .
               The
               Stork
               in
               the
               heaven
               knoweth
               her
               appointed
               time
               ;
               for
               ,
               the
               Sto●ks
               know
               their
               appointed
               time
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               3.28
               .
               Therefore
               we
               conclude
               that
               a
               man
               is
               justified
               by
               faith
               ,
               &c.
               for
               ,
               men
               are
               justified
               by
               faith
               .
            
             
               Job
               .
               14.1
               .
               Man
               that
               is
               born
               of
               a
               woman
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               men
               that
               are
               born
               of
               women
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               
                 Synedoche
                 Generis
              
               ,
               is
               when
               a
               general
               word
               comprehends
               the
               particular
               ,
               or
               when
               the
               more
               general
               name
               is
               put
               for
               the
               more
               special
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               e
               
                 Orator
                 ,
                 pro
                 Demosthene
                 aut
                 Tullio
                 .
                 Color
                 ,
                 pro
                 forma
                 .
              
            
             
               g
               
                 Vixit
                 ,
                 pro
                 mortuus
                 est
              
               .
            
             
               h
               Atrides
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 Agamemnon
                 ;
                 quippe
                 qui
                 in
                 expeditione
                 Trojana
                 rex
                 regum
                 diceretur
                 .
              
            
             
               *
               
                 Virtus
                 pro
                 fortitudine
                 .
                 Poeta
                 pro
                 Homero
                 aut
                 Virgilio
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Put
               up
               your
               weapon
               ,
               for
               your
               dagger
               .
            
             
               He
               lived
               in
               such
               a
               Century
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               is
               now
               dead
               .
            
             
               Thus
               living
               Creatures
               are
               put
               for
               beasts
               .
            
             
               The
               Poet
               ,
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
                 )
                 Homer
              
               or
               Virgil.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Mark.
               16.15
               .
               Preach
               the
               Gospel
               to
               every
               creature
               :
               signifying
               to
               all
               men
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               any
               other
               creature
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               6.12
               .
               All
               flesh
               had
               corrupted
               his
               way
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               all
               men
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               2.18
               .
               Rachel
               weeping
               for
               her
               children
               ,
               would
               not
               be
               comforted
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               not
               ;
               for
               ,
               lived
               not
               .
            
             
               Judges
               19.3
               .
               Spake
               to
               her
               heart
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               comforted
               her
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               30.34
               .
               All
               sweet
               smelling
               spices
               ,
               are
               put
               for
               spikenard
               .
            
             
               See
               1
               Sam.
               13.13
               .
               1
               King
               2.4
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Synecdoche
                 totius
              
               ,
               A
               Synecdoche
               of
               the
               whole
               is
               when
               the
               whole
               is
               put
               for
               the
               part
               ;
               as
               ,
            
             
               f
               
                 Annus
                 ,
                 pro
                 tempore
                 praesenti
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Elephantus
                 ,
                 pro
                 dentibus
                 .
                 Sylvae
                 pro
                 arboribus
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Pontus
                 ,
                 pro
                 fluctu
                 .
                 Nos
                 ,
                 pro
                 ego
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Pabula
                 gustassent
                 Troje
                 ,
                 Xanthumque
                 bibissent
              
               :
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 partem
                 pabuli
                 ,
                 partem
                 Xanthi
                 flavii
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               An
               Army
               so
               great
               as
               drank
               rivers
               dry
               :
               meaning
               a
               great
               part
               of
               the
               water
               in
               the
               rivers
               .
            
             
               He
               carries
               a
               Goldsmiths
               shop
               on
               his
               fingers
               ,
               for
               Rings
               .
            
             
               He
               fell
               into
               the
               water
               and
               swallowed
               the
               Thames
               ,
               for
               the
               water
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               1
               Sam.
               5.3
               .
               Behold
               ,
               Dagon
               was
               fallen
               upon
               his
               face
               to
               the
               ground
               :
               though
               the
               same
               verse
               declares
               that
               before
               its
               fall
               ,
               the
               head
               of
               Dagon
               and
               both
               the
               palmes
               of
               his
               hands
               were
               cut
               off
               upon
               the
               threshold
               ,
               &c.
               See
               Gen.
               8.13
               .
            
             
               The
               world
               is
               put
               for
               the
               earth
               ,
               in
               2
               Pet.
               3.6
               .
            
             
               The
               man
               is
               put
               for
               the
               soul
               :
               as
               in
               Luk.
               16.23
               .
               &
               23
               ,
               43.
               
            
             
               So
               in
               Gen.
               3.19
               .
               Till
               thou
               return
               to
               the
               ground
               ;
               where
               the
               man
               is
               put
               for
               his
               body
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               by
               this
               Synecdoche
               ,
               when
               any
               thing
               is
               spoken
               concerning
               many
               persons
               together
               ,
               
               which
               yet
               appertains
               not
               to
               every
               one
               of
               them
               precisely
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gen.
               35.26
               .
               In
               this
               and
               the
               three
               precedent
               verses
               ,
               you
               have
               a
               recital
               of
               the
               twelve
               sons
               of
               Jacob
               ,
               (
               which
               as
               this
               verse
               declares
               )
               were
               born
               unto
               him
               in
               Padan-aram
               ,
               and
               yet
               this
               appertains
               not
               unto
               Benjamin
               ,
               who
               yet
               is
               reckoned
               with
               the
               rest
               ,
               as
               in
               vers
               .
               24.
               for
               he
               was
               born
               in
               the
               way
               near
               Ephrath
               ,
               as
               in
               vers
               .
               16.
               
            
             
               And
               in
               Heb.
               11.13
               .
               The
               Apostle
               having
               enumerated
               many
               Saints
               ,
               and
               among
               the
               rest
               Enoch
               ,
               (
               as
               in
               vers
               .
               5.
               )
               generally
               addes
               ,
               These
               all
               died
               in
               the
               faith
               ,
               &c.
               and
               yet
               Enoch
               was
               translated
               that
               he
               should
               not
               see
               death
               ,
               and
               was
               not
               found
               ,
               because
               God
               had
               translated
               him
               ,
               as
               likewise
               appears
               by
               the
               5.
               verse
               .
            
             
               
               Thus
               the
               plural
               Number
               is
               put
               for
               the
               singular
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Nos
                 ,
                 pro
                 ego
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Nos
                 populo
                 imposuimus
                 &
                 Oratores
                 visi
                 sumus
                 ;
                 ubi
                 de
                 se
                 tantum
                 loquitur
                 Orator
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               An
               English
               Example
               .
            
             
               Cicero
               to
               Brutus
               :
               We
               deceived
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               seemed
               Orators
               ,
               speaking
               of
               himselfe
               only
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Judg.
               12.7
               .
               And
               Jephthah
               was
               buried
               in
               the
               cities
               of
               Gilead
               ,
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               in
               one
               City
               of
               that
               Region
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               27.44
               .
               The
               thieves
               also
               which
               were
               crucified
               with
               him
               upbraided
               him
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               one
               of
               
               the
               thieves
               ,
               namely
               ,
               the
               unbelieving
               and
               unconverted
               thief
               .
            
             
               So
               also
               Gen.
               21.7
               .
               &
               46.7
               .
               *
               compared
               with
               the
               15
               ,
               &
               17.
               verses
               .
            
             
               But
               of
               the
               Grammarians
               it
               is
               called
               a
               Synecdoche
               ,
               or
               Comprehension
               ,
               *
               when
               a
               common
               word
               or
               name
               is
               restrained
               to
               a
               part
               which
               is
               expressed
               by
               the
               Accusative
               Case
               .
            
             
               And
               they
               call
               it
               Comprehension
               ,
               because
               the
               particular
               is
               comprehended
               of
               the
               universal
               .
            
             
               This
               Synecdoche
               is
               a
               figure
               of
               Construction
               ,
               and
               is
               when
               that
               which
               is
               part
               is
               attributed
               to
               the
               whole
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Aethiops
                 albus
                 dentes
              
               ,
               an
               Ethiopian
               white
               in
               the
               teeth
               ;
               here
               ,
               white
               agreeing
               to
               the
               teeth
               only
               ,
               is
               attributed
               to
               the
               whole
               Ethiopian
               :
            
             
               Pro
               toto
               positae
               partes
               ,
               quam
               passio
               signat
               ,
               
               Quartum
               vel
               sextum
               casum
               Synecdoche
               tradit
               .
               Passivis
               ,
               Neutris
               ,
               adjectis
               ,
               
                 participiisq
              
               :
               1.
               
               
                 Dentibus
                 alba
              
               .
               2.
               
               
                 Caput
                 doleo
              
               .
               3.
               
               
                 Spoliata
                 lacertos
              
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   Dentibus
                   alba
                
                 ,
                 White
                 in
                 the
                 teeth
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   Caput
                   doleo
                
                 ,
                 I
                 am
                 pained
                 in
                 my
                 head
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Spoliata
                   lacertos
                
                 ,
                 Bereft
                 of
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
             
               By
               this
               Synecdoche
               all
               Nouns
               Adjectives
               ,
               signifying
               any
               property
               ;
               also
               Verbs
               Passives
               ,
               and
               Neuters
               ,
               signifying
               any
               passion
               ,
               may
               govern
               an
               Accusative
               or
               an
               Ablative
               Case
               ,
               signifying
               the
               place
               wherein
               the
               property
               or
               passion
               is
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
             
               
                 Aeger
                 pedes
              
               ,
               or
               pedibus
               ,
               Diseased
               in
               the
               feet
               .
            
             
               
                 Rubet
                 Capillos
              
               ,
               His
               hairs
               are
               red
               .
            
             
               
                 Truncatus
                 membra
                 bipenni
              
               ,
               Cut
               in
               the
               limbs
               with
               an
               axe
               .
            
             
               
                 Caetera
                 similes
                 ,
                 uno
                 differunt
              
               ,
               Like
               in
               other
               things
               ,
               in
               one
               thing
               they
               differ
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               IRonia
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Simulatio
               ,
               irrisio
               ,
            
             mocking
             or
             counterfeiting
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               in
               loquendo
               dissimulatione
               utor
            
             ,
             to
             dissemble
             in
             speaking
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               eiro
               ]
               dico
            
             ,
             from
             whence
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               eiron
               ]
               Simulator
               ,
               qui
               aliter
               dicit
               ac
               sontit
            
             :
             from
             which
             Ironia
             is
             taken
             for
             dissimulation
             ,
             whereby
             one
             thing
             is
             thought
             and
             another
             spoken
             ;
             it
             signifies
             also
             taunting
             speeches
             ,
             or
             a
             speaking
             by
             contraries
             ;
             as
             if
             we
             should
             say
             black
             is
             whi●te
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             called
             the
             mocking
             Trope
             ,
             whereby
             in
             derision
             we
             speak
             contrary
             to
             what
             we
             think
             or
             mean
             ,
             or
             when
             one
             contrary
             is
             signified
             by
             another
             :
          
           
             This
             Trope
             is
             not
             so
             well
             perceived
             by
             the
             words
             ,
             as
             either
             by
             the
             contrariety
             of
             the
             matter
             ,
             or
             the
             manner
             of
             utterance
             ,
             or
             both
             .
          
           
             Antiphrasis
             and
             this
             are
             of
             very
             nigh
             affinity
             ,
             only
             differing
             in
             this
             ,
             that
             Antiphrasis
             consists
             in
             the
             contrary
             sense
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             and
             Ironia
             of
             a
             sentence
             .
          
           
             
               
               Contra
               quam
               sentit
               solet
               Ironia
               jocari
               .
            
             
               Scilicet
               ,
               a
               egregiam
               laudem
               ;
               b
               pulchre
               ;
               c
               bone
               custos
               .
            
          
           
             a
             
               Egregiam
               laudem
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             
               turpe
               potius
               dedecus
               &
               infamiam
            
             .
          
           
           
             b
             Pulchrè
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             foediffimè
             .
          
           
             c
             
               Bone
               custos
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             
               male
               custos
            
             .
          
           
             
               O
               salve
            
             a
             
               bone
               vir
               ,
               curasti
            
             b
             prebè
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             a
             pessime
             ,
             b
             
               negligenter
               :
               foedè
               neglexisti
            
             .
          
           
             
               Si
               genus
               humanum
               ,
               &
               mortalia
               temnitis
               arma
               ,
            
             
               At
               1
               sperate
               deos
               memores
               fandi
               atque
               nefandi
               .
            
             
               Alter
               erit
               maculis
               auro
               2
               squalentibus
               ardens
               .
            
             
               Hunc
               ego
               si
               potui
               tantum
               1
               sperare
               dolorem
               .
            
          
           
             
               1.
               
               Sperate
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               
                 timete
                 .
                 Sperare
              
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               timere
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Squalentibus
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               
                 splendentibus
                 .
                 Est
                 in
                 hic
                 vocibus
                 Catachresis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               an
               Irony
               .
            
             
               He
               was
               no
               notorious
               Malefactor
               ,
               but
               he
               had
               been
               twice
               on
               the
               Pillory
               ,
               and
               once
               burnt
               in
               the
               hand
               for
               trifling
               oversights
               .
            
             
               Milo
               had
               but
               a
               slender
               strength
               ,
               who
               carried
               an
               oxe
               a
               furlong
               on
               his
               back
               ,
               then
               kill'd
               him
               with
               his
               fist
               ,
               and
               eat
               him
               to
               his
               breakfast
               .
            
             
               So
               when
               the
               Persian
               army
               was
               at
               variance
               among
               themselves
               ,
               Philip
               of
               Macedon
               (
               their
               utter
               enemy
               )
               said
               ,
               He
               would
               send
               his
               army
               to
               make
               them
               friends
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Gnatho
               speaks
               Ironically
               to
               Thraso
               ;
               What
               (
               quoth
               he
               )
               they
               knew
               you
               not
               after
               I
               had
               shewn
               them
               your
               good
               conditions
               ,
               and
               made
               mention
               of
               your
               vertues
               ?
               Then
               answered
               Thraso
               ,
               You
               did
               like
               an
               honest
               man
               ,
               I
               heartily
               thank
               you
               :
               Here
               ,
               both
               the
               saying
               of
               Gnatho
               and
               
               Thrasoe's
               Answer
               have
               a
               contrary
               signification
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               3.22
               .
               And
               the
               Lord
               God
               said
               ,
               Behold
               ,
               the
               man
               is
               become
               as
               one
               of
               us
               :
               whereby
               the
               Lord
               declares
               his
               great
               disdain
               of
               their
               affectation
               o●
               an
               impossible
               preheminence
               ,
               in
               being
               like
               to
               God
               ;
               as
               if
               he
               had
               said
               ,
               he
               is
               now
               by
               his
               sin
               become
               most
               unlike
               unto
               us
               ;
               I
               see
               how
               well
               Satan
               hath
               performed
               his
               promise
               to
               them
               ;
               is
               he
               not
               become
               like
               one
               of
               us
               ?
            
             
               Judg.
               10.14
               .
               Go
               cry
               to
               the
               gods
               which
               ye
               have
               cho●en
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               Isa.
               14.4
               ,
               8
               ,
               9.
               
               The
               Lord
               teaches
               his
               children
               to
               deride
               the
               proud
               insulting
               King
               of
               Babylon
               .
            
             
               Our
               Saviour
               also
               to
               awaken
               his
               drousie
               Disciples
               out
               of
               their
               security
               ,
               doth
               in
               Mat.
               26.45
               .
               use
               this
               form
               of
               speech
               ;
               Sleeep
               on
               now
               and
               take
               your
               rest
               ,
               &c.
               as
               if
               he
               had
               said
               ,
               A
               perillous
               ●ime
               is
               at
               hand
               ,
               wherein
               you
               shall
               have
               little
               list
               or
               leisure
               to
               sleep
               ,
               you
               have
               therefore
               now
               the
               moe
               need
               to
               watch
               and
               pray
               .
            
             
               So
               Micaiah
               in
               1
               King.
               2●
               .
               15
               bids
               Ahab
               go
               to
               battail
               against
               Ramoth-Gilead
               and
               prosper
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               go
               up
               and
               perish
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               1
               King.
               18.27
               .
               Elijah
               mocked
               the
               wors●ippers
               of
               Baal
               ;
               Cry
               aloud
               ,
               for
               he
               is
               a
               god
               ;
               either
               he
               is
               talking
               or
               he
               is
               pursuing
               ,
               or
               he
               is
               in
               a
               journey
               ,
               or
               peradventure
               he
               sleepeth
               and
               must
               be
               awak●ned
               .
            
             
               Jo●
               1●
               .
               2
               ●hus
               he
               taunts
               at
               his
               false
               friends
               :
               No
               ●o●bt
               but
               ●e
               ●●e
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               wisdome
               shall
               ●e
               wit●
               yo●
               :
               as
               if
               he
               h●d
               s●id
               ,
               In
               your
               own
               conceits
               there
               are
               none
               wise
               but
               your
               
               selves
               .
               No
               doubt
               but
               reason
               hath
               left
               us
               ,
               and
               is
               gone
               wholly
               unto
               you
               ;
               yea
               wisdome
               is
               so
               tyed
               to
               your
               persons
               ,
               that
               her
               conversation
               and
               ruine
               depends
               upon
               yours
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               4.8
               ,
               10.
               
               We
               are
               fools
               ,
               ye
               are
               wise
               ;
               we
               nothing
               ,
               ye
               all
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Amos
               4.4
               ,
               5.
               
               Eccles.
               11.9
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               CAtachresis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               abusio
            
             ,
             abuse
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               catachraomai
               ]
               abutor
            
             ,
             to
             abuse
             ,
             or
             from
             the
             praeposition
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               cata
               ]
               contra
            
             ,
             against
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               chresis
               ]
               usus
            
             ,
             use
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             or
             writer
             ,
             wanting
             a
             p●oper
             word
             ,
             borroweth
             the
             next
             or
             the
             likest
             to
             the
             thing
             that
             he
             would
             signifie
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             improper
             kinde
             of
             speech
             ,
             somewhat
             more
             desperate
             than
             a
             Metaphor
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             expressing
             of
             one
             matter
             by
             the
             name
             of
             another
             ,
             which
             is
             incompatible
             with
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             clean
             contra●y
             to
             it
             :
             and
             is
             when
             the
             change
             of
             spee●h
             is
             hard
             ,
             strange
             ▪
             and
             unwonted
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             abuse
             of
             a
             Trope
             ,
             when
             words
             are
             too
             fa●
             wrested
             from
             their
             native
             signification
             ,
             or
             when
             one
             word
             is
             abusively
             put
             for
             another
             ,
             for
             lack
             of
             the
             proper
             word
             :
             
               
                 Du●ior
                 improp●iae
                 est
                 Catachresis
                 abusio
                 vocis
                 :
              
               
                 Vir
                 gregis
                 ;
                 ultorem
                 promisi
                 ;
                 pulchra
                 minatus
                 .
                 
              
            
          
           
             *
             
               Vir
               gregis
               ipse
               caper
               ,
               deerravit
               ,
            
             —
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             
               Dux
               gregis
            
             .
          
           
             
               Capitis
               nives
            
             ,
             (
             i
             e.
             )
             
               Cani
               capilli
            
             .
          
           
             
               Spera●e
               dolo●em
            
             ,
             (
             i
             e.
             )
             
               time●e
               dolorem
            
             .
          
           
             
               Facies
               simillima
               Lauro
               ;
               nam
               facies
               propriè
               hominis
               est
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Catachresis
               .
            
             
               A
               voice
               beautiful
               to
               his
               ears
               .
            
             
               He
               threatens
               me
               a
               good
               turn
               .
            
             
               I
               promised
               him
               an
               executioner
               .
            
             
               I
               gave
               order
               to
               some
               servants
               of
               mine
               ,
               (
               whom
               I
               thought
               as
               apt
               for
               such
               Charities
               as
               my self
               )
               to
               lead
               him
               out
               into
               a
               forrest
               ,
               and
               kill
               him
               ;
               where
               Charity
               is
               used
               ,
               or
               rather
               abused
               for
               Cruelty
               .
            
             
               They
               build
               a
               horse
               by
               Pallas
               are
               divine
               :
               here
               the
               Poet
               traduceth
               that
               to
               a
               beast
               ,
               which
               is
               proper
               to
               the
               making
               of
               a
               house
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               he
               said
               that
               mislik'd
               a
               picture
               with
               a
               crooked
               nose
               :
               The
               elbow
               of
               his
               nose
               is
               disproportionable
               .
            
             
               By
               the
               license
               of
               this
               figure
               we
               give
               names
               to
               many
               things
               which
               lack
               names
               :
               as
               when
               we
               say
               ,
            
             
               The
               water
               runs
               ,
               which
               is
               improper
               ;
               for
               to
               run
               ,
               is
               proper
               to
               those
               creatures
               which
               have
               feet
               and
               not
               unto
               water
               .
            
             
               By
               this
               form
               also
               we
               attribute
               hornes
               to
               a
               snail
               ,
               and
               feet
               to
               a
               stool
               ;
               and
               so
               likewise
               to
               many
               other
               things
               which
               lack
               their
               proper
               names
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Catachresis
               .
            
             
               A
               Caution
               .
            
             
               Note
               that
               though
               this
               Trope
               be
               to
               be
               found
               in
               divers
               places
               of
               Scripture
               ,
               yet
               not
               as
               if
               the
               Scripture
               abused
               words
               ,
               but
               because
               those
               words
               which
               are
               Catachestical
               depart
               a
               little
               from
               the
               usual
               custome
               of
               figurative
               speaking
               ,
               and
               are
               spoken
               or
               hang
               together
               more
               roughly
               or
               hardly
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
             
               Heb.
               11.5
               .
               Enoch
               was
               translated
               that
               he
               should
               not
               see
               death
               .
            
             
               Hos.
               4.8
               .
               They
               eat
               up
               the
               sins
               of
               my
               people
               .
            
             
               Deut.
               32.14
               .
               The
               blood
               of
               the
               grape
               didst
               thou
               drink
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               juice
               of
               the
               grape
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               30.15
               .
               By
               this
               form
               of
               speech
               Solomon
               nameth
               the
               two
               daughters
               of
               the
               horseleech
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               137.5
               .
               Let
               my
               right
               hand
               forget
               her
               cunning
               :
               here
               is
               forgetting
               applyed
               to
               the
               hand
               ,
               which
               is
               proper
               to
               the
               minde
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               46.10
               .
               The
               sword
               shall
               devour
               ;
               here
               to
               devour
               ,
               (
               the
               property
               of
               a
               living
               creature
               with
               teeth
               )
               is
               Catachrestically
               applied
               in
               the
               sword
               .
            
             
               Lev.
               26.30
               .
               And
               I
               will
               cutt
               down
               your
               Images
               ,
               and
               cast
               your
               carkasses
               upon
               the
               carkasses
               of
               your
               Idols
               ,
               &c.
               here
               pieces
               of
               Images
               are
               called
               carkasses
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               23.19
               .
               Thou
               shalt
               not
               seeth
               a
               Kid
               in
               his
               Mothers
               milk
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Psal.
               6.8
               .
               Prayers
               and
               tears
               are
               said
               to
               have
               a
               voice
               ;
               the
               like
               of
               tears
               in
               Psal.
               39.12
               .
               The
               Lord
               hath
               heard
               the
               voice
               of
               my
               weeping
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               64.1
               .
               Oh
               that
               thou
               wouldst
               rent
               the
               heavens
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               Prophet
               here
               speaks
               of
               God
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               men
               ;
               if
               a
               man
               we●e
               in
               heaven
               and
               should
               descend
               ,
               he
               having
               a
               body
               of
               grosse
               substance
               ,
               must
               divide
               and
               rend
               the
               heavens
               ;
               but
               God
               being
               a
               most
               pure
               Spirit
               ,
               passeth
               through
               all
               things
               without
               any
               dividing
               or
               rending
               ;
               yet
               is
               there
               in
               these
               divine
               condescensions
               of
               speech
               a
               singular
               excellency
               .
            
             
               Rev.
               1.12
               .
               And
               I
               turned
               to
               see
               the
               voice
               ,
               &c.
               So
               Exod.
               20.22
               .
               Ye
               have
               seen
               that
               I
               have
               talked
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               ye
               have
               heard
               the
               Lord
               speak
               .
               See
               Exod.
               5.21
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
             
               MEtalepsis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Transumptio
               ,
               participatio
               ,
            
             Participation
             or
             a
             taking
             from
             one
             another
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               metalambano
               ]
               transumo
               ,
               aut
               particeps
               sum
               ,
            
             to
             take
             of
             ,
             or
             partake
             with
             another
             .
          
           
             Metalepsis
             is
             a
             forme
             of
             speech
             whereby
             the
             Oratour
             or
             speaker
             in
             one
             word
             expressed
             ,
             signifieth
             another
             word
             or
             thing
             removed
             from
             it
             by
             certain
             degrees
             .
             Or
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             cloathing
             of
             a
             Trope
             with
             excellency
             ,
             or
             the
             multiplying
             of
             a
             Trope
             in
             one
             word
             ;
             to
             wit
             ,
             first
             ,
             when
             by
             one
             improper
             word
             another
             is
             signified
             ,
             then
             by
             that
             improper
             word
             perhaps
             another
             ,
             and
             so
             one
             after
             another
             till
             it
             comes
             to
             the
             proper
             word
             ,
             a
             mean
             or
             middle
             degree
             ,
             which
             affords
             a
             passing
             over
             or
             change
             intervening
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             continuation
             of
             a
             Trope
             in
             one
             word
             through
             the
             succession
             of
             significations
             .
          
           
             This
             Trope
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             Metonymie
             ,
             signifying
             by
             the
             Effect
             a
             Cause
             far
             off
             by
             an
             effect
             nigh
             at
             hand
             ;
             and
             it
             teaches
             the
             understanding
             to
             drive
             down
             to
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             sense
             ,
             and
             instructs
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             wit
             to
             discern
             a
             meaning
             afar
             off
             ;
             for
             which
             properly
             it
             may
             be
             aptly
             compared
             to
             an
             high
             prospect
             ,
             which
             presents
             to
             the
             view
             of
             the
             beholder
             an
             object
             remote
             ,
             by
             leading
             the
             eye
             from
             one
             mark
             to
             another
             by
             a
             lineal
             direction
             ,
             till
             it
             discerns
             the
             object
             inquired
             .
          
           
             
             Transcendit
             mediis
             gradibus
             Metalepsis
             ad
             altum
             :
          
           
             
               Hinc
               movet
            
             1
             
               Euphrates
               bellum
               .
               Mirabar
            
             2
             aristas
             .
          
           
           
             1
             ,
             
               Euphrates
               pro
               Mesopotamia
               ,
               per
               Meton
               .
               Adjuncti
               .
               Mesopotamia
               pro
               Orientalibus
               ,
               per
               Synecdochen
               membri
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             
               Aristas
               ,
               pro
               spicis
               ,
               per
               Synecdochen
               Membri
               :
               Spica
               ,
               pro
               segete
               ,
               per
               Synecdochen
               i●em
               Membri
               :
               Seges
               ,
               pro
               aestate
               ,
               quo
               anni
               tempore
               in
               agris
               luxuriatur
               ,
               per
               Metonymiam
               subjecti
               pro
               Adjuncto
               :
               aestas
               pro
               anno
               rursum
               ,
               per
               Synechdochen
               Membri
               .
            
          
           
             
               Invadunt
               
               urbem
               somno
               vinoque
               sepultam
               .
            
             
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Invadunt
               Trojanos
               somno
               vinoque
               sepultos
               .
            
          
           
             
               
               Vrbem
               ,
               pro
               Troja
               ,
               per
               Synecdochen
               Generis
               ;
            
             
               Troja
               ,
               pro
               Trojanis
               ,
               per
               Metonymiam
               Subjecti
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Metalepsis
               .
            
             
               Virgil
               by
               ears
               of
               corn
               signifieth
               summers
               ,
               by
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               subject
               ;
               and
               by
               summers
               ,
               years
               ,
               by
               a
               Synecdoche
               of
               the
               part
               .
            
             
               They
               invade
               and
               enter
               the
               City
               ,
               drowned
               in
               sleep
               and
               wine
               ,
               
                 (
                 i
                 e
              
               ,
               )
               they
               invade
               Troy
               ,
               or
               the
               Trojans
               buried
               in
               sleep
               and
               wine
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Lam.
               4.4
               .
               The
               tongue
               of
               the
               sucking
               childe
               cleaveth
               to
               the
               roof
               of
               his
               mouth
               for
               very
               thirst
               ,
               &c.
               
               Here
               ,
               by
               the
               extreme
               thirst
               of
               the
               sucking
               babes
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               signifies
               the
               mothers
               barren
               and
               dry
               beasts
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               dry
               beasts
               ,
               the
               extreme
               hunger
               and
               famine
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               famine
               ,
               the
               wofull
               affliction
               and
               great
               misery
               of
               the
               people
               .
            
             
               Mat.
               21.10
               .
               All
               the
               City
               was
               moved
               ;
               where
               the
               City
               is
               put
               for
               Jerusalem
               ;
               the
               general
               word
               
               comprehending
               the
               particular
               by
               a
               Synecdoche
               Generis
               ;
               and
               Jerusalem
               ,
               for
               its
               inhabitants
               ,
               by
               a
               Metonymie
               of
               the
               subject
               .
            
             
               Mal.
               4.2
               .
               The
               Sun
               of
               righteousnesse
               shall
               arise
               with
               healing
               in
               his
               wings
               .
            
             
               Where
               wings
               are
               put
               for
               beams
               by
               a
               Catachrestical
               Metaphor
               .
               And
               beams
               for
               comfort
               and
               refreshing
               by
               a
               Metaphor
               .
               See
               Esth.
               2.16
               .
               Exod.
               27.20
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HYperbole
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Superlatio
               ,
               Exuperatio
               ,
            
             *
             Exuporation
             or
             a
             passing
             of
             measure
             or
             bounds
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hyperballo
               ]
               supero
            
             ,
             to
             exceed
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             eminent
             excesse
             in
             advancing
             or
             repressing
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             the
             Trope
             is
             exceedingly
             inlarged
             ,
             or
             when
             the
             change
             of
             signification
             is
             very
             high
             and
             lofty
             ,
             or
             when
             in
             advancing
             or
             repressing
             one
             speaks
             much
             more
             then
             is
             precisely
             true
             ,
             yea
             above
             all
             belief
             .
          
           
             Hyperbole
             sometimes
             expresses
             a
             thing
             in
             the
             highest
             degree
             of
             possibility
             beyond
             the
             truth
             ,
             that
             in
             descending
             thence
             we
             may
             finde
             the
             truth
             and
             sometimes
             in
             flat
             impossibilities
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             rather
             conceive
             the
             unspeakablenesse
             then
             the
             untruth
             of
             the
             relation
             .
          
           
             But
             though
             an
             Hyperbole
             may
             be
             beyond
             belief
             ,
             yet
             ought
             it
             not
             to
             be
             beyond
             measure
             or
             rule
             ;
             let
             it
             suffice
             to
             advertise
             ,
             that
             an
             Hyperbole
             feigns
             or
             resembles
             ,
             not
             that
             it
             would
             by
             a
             fiction
             or
             untruth
             deceive
             ;
             but
             then
             is
             the
             vertue
             and
             property
             of
             an
             Hyperbole
             ,
             when
             the
             thing
             it self
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             speak
             ,
             exceeds
             the
             natural
             rule
             or
             measure
             ,
             therefore
             it
             is
             granted
             to
             speak
             more
             largely
             ,
             because
             as
             much
             as
             the
             
             thing
             is
             ,
             can
             not
             be
             reached
             unto
             .
          
           
             Hyperbole
             is
             twofold
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Auxesis
             ,
             when
             we
             increase
             or
             advance
             the
             signification
             of
             a
             speech
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Meiosis
             ,
             When
             we
             diminish
             or
             repress
             the
             signification
             of
             a
             speech
             .
          
           
             Extenuans
             augensve
             excedit
             Hyperbole
             verum
             .
          
           
             
               Astra
               ferit
               .
               Pluma
               levior
               .
               Volat
               ocyor
               Euro
               .
            
          
           
             
               Merita
               vestra
               caelum
               contingunt
               .
            
             
               Candidior
               Cygnis
               .
               Hedera
               formosior
               alba
               .
            
             
               Jam
               jam
               tacturos
               Tartara
               nigra
               putes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Auxesis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               augmentum
            
             ,
             an
             increasing
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             when
             for
             the
             increasing
             ,
             and
             amplifying
             we
             put
             a
             word
             more
             grave
             and
             substantial
             in
             stead
             of
             the
             proper
             word
             being
             lesse
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Cum
               liberalem
               ,
               magnificum
               ;
               severum
               ,
               saevum
               ;
               improbum
               ,
               sacrilegum
               dicimus
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               In
               dispraise
               .
            
             
               Thus
               a
               proud
               man
               is
               called
               Lucifer
               ,
               a
               drunkard
               a
               swine
               ,
               an
               angry
               man
               mad
               .
            
             
               In
               praise
               .
            
             
               Thus
               a
               fair
               virgin
               is
               called
               an
               Angel
               ;
               good
               musick
               celestial
               harmony
               ;
               and
               flowers
               in
               medowes
               ,
               stars
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Auxesis
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               4.1
               .
               Wars
               are
               put
               for
               some
               strife
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               15.20
               .
               And
               I
               will
               make
               thee
               unto
               this
               people
               a
               strong
               brazen
               wall
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               Gen.
               11.4
               .
               Let
               us
               build
               us
               a
               city
               and
               a
               tower
               ,
               whose
               top
               may
               reach
               unto
               the
               heaven
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Mic.
               9
               ,
               7.
               
               Job
               39.19
               .
               Gen.
               41.47
               .
               Exod.
               8.17
               .
               Judg.
               5.4
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               
                 Meiosis
                 ,
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                
                 ,
                 diminutio
                 ,
                 extenuatio
                 ,
              
               Diminution
               ,
               or
               lessening
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               when
               lesse
               is
               spoken
               ,
               yet
               more
               is
               understood
               ;
               or
               when
               for
               extenuation
               sake
               we
               us●
               a
               lighter
               and
               more
               easie
               word
               or
               terme
               t●en
               the
               matter
               requires
               ;
               or
               when
               we
               put
               a
               lesse
               word
               for
               a
               greater
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Cum
                 adulator●m
                 blandum
                 &
                 affabilem
                 ,
                 prodigum
                 aut
                 audacem
                 ,
                 liberalem
                 aut
                 fortem
                 nuncupamus
                 .
              
               Of
               this
               further
               at
               the
               end
               of
               Hyperbole
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               Hyperbolical
               Meiosis
               or
               Dimunition
               ,
               is
               that
               which
               increases
               defect
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Cum
                 homunculum
                 ,
                 Pygmaeum
                 ;
                 stupidum
                 ,
                 stipitem
                 ;
                 qui
                 non
                 resp●ndet
                 ,
                 mutum
                 appellamus
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Meiosis
               .
            
             
               Thus
               a
               great
               wound
               is
               called
               a
               scratch
               ;
               a
               flat
               fall
               ,
               a
               foile
               ,
               and
               a
               raging
               railer
               ,
               a
               testy
               fellow
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               As
               Auxesis
               of
               small
               things
               makes
               great
               matters
               ,
               so
               Meiosis
               of
               great
               matters
               makes
               but
               trifles
               .
            
             
               In
               Meiosis
               ,
               the
               speaker
               ought
               to
               take
               care
               that
               he
               fall
               not
               into
               that
               fault
               of
               speech
               ,
               called
               Tapinosis
               ,
               humility
               ,
               that
               is
               when
               the
               dignity
               or
               majesty
               of
               a
               high
               matter
               is
               much
               defaced
               by
               the
               basenesse
               of
               a
               word
               ;
               as
               to
               call
               the
               Ocean
               a
               stream
               ,
               or
               the
               Thames
               a
               brook
               ,
               a
               foughten
               field
               
               a
               fray
               ,
               great
               wisdome
               pretty
               wit
               ;
               or
               as
               if
               one
               should
               say
               to
               a
               King
               ,
               May
               it
               please
               your
               Mastership
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Meiosis
               .
            
             
               1
               Sam.
               24.15
               .
               After
               whom
               is
               the
               King
               of
               Israel
               come
               out
               ?
               after
               a
               dead
               dog
               ,
               and
               after
               a
               flea
               ?
               See
               Psal.
               22.7
               .
               1
               King.
               16.2
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               1
               Cor.
               5.1
               .
               lesse
               is
               put
               that
               more
               may
               be
               gathered
               from
               it
               .
            
             
               Jam.
               4.17
               .
               To
               him
               that
               knoweth
               to
               do
               good
               ,
               and
               doth
               it
               not
               ,
               to
               him
               it
               is
               sin
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               a
               great
               sin
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               10.5
               .
               But
               with
               many
               of
               them
               God
               was
               not
               well
               pleased
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               was
               highly
               displeased
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Gen.
               18.27
               .
               Abraham
               calls
               himself
               but
               dust
               and
               ashes
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               Job
               25.6
               .
               He
               calls
               man
               but
               a
               worm
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               an
               Hyperbole
               .
            
             
               Streams
               of
               tears
               gushed
               out
               of
               her
               eyes
               ,
               and
               the
               greatness
               of
               her
               grief
               rent
               her
               heart
               in
               sunder
               :
               where
               by
               these
               incredible
               tokens
               of
               sorrow
               ,
               her
               incredible
               lamentation
               and
               grief
               is
               signified
               .
            
             
               This
               form
               of
               speech
               is
               either
               simple
               ,
               or
               compared
               :
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               Simple
               ,
               as
               to
               call
               the
               belly
               of
               a
               great
               glutton
               ,
               bottomlesse
               :
               him
               that
               is
               most
               hasty
               in
               his
               fury
               ,
               brainlesse
               ;
               a
               notable
               coward
               ,
               heartlesse
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               An
               Hyperbole
               is
               compared
               two
               manner
               of
               waies
               :
            
             
               1
               By
               equality
               of
               comparison
               :
               as
               ,
               to
               call
               a
               beautiful
               virgin
               an
               Angel
               ;
               a
               shrew
               ,
               a
               devill
               ;
               a
               drunkard
               ,
               a
               swine
               ;
               an
               extortioner
               ,
               a
               wolfe
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               the
               comparative
               degree
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               Harder
               then
               a
               Diamond
               .
               Swifter
               then
               thought
               The
               worst
               that
               ever
               eye
               saw
               ,
               or
               heart
               could
               imagine
               .
            
             
               But
               in
               the
               frontiers
               of
               impossibilitie
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Though
               a
               thousand
               deaths
               followed
               it
               ,
               and
               every
               death
               were
               followed
               with
               a
               hundred
               dishonours
               .
            
             
               The
               world
               sooner
               wanted
               occasions
               ,
               then
               he
               valour
               to
               go
               through
               them
               .
            
             
               Words
               and
               blows
               came
               so
               thick
               together
               ,
               as
               the
               one
               seemed
               a
               lightning
               to
               the
               others
               thunder
               .
            
             
               Beyond
               the
               bounds
               of
               conceit
               ,
               much
               more
               of
               utterance
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Hyperbole
               .
            
             
               Judg.
               20.16
               .
               There
               are
               700
               men
               spoken
               of
               ,
               every
               one
               of
               which
               could
               sling
               a
               stone
               at
               an
               hairs
               breadth
               and
               not
               misse
               .
            
             
               2
               Sam.
               ●●
               .
               2.3
               .
               Saul
               and
               Jonathan
               were
               swifter
               then
               eagles
               and
               stronger
               then
               Lions
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               32.12
               Thy
               seed
               shall
               be
               as
               the
               sand
               of
               the
               sea
               .
               See
               Psal.
               78.27
               .
               So
               in
               Heb.
               11
               ,
               12.
               
               So
               many
               as
               the
               stars
               of
               heaven
               .
            
             
               Deut.
               9.4
               .
               Cities
               fenced
               up
               to
               heaven
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               107.26
               .
               The
               waves
               of
               the
               sea
               mount
               up
               to
               heaven
               ,
               and
               go
               down
               to
               the
               depths
               ,
               
                 (
                 i.e.
              
               )
               they
               are
               sorely
               tossed
               up
               and
               down
               when
               the
               Lord
               commands
               and
               raises
               the
               stormy
               winde
               .
            
             
               Joh.
               21.25
               .
               The
               whole
               world
               could
               not
               contain
               the
               books
               ,
               if
               they
               were
               written
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.e.
              
               )
               they
               would
               be
               very
               many
               .
            
             
               Luk.
               10.15
               .
               Thou
               Capernaum
               which
               art
               lifted
               up
               to
               heaven
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               highly
               exalted
               .
            
             
             
               Luk.
               10.18
               .
               I
               beheld
               Satan
               as
               lightning
               fall
               from
               heaven
               .
            
             
               See
               Psal
               42.3
               .
               &
               69.4
               .
               Prov.
               13.24
               .
            
             
               Joel
               3.18
               .
               The
               Hills
               shall
               flow
               with
               milk
               ,
               and
               the
               mountains
               with
               wine
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               1
               Sam.
               25.37
               .
               Nabals
               heart
               died
               in
               his
               breast
               ,
               and
               he
               was
               made
               into
               a
               stone
               :
               This
               carries
               a
               far
               greater
               and
               more
               emphatical
               energie
               of
               signification
               with
               it
               ,
               then
               our
               manner
               of
               speech
               ,
               he
               was
               very
               much
               affrighted
               and
               astonished
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ALLegoria
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Inversio
               ,
               permutatio
               ,
            
             inversion
             or
             changing
             ;
             It
             is
             an
             inversion
             when
             one
             thing
             is
             propounded
             in
             the
             words
             ,
             and
             another
             in
             the
             sense
             ,
             the
             word
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               allegoreo
               ]
               aliis
               verbis
               allegoricè
               significo
               ,
            
             to
             a
             signifie
             a
             thing
             allegorically
             under
             other
             words
             .
          
           
             Observe
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             Metaphor
             there
             is
             a
             translation
             of
             one
             word
             only
             ;
             in
             an
             Allegory
             ,
             of
             many
             ;
             and
             for
             that
             cause
             an
             Allegory
             is
             called
             a
             continued
             Metaphor
             .
          
           
             And
             as
             a
             Metaphor
             may
             be
             compared
             to
             a
             star
             in
             respect
             of
             beauty
             ,
             brightnesse
             and
             direction
             ;
             so
             an
             Allegory
             may
             be
             likened
             to
             a
             constellation
             ,
             or
             a
             company
             of
             many
             stars
             .
          
           
             An
             Allegory
             is
             a
             sentence
             that
             must
             be
             understood
             otherwise
             then
             the
             literal
             interpretation
             shewes
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             continuation
             of
             Tropes
             in
             divers
             words
             ,
             as
             a
             Metalepsis
             is
             the
             continuation
             of
             a
             Trope
             in
             one
             word
             through
             the
             succession
             of
             significations
             ;
             and
             these
             are
             sometimes
             confused
             or
             distinct
             ;
             or
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             continual
             prosecution
             of
             a
             Metaphor
             
             and
             that
             proportionably
             through
             the
             whole
             sentence
             ,
             or
             through
             divers
             sentences
             ,
             or
             as
             others
             say
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             continuation
             of
             a
             Trope
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             same
             Allusion
             in
             the
             same
             discourse
             ;
             and
             is
             ,
             when
             one
             kinde
             of
             Trope
             is
             so
             continued
             ,
             as
             look
             with
             what
             kinde
             of
             matter
             it
             be
             begun
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             it
             be
             ended
             .
          
           
             Continuare
             Tropos
             allegoria
             adsolet
             :
             a
             
               Absque
               Et
               Cerere
               &
               Baccho
               Venus
               alget
               .
            
             
             
               Claudite
               rivos
            
             .
             a
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             
               Sine
               pane
               &
               vino
               friget
               amor
               .
            
          
           
             
               In
               Reipublicae
               corpore
               omnia
               membra
               ,
               manus
               ,
               pedes
               ,
               caput
               ,
               in
               totius
               salutem
               conspirare
               debent
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quoniam
               ex
               vadis
               jam
               evasisse
               videor
               ,
               &
               scopulos
               praetervecta
               videtur
               oratio
               ,
               perfacilis
               mihi
               reliquus
               cursus
               ostenditur
               .
            
          
           
             
               O
               Naves
               ,
               referent
               in
               mare
               te
               novi
            
             
               Fluctus
               :
               O
               quid
               agis
               ?
               sortiler
               occupa
            
             
               Portum
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               In
               qua
               ,
               Navem
               pro
               Republica
               ,
               fluctuum
               tempestates
               pro
               bellis
               Civilibus
               ;
               &
               portum
               pro
               pace
               &
               concordia
               intelligi
               voluit
               Horatius
               ;
               lib.
            
             1.
             
             Od.
             14.
             
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               an
               Allegory
               .
            
             
               Shall
               we
               suffer
               the
               monstrous
               Crocodile
               to
               come
               out
               of
               Nilus
               and
               to
               break
               into
               our
               fold
               ,
               to
               overcome
               our
               Shepherd
               ,
               to
               rent
               off
               our
               skins
               with
               his
               griping
               pawes
               ,
               to
               crush
               our
               carkasses
               with
               his
               venemous
               teeth
               ,
               to
               fill
               his
               insatiable
               paunch
               with
               our
               flesh
               ,
               and
               to
               wallow
               a●
               h●s
               pleasure
               in
               our
               wool
               ?
            
             
             
               By
               this
               Allegory
               our
               enemies
               are
               described
               ,
               who
               either
               by
               open
               force
               or
               secret
               conspiracy
               are
               prepared
               and
               fully
               bent
               to
               captivate
               ,
               infringe
               and
               destroy
               the
               people
               with
               their
               liberties
               ,
               and
               to
               possesse
               their
               dwelling
               places
               and
               enjoy
               their
               wealth
               .
            
             
               Rub
               not
               the
               scar
               ,
               lest
               you
               open
               again
               the
               wound
               that
               is
               healed
               ,
               and
               so
               cause
               it
               to
               bleed
               afresh
               .
            
             
               Though
               this
               be
               sense
               and
               a
               reall
               truth
               in
               the
               letter
               ,
               yet
               it
               hath
               an
               Allegorical
               signification
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Renew
               not
               by
               rehearsal
               that
               sorrow
               which
               time
               hath
               buried
               in
               the
               grave
               of
               oblivion
               ,
               or
               made
               forgot
               .
            
             
               Philoclea
               was
               so
               invironed
               with
               sweet
               rivers
               of
               vertue
               ,
               that
               she
               could
               neither
               be
               battered
               nor
               undermined
               .
            
             
               Where
               Philoclea
               is
               expressed
               by
               the
               similitude
               of
               a
               Castle
               ;
               her
               natural
               defence
               ,
               by
               the
               natural
               fortification
               of
               rivers
               about
               a
               Castle
               ;
               and
               the
               Metaphor
               continues
               in
               the
               attempting
               her
               by
               force
               or
               craft
               ,
               expressed
               by
               battering
               or
               undermining
               .
            
             
               But
               when
               she
               had
               once
               his
               Ensign
               in
               her
               minde
               :
               then
               followed
               whole
               squadrons
               of
               longings
               ,
               that
               so
               it
               might
               be
               with
               a
               main
               battle
               of
               mislikings
               and
               repinings
               aginst
               their
               creation
               .
            
             
               Where
               you
               have
               Ensigns
               ,
               squadrons
               ,
               main-battles
               ,
               Metaphors
               still
               derived
               from
               the
               same
               thing
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               war.
               
            
             
               The
               world
               's
               a
               Theater
               of
               theft
               ;
               great
               rivers
               
               rob
               the
               smaller
               brooks
               ,
               and
               they
               the
               Ocean
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               an
               Allegory
               is
               mixt
               with
               some
               words
               retaining
               their
               proper
               and
               genuine
               signification
               ,
               whereof
               this
               may
               be
               an
               Example
               :
            
             
               Why
               covetest
               thou
               the
               fruit
               ,
               and
               considerest
               not
               the
               height
               of
               the
               tree
               whereon
               it
               growes
               ?
               thou
               dost
               not
               forethink
               of
               the
               difficulty
               in
               climbing
               ,
               nor
               danger
               in
               reaching
               ,
               whereby
               it
               comes
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               while
               thou
               endeavourest
               to
               climb
               to
               the
               top
               ,
               thou
               fallest
               with
               the
               bough
               which
               thou
               embracest
               .
            
             
               This
               Allegory
               describes
               ,
               though
               somewhat
               obscurely
               ,
               yet
               very
               aptly
               the
               danger
               ,
               vanity
               ,
               and
               common
               reward
               of
               ambition
               :
               And
               the
               words
               which
               retain
               their
               proper
               signification
               are
               these
               ,
               covetest
               ,
               considerest
               ,
               and
               forethink
               ;
               which
               words
               do
               make
               it
               a
               mixt
               Allegory
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               an
               Allegory
               .
            
             
               A
               
                 Scriptural
                 Allegory
              
               is
               such
               as
               contains
               an
               abstruse
               and
               hidden
               sentence
               ,
               and
               other
               then
               the
               native
               signification
               of
               the
               words
               will
               bear
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               ,
               when
               under
               a
               dark
               and
               hidden
               saying
               ,
               the
               literal
               sense
               contains
               another
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               a
               spiritual
               or
               mystical
               meaning
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               the
               representation
               of
               some
               mystical
               or
               spiritual
               thing
               by
               another
               ,
               mentioned
               in
               Scripture
               ,
               and
               is
               ,
               when
               by
               the
               things
               done
               under
               the
               old
               Law
               ,
               the
               mysteries
               of
               the
               New
               Testament
               are
               signified
               :
               from
               whence
               an
               Allegorical
               sense
               of
               the
               Scripture
               hath
               its
               ●i●e
               .
            
             
               A
               Scriptural
               Allegory
               is
               twofold
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Natural
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Inferr'd
                   .
                
              
            
             
               A
               natural
               Allegory
               is
               such
               as
               is
               expresly
               delivered
               in
               the
               Scriptures
               themselves
               ;
               and
               this
               properly
               is
               the
               mystical
               sense
               of
               the
               Scripture
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gal.
               4.25
               .
               For
               this
               Agar
               is
               Mount
               Sinai
               in
               Arabia
               ,
               and
               answeteth
               to
               Jerusalem
               which
               now
               is
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               Apostles
               meaning
               here
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               mystical
               sense
               ,
               Agar
               hath
               some
               proportion
               unto
               Jerusalem
               ,
               that
               is
               unto
               the
               Jewes
               ,
               whose
               Metropolis
               or
               chief
               City
               Jerusalem
               was
               :
               for
               ,
               as
               Agar
               the
               bond-woman
               obtained
               a
               place
               in
               Abrahams
               house
               ,
               and
               was
               at
               length
               cast
               forth
               thence
               ;
               so
               the
               Jews
               were
               in
               the
               Apostles
               time
               under
               the
               servitude
               of
               the
               Law
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               they
               would
               be
               justified
               by
               the
               works
               of
               the
               Law
               ,
               were
               ejected
               the
               house
               of
               God.
               
            
             
               Exod.
               34.29
               .
               The
               face
               of
               Moses
               shined
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               This
               contains
               an
               Allegorical
               sense
               which
               the
               Apostle
               explains
               in
               2
               Cor.
               3.7
               .
               ,
               13
               ,
               14.
               
               But
               if
               the
               ministration
               of
               death
               ,
               &c.
               was
               glorious
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               Israelites
               could
               not
               stedfastly
               behold
               the
               face
               of
               Moses
               for
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               countenance
               ,
               
               &c.
               how
               shall
               not
               the
               ministration
               of
               the
               spirit
               be
               rather
               glorious
               ?
               vers
               .
               14.
               but
               their
               minds
               were
               blinded
               :
               for
               untill
               this
               day
               remaineth
               the
               same
               vail
               .
               &c.
               in
               the
               reading
               of
               the
               old
               Testament
               :
               which
               vail
               is
               done
               away
               in
               Christ.
               
            
             
               The
               like
               Allegory
               you
               may
               find
               if
               you
               compare
               Exod.
               12.15
               ,
               17.
               with
               1
               Cor.
               5.7
               ,
               8.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               An
               Allegory
               inferr'd
               ,
               is
               such
               as
               the
               Scripture
               it self
               shewes
               not
               ,
               nor
               makes
               manifest
               ,
               but
               is
               brought
               in
               by
               interpreters
               .
            
             
             
               Allegories
               of
               this
               kind
               are
               like
               unto
               pictures
               ;
               but
               their
               literal
               expositions
               like
               to
               stone-wals
               ;
               the
               house
               hath
               its
               strength
               from
               the
               stone-wals
               ,
               the
               pictures
               afford
               not
               the
               least
               strength
               either
               to
               the
               house
               or
               wals
               .
            
             
               This
               Allegory
               is
               either
               offered
               ,
               or
               inforced
               and
               wrested
               :
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               inferr'd
               Allegory
               from
               Scripture
               which
               is
               offered
               ,
               hath
               a
               probable
               ground
               and
               foundation
               in
               the
               literal
               sense
               ,
               and
               a
               proportionable
               agreeablenesse
               of
               things
               ,
               and
               is
               likewise
               agreeable
               to
               the
               Analogie
               of
               faith
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gen.
               6.14
               .
               The
               description
               there
               of
               the
               Arke
               of
               Noah
               doth
               allegorically
               represent
               Gods
               spiritual
               house
               or
               Church
               ,
               which
               in
               1
               Pet.
               2.5
               .
               is
               said
               to
               be
               built
               up
               of
               living
               stones
               ;
               and
               also
               denotes
               the
               Lords
               miraculous
               preservation
               of
               that
               Church
               of
               his
               ,
               so
               that
               neither
               the
               waves
               ,
               or
               strange
               and
               pernicious
               doctrines
               ,
               or
               tentations
               or
               persecutions
               can
               break
               in
               upon
               or
               drown
               it
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               8.11
               .
               The
               Olive
               leaf
               represents
               the
               Gospel
               ;
               for
               in
               Luk.
               10.34
               it
               is
               evident
               that
               oil
               signifies
               mercy
               and
               peace
               .
            
             
               Luk.
               15.
               
               The
               prodigal
               ,
               when
               absent
               from
               his
               f●thers
               house
               ,
               sound
               nothing
               but
               misery
               and
               perplexity
               ;
               which
               doth
               Allegorically
               represent
               unto
               us
               ,
               That
               rest
               is
               to
               be
               found
               in
               the
               Creator
               only
               ,
               and
               not
               in
               the
               creature
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               the
               whole
               book
               of
               Canticles
               ,
               the
               sweet
               conference
               between
               Christ
               and
               his
               Church
               ,
               is
               set
               down
               in
               the
               words
               and
               expressions
               proper
               to
               husband
               and
               wife
               .
            
             
               Thus
               old
               age
               is
               most
               elegantly
               decipher'd
               in
               Eccles.
               12.5
               ,
               6.
               
            
             
             
               2.
               
               An
               Allegory
               inforc'd
               and
               wrested
               ,
               is
               such
               as
               is
               lest
               destitute
               of
               a
               probable
               ground
               or
               foundation
               in
               the
               literal
               sense
               ;
               either
               it
               differs
               too
               much
               from
               the
               thing
               ,
               from
               which
               it
               is
               taken
               ,
               or
               it
               is
               agreeable
               to
               another
               and
               thwart
               object
               ;
               or
               otherwise
               it
               is
               too
               far
               remote
               from
               the
               Analogie
               of
               the
               Scriptures
               :
               as
               ,
               such
               are
               ,
            
             
               Mat.
               13
               ,
               8.
               
               And
               other
               seeds
               fell
               into
               good
               ground
               and
               brought
               forth
               fruit
               ,
               some
               an
               hundred
               fold
               ,
               &c.
               See
               Psal.
               110.1
               .
               Mat.
               15.11
               .
            
          
           
             
               Other
               Allegories
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               23.5
               ,
               6.
               
               Behold
               ,
               the
               daies
               come
               ,
               saith
               the
               Lord
               ,
               that
               I
               will
               raise
               unto
               a
               David
               a
               righteous
               branch
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               In
               his
               daies
               Judah
               shall
               be
               saved
               ,
               and
               Israel
               dwell
               safely
               ,
               so
               in
               Zech.
               3.10
               .
            
             
               Which
               Allegorically
               represents
               the
               glorious
               peace
               and
               tranquillity
               of
               all
               Saints
               ,
               when
               Christ
               shall
               have
               set
               up
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               reign
               from
               the
               River
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               land
               .
            
             
               See
               Hos.
               13
               ,
               14
               ,
               15.
               
               Job
               .
               29.6
               .
               Prov.
               23.29
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANtonomasia
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               nominis
               unius
               pro
               alio
               positio
               ,
            
             A
             putting
             of
             one
             name
             for
             another
             ,
             or
             the
             exchanging
             or
             a
             name
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             pro
             ,
             for
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               onomazo
               ]
               nomino
            
             ,
             to
             name
             :
          
           
             Antonomasia
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             oratour
             or
             speaker
             ,
             for
             a
             proper
             name
             putteth
             another
             ,
             and
             some
             name
             of
             dignity
             ,
             office
             ,
             profession
             ,
             science
             ,
             or
             trade
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             a
             Metonymie
             and
             
               Synecdoche
               Generis
            
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             another
             name
             ,
             a
             nickname
             or
             common
             name
             is
             put
             instead
             of
             the
             proper
             name
             ,
             or
             when
             a
             word
             being
             put
             without
             a
             name
             ,
             supplies
             the
             place
             of
             the
             name
             .
          
           
             Antonomasia
             imponit
             cognomen
             ,
             ut
             ;
             a
             
               Irus
               ;
               Impius
            
             ;
             
             b
             Aeacides
             ;
             c
             Poenus
             ;
             d
             Cytherea
             ;
             e
             Poeta
             .
          
           
             a
             Irus
             being
             a
             poor
             Messenger
             of
             Penelopes
             woers
             ,
             is
             here
             put
             for
             any
             poor
             man.
             
          
           
             Impius
             ,
             wicked
             ,
             the
             wicked
             fellow
             is
             put
             for
             any
             man
             notoriously
             wicked
             .
          
           
             b
             Achilles
             ,
             the
             Nephew
             of
             Aeacus
             .
          
           
             c
             Carthaginian
             for
             Hannibal
             who
             was
             the
             eminent
             man
             of
             Carthage
             .
          
           
             d
             Any
             remarkable
             person
             of
             Cythera
             ,
             but
             here
             it
             signifies
             Venus
             ,
             who
             was
             carried
             to
             Cythera
             in
             a
             cockle-shell
             ,
             and
             was
             the
             goddesse
             of
             that
             place
             .
          
           
             e
             Poeta
             the
             Poet
             ;
             for
             Virgil
             or
             Homer
             .
          
           
             Arma
             virumque
             cano
             ;
             —
             ubi
             intelligitur
             Aeneas
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               This
               
                 Rhetorical
                 Exornation
              
               is
               used
               five
               waies
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               Hereby
               the
               Oratour
               speaking
               to
               high
               dignities
               ,
               boweth
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               the
               knee
               of
               his
               speech
               ,
               and
               lifts
               up
               the
               eye
               of
               his
               phrase
               to
               the
               bright
               beams
               of
               earthly
               glory
               ,
               thereby
               declaring
               his
               reverence
               and
               their
               dignity
               :
               thus
               when
               he
               speaks
               to
               a
               King
               or
               a
               Prince
               ,
               he
               saith
               
               your
               Majesty
               ,
               your
               Highnesse
               :
               to
               a
               Nobleman
               your
               Lordship
               ,
               your
               Honour
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               In
               stead
               of
               name
               or
               title
               ,
               he
               useth
               a
               decent
               and
               due
               Epithet
               ,
               thus
               ,
               Honourable
               Judge
               ,
               Honoured
               Sir.
               
            
             
               3.
               
               The
               Author
               by
               the
               name
               of
               his
               profession
               or
               science
               ,
               as
               when
               we
               say
               ,
               the
               Philosopher
               for
               Aristotle
               :
               The
               Roman
               Orator
               for
               Cicero
               :
               The
               Psalmograph
               for
               David
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               A
               man
               by
               the
               name
               of
               his
               Countrey
               :
               as
               ,
               the
               Persian
               the
               Germane
               ,
               the
               Britain
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               When
               we
               give
               to
               one
               man
               the
               name
               of
               another
               ,
               for
               the
               affinities
               sake
               of
               their
               manners
               or
               conditions
               .
               In
               praise
               thus
               ,
               As
               when
               we
               call
               a
               grave
               man
               a
               Cato
               ,
               a
               just
               dealer
               an
               A●istides
               ,
               a
               wise
               man
               a
               Solomon
               .
               In
               dispraise
               ,
               To
               call
               an
               envious
               detractor
               a
               Zoilus
               ,
               a
               captious
               reprehender
               a
               Momus
               ,
               a
               tyrant
               a
               Nero
               ,
               a
               voluptuous
               liver
               an
               Epicure
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Antonomasia
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               18.10
               .
               The
               name
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               a
               strong
               Tower
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Joel
               2.11
               .
               He
               is
               strong
               that
               executes
               his
               word
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               21.33
               The
               everlasting
               God
               ,
               where
               the
               common
               attributes
               ,
               strong
               and
               everlasting
               are
               put
               for
               Jehovah
               ,
               the
               more
               proper
               name
               of
               God.
               
            
             
               So
               in
               Mat.
               21.3
               .
               Joh.
               11
               ,
               3
               ,
               12.
               
               Christ
               is
               called
               Lo●d
               :
               and
               in
               Joh.
               11.28
               .
               Master
               :
               and
               in
               Mat
               8.20
               .
               &
               9.6
               .
               The
               son
               of
               man
               :
               in
               Gen.
               48.16
               :
               The
               Angel
               :
               in
               Exod.
               3.2
               The
               Angel
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               and
               in
               Isai.
               63.9
               .
               the
               Angel
               of
               the
               Lords
               presence
               :
               and
               Euphrates
               is
               in
               Gen.
               31.21
               .
               
               called
               the
               River
               :
               and
               Christ
               in
               Dan.
               11.22
               .
               is
               called
               the
               Prince
               oft
               he
               Covenant
               .
               and
               in
               Gen.
               3.15
               .
               the
               seed
               of
               the
               woman
               :
               and
               in
               Heb.
               12.24
               .
               the
               Mediator
               of
               the
               New
               Covenant
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Christ
               also
               calls
               his
               Church
               ,
               his
               Sister
               ,
               his
               Love
               ,
               and
               his
               Dove
               ;
               and
               the
               Church
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               him
               her
               Beloved
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               LItotes
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               tenuitas
               ,
               tenuity
               ,
            
             smalness
             or
             finenesse
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               litos
               ]
               tenuis
            
             ,
             small
             or
             fine
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             Synecdoche
             .
          
           
             A
             Trope
             when
             a
             word
             is
             put
             down
             with
             a
             sign
             of
             negation
             ,
             *
             and
             yet
             as
             much
             is
             signified
             as
             if
             we
             spake
             affirmatively
             ,
             if
             not
             more
             :
             and
             by
             others
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Figure
             .
          
           
             When
             lesse
             is
             said
             then
             signifyed
             ,
             and
             whereby
             the
             oratour
             or
             speaker
             for
             modesties
             sake
             seems
             to
             extenuate
             that
             which
             he
             expresses
             .
          
           
             Non
             equidem
             laudo
             ,
             
               est
               Litotes
            
             ;
             nec
             munera
             
             sperno
             .
          
           
             
             
               Non
               sperno
            
             .
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             diligo
             .
          
           
             
               Rhodi
               Romanis
               haud
               infesti
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             amicissimi
             .
          
           
             
               Et
               Gens
               illa
               quidem
               sumptis
               non
               tarda
               pharetris
               ,
            
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             velocissima
             .
          
           
             
               Me
               non
               spernitis
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             e.
             )
             
               di
               igitis
            
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               no
               small
               account
               that
               he
               makes
               of
               his
               own
               wit
               ,
               or
               he
               setteth
               not
               a
               little
               by
               himselfe
               .
            
             
             
               Here
               by
               the
               negations
               of
               small
               and
               little
               ,
               or
               much
               ,
               are
               both
               signified
               and
               properly
               amplified
               .
            
             
               Also
               by
               denying
               the
               Superlative
               it
               takes
               the
               Positive
               degree
               thus
               :
            
             
               He
               is
               not
               the
               wisest
               man
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               or
               he
               is
               none
               of
               the
               wisest
               ,
               (
               
                 i
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               is
               not
               wise
               at
               all
               .
            
             
               This
               and
               such
               like
               formes
               of
               speaking
               are
               used
               for
               modesties
               sake
               ;
               for
               it
               were
               not
               so
               seemly
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               he
               lacks
               wit
               ,
               or
               that
               he
               is
               a
               fool
               .
            
             
               So
               ,
               if
               a
               man
               had
               some
               good
               occasion
               or
               just
               cause
               to
               commend
               himself
               ,
               he
               cannot
               by
               any
               means
               do
               it
               in
               more
               modest
               manner
               then
               by
               this
               form
               of
               speech
               ,
               as
               if
               he
               should
               say
               :
            
             
               I
               was
               not
               the
               last
               in
               the
               field
               to
               engage
               the
               enemies
               of
               my
               Countrey
               .
            
             
               Here
               ,
               if
               he
               should
               have
               said
               ,
               I
               was
               first
               ,
               or
               one
               of
               the
               foremost
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               although
               he
               had
               spoken
               never
               so
               truly
               ,
               it
               would
               have
               savoured
               of
               arrogancy
               and
               boasting
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Litotes
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               51.17
               .
               A
               broken
               heart
               God
               will
               not
               despise
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               will
               highly
               prize
               it
               .
            
             
               1
               Thess.
               5.20
               .
               Despise
               not
               prophesying
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               see
               that
               you
               highly
               prize
               it
               .
               The
               like
               in
               Rom.
               2.4
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               105.15
               .
               Touch
               not
               mine
               anointed
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               hurt
               them
               not
               ,
               take
               heed
               you
               be
               not
               found
               among
               the
               persecutors
               of
               my
               anointed
               ones
               .
            
             
             
               Job
               .
               10.3
               .
               Despise
               not
               the
               work
               of
               thine
               hands
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               do
               thou
               graciously
               take
               notice
               of
               the
               work
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               9.12
               .
               He
               will
               not
               forget
               the
               cry
               of
               the
               humble
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               will
               surely
               remember
               their
               cry
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               when
               the
               Scripture
               would
               strongly
               affirm
               ,
               it
               doth
               it
               oftentimes
               by
               denying
               the
               contrary
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Isai.
               38.1
               .
               Thou
               shalt
               die
               ,
               and
               not
               live
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               thou
               shalt
               certainly
               die
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               in
               Ezek.
               18.21
               .
               Deut.
               28
               ,
               33.
               
               Joh.
               1.20
               .
               Isa.
               39.4
               .
               Jer.
               42.4
               .
               1
               Joh.
               1.5
               .
            
             
               Job
               .
               31.17
               .
               Job
               saith
               that
               he
               hath
               not
               eaten
               his
               meat
               alone
               ,
               and
               that
               he
               hath
               not
               seen
               any
               man
               perish
               for
               want
               of
               cloathing
               ,
               or
               any
               poor
               for
               lack
               of
               covering
               .
            
             
               Here
               if
               Job
               had
               said
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               feasted
               many
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               cloathed
               every
               poor
               body
               that
               should
               otherwise
               have
               perished
               ,
               he
               had
               not
               spoken
               so
               modestly
               ,
               albeit
               he
               had
               said
               as
               truly
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               very
               familiar
               with
               the
               Hebrewes
               ,
               by
               affirming
               and
               denying
               to
               expresse
               the
               same
               thing
               for
               stronger
               confirmation
               of
               10
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Deut.
               33
               6.
               
               Let
               Reuben
               live
               and
               nor
               die
               .
               The
               like
               in
               1
               Sam.
               1.11
               .
               Prov.
               36.11
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ONomatopoeia
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Nominis
               seu
               nominum
               fictio
               ,
            
             the
             feigning
             of
             a
             name
             or
             names
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               onomatopoieo
               ]
               nomen
               seu
               nomina
               fingo
               ,
               fingo
               vocabula
               ,
               á
               sono
               ea
               
               deducens
            
             ;
             to
             feign
             a
             name
             from
             the
             sound
             .
          
           
             
               Nominis
               fictio
            
             ,
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             oratour
             or
             speaker
             makes
             and
             feigns
             a
             name
             to
             some
             thing
             ,
             imitating
             the
             sound
             or
             voice
             of
             that
             which
             it
             signifies
             ,
             or
             else
             whereby
             he
             affecteth
             a
             word
             derived
             from
             the
             name
             of
             a
             person
             ,
             or
             from
             the
             original
             of
             the
             thing
             which
             it
             expresseth
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             Metonymie
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             properly
             said
             of
             words
             so
             feigned
             ,
             that
             they
             resemble
             or
             represent
             the
             sound
             of
             the
             thing
             signified
             .
          
           
             A
             sonitu
             voces
             Onomatopoeia
             fingit
             ;
             
          
           
             1
             Bambalio
             ,
             2
             Clangor
             ,
             3
             Stridor
             ,
             4
             Taratantara
             ,
             5
             Murmur
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             A
             stammerer
             .
             2.
             
             The
             sound
             of
             a
             Trumpet
             .
             3.
             
             A
             crashing
             noise
             ,
             or
             the
             craking
             of
             a
             door
             .
             4.
             
             The
             sound
             of
             the
             Trumpet
             .
             5.
             
             The
             noise
             of
             water
             running
             ,
             a
             running
             or
             buzzing
             noise
             .
          
           
             
               Teucria
               ,
               a
               Teucro
               .
               Dardania
               a
               Dardano
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Onomatopeia
               .
            
             
               This
               form
               of
               feigning
               and
               framing
               names
               is
               used
               6.
               waies
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               By
               imitation
               of
               sound
               ,
               as
               to
               say
               ,
               a
               hurliburly
               signifying
               a
               tumult
               or
               uproar
               :
               likewise
               ,
               rushing
               ,
               lumbering
               ,
               ratling
               ,
               blustring
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               imitation
               of
               voices
               ,
               as
               ,
               the
               roaring
               of
               Lions
               ,
               the
               bellowing
               of
               bulls
               ,
               the
               bleating
               of
               sheep
               ,
               the
               grunting
               of
               swine
               ,
               the
               croaking
               of
               frogs
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               3.
               
               By
               the
               derivation
               from
               the
               original
               ;
               the
               city
               Troy
               was
               so
               called
               by
               derivation
               from
               King
               Tros
               ,
               and
               before
               that
               ,
               it
               was
               called
               Teucria
               from
               Teucrus
               ,
               and
               first
               of
               all
               Dardania
               from
               Dardanus
               ;
               so
               Ninivie
               of
               Ninus
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               By
               composition
               ,
               as
               when
               we
               put
               two
               words
               together
               and
               make
               of
               them
               but
               one
               ,
               as
               Orator-like
               ,
               Sholar-like
               :
               thus
               also
               we
               call
               a
               churle
               ,
               thick-skin
               ;
               a
               niggard
               ,
               pinch
               penny
               ;
               a
               flatterer
               ,
               pick-thank
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               By
               reviving
               antiquity
               ;
               touching
               this
               I
               refer
               the
               reader
               to
               Chaucer
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               shepherds
               Kalendar
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               When
               we
               signifie
               the
               imitation
               of
               another
               mans
               property
               in
               speaking
               or
               w●iting
               ;
               this
               form
               of
               speaking
               is
               more
               usual
               in
               the
               Greek
               tongue
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               used
               in
               the
               Latine
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               
                 Patrissare
                 ,
                 Matrissare
                 ,
                 Platonissare
              
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               to
               imitate
               his
               father
               ,
               to
               imitate
               his
               mother
               ,
               to
               imitate
               Plato
               ,
               whi●h
               form
               our
               English
               tongue
               can
               scarce
               imitate
               ,
               except
               we
               say
               he
               doth
               satherize
               ,
               Platonize
               ,
               temporize
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               much
               in
               use
               ;
               yet
               we
               more
               usually
               follow
               this
               form
               ,
               thus
               ;
               I
               can
               not
               Court
               it
               ,
               I
               can
               not
               Italian
               it
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               I
               can
               not
               pe●form
               the
               duty
               or
               manners
               of
               a
               Courtier
               ,
               I
               cannot
               imitate
               the
               fashion
               of
               an
               Italian
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANtiphrasis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Sermo
               per
               contrarium
               intelligendus
               ,
            
             a
             word
             or
             speech
             to
             be
             understood
             by
             the
             contrary
             ,
             or
             contrarily
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               Antiphrazo
               ,
               per
               contrarium
               loquor
            
             ,
             to
             speak
             by
             contraries
             .
          
           
           
             Antiphrasis
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             which
             by
             a
             word
             exprest
             doth
             signifie
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             an
             Irony
             ,
             and
             is
             ,
          
           
             When
             one
             and
             the
             same
             word
             hath
             a
             contrary
             signification
             ,
             or
             a
             meaning
             contrary
             to
             the
             original
             sense
             .
          
           
             Antiphrasis
             voces
             tibi
             per
             contraria
             signat
             ;
             
          
           
             a
             Lucus
             ;
             b
             
               Sacra
               fames
            
             ;
             c
             Euxinus
             ;
             d
             Symphora
             ;
             e
             Parcae
             .
          
           
             a
             Lucus
             ,
             signifies
             a
             lightsome
             place
             or
             lightning
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             original
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             but
             here
             it
             signifies
             a
             grove
             or
             thick
             wood
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             takes
             in
             no
             light
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             b
             
               Sacra
               fames
            
             ,
             literally
             signifies
             holy
             famine
             or
             hunge●
             ;
             bue
             here
             ,
             a
             covetous
             desire
             .
          
           
             c
             Euxinus
             ,
             originally
             Hospitable
             ,
             but
             here
             it
             signifies
             a
             part
             of
             the
             sea
             near
             Thrace
             ,
             which
             is
             nothing
             lesse
             .
          
           
             d
             Symphora
             ,
             congestion
             or
             heaping
             up
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             sometimes
             taken
             for
             prosperity
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             for
             adversity
             .
          
           
             e
             Parcae
             ,
             originally
             signifies
             sparing
             or
             favouring
             ,
             but
             here
             by
             Autiphrasis
             it
             signifies
             the
             three
             feigned
             Goddesses
             of
             destinie
             :
             viz.
             
          
           
             Clotho
             ,
             which
             puts
             the
             wool
             on
             the
             Distaffe
             .
          
           
             Laehesis
             ,
             which
             drawes
             the
             thred
             of
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             Atropos
             ,
             which
             cuts
             it
             off
             and
             favours
             none
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Antiphrasis
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               when
               the
               speaker
               saith
               ,
               wisely
               or
               wittily
               ,
               meaning
               the
               contrary
               .
            
             
             
               You
               are
               alwaies
               my
               friend
               ;
               meaning
               mine
               enemy
               .
            
             
               You
               are
               a
               man
               of
               great
               judgment
               ,
               signifying
               him
               to
               be
               unapt
               and
               unable
               to
               judge
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               word
               (
               to
               blesse
               )
               used
               in
               Gen.
               12.3.24
               ,
               35.
               2
               
               Sam.
               2.10
               .
               Psal.
               34.2
               .
               doth
               also
               by
               an
               Antiphrasis
               signifie
               (
               to
               curse
               )
               as
               appears
               by
               1
               King.
               21.10
               .
               where
               the
               same
               word
               that
               is
               used
               in
               the
               precedent
               Scriptures
               to
               blesse
               ,
               is
               used
               in
               a
               contrary
               signification
               ;
               as
               ,
               Thou
               didst
               blaspheme
               or
               curse
               God
               and
               the
               King
               ;
               as
               also
               in
               Job
               .
               1.5
               .
               It
               may
               be
               that
               my
               sons
               have
               sinned
               and
               cursed
               God
               in
               their
               hearts
               ;
               and
               likewise
               concerning
               what
               Jobs
               wife
               said
               unto
               him
               in
               Job
               .
               2.9
               .
               Curse
               God
               and
               dye
               .
               See
               another
               in
               Isa.
               64.11
               .
               &c.
               Thus
               in
               Rev.
               5.5
               .
               &c.
               a
               Lion
               signifies
               Christ
               ,
               and
               in
               1
               Pet.
               5.8
               .
               the
               Devill
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               CHarientismus
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               urbanitas
            
             ,
             pleasantnesse
             ,
             good
             grace
             in
             speaking
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               charientizomai
               ]
               jocor
            
             ,
             to
             jest
             :
          
           
             Charientismus
             is
             a
             Trope
             ,
             or
             form
             of
             speech
             which
             mitigates
             hard
             matters
             with
             pleasant
             words
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             an
             Irony
             ,
             and
             is
             ,
          
           
             When
             for
             rough
             and
             unpleasing
             words
             ,
             sweet
             and
             smooth
             words
             are
             returned
             :
             
               
                 
                 Dat
                 Charientismus
                 pro
                 duris
                 mollia
                 verba
                 .
              
               
                 At
                 bona
                 verba
                 precor
                 .
                 Ne
                 saevi
                 magna
                 sacerdos
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               A
               certain
               man
               being
               apprehended
               ,
               and
               brought
               before
               Alexander
               the
               Great
               ,
               King
               of
               Macedonia
               ,
               for
               railing
               against
               him
               ,
               and
               being
               demanded
               by
               Alexander
               why
               he
               and
               his
               company
               had
               so
               done
               ,
               he
               made
               this
               answer
               ,
               Had
               not
               the
               wine
               failed
               ,
               we
               had
               spoken
               much
               worse
               ,
               whereby
               he
               signified
               that
               those
               words
               proceeded
               rather
               from
               wine
               then
               malice
               ;
               by
               which
               free
               and
               pleasant
               confession
               ,
               he
               asswaged
               Alexanders
               great
               displeasure
               ,
               and
               obtained
               remission
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               15.1
               .
               Solomon
               commends
               that
               answer
               which
               turnes
               away
               displeasure
               and
               pacifies
               Wrath.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               AStismus
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Vrbanitas
               sine
               iracundiâ
               ,
            
             a
             kinde
             of
             civill
             jest
             without
             prejudice
             or
             anger
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               asteios
               ]
               urbanus
               festivus
            
             ,
             civil
             or
             pleasant
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             an
             Irony
             consisting
             of
             a
             pleasant
             and
             harmelesse
             jest
             :
             it
             is
             taken
             for
             any
             mirth
             or
             pleasant
             speech
             void
             of
             rustical
             simpli●ity
             and
             rudenesse
             .
          
           
             
               Astismus
               jocus
               urbanus
               ,
               seu
               scomma
               facetum
               est
               :
               
            
             
               Qui
               Bavium
               non
               odit
               ,
               amet
               tua
               carmina
               Maevi
               :
            
             
               Atque
               idem
               jungat
               vulpes
               ,
               &
               mulgeat
               hircos
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               merry
               and
               pleasant
               sayings
               incident
               hereunto
               
               are
               called
               
                 Facetia
                 (
                 i.e.
              
               )
               the
               pleasures
               and
               delights
               of
               speech
               which
               are
               taken
               from
               divers
               places
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               From
               Equivocation
               ,
               as
               when
               a
               word
               having
               two
               significations
               ,
               is
               exprest
               in
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               understood
               in
               the
               other
               ,
               either
               contrary
               or
               at
               least
               much
               differing
               ,
               which
               as
               it
               is
               witty
               ,
               so
               very
               pleasant
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               occasion
               of
               mirth
               may
               be
               taken
               from
               a
               fallacy
               in
               sophistry
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               when
               a
               saying
               is
               captiously
               taken
               and
               turned
               to
               another
               sense
               ,
               contrrary
               or
               much
               different
               from
               the
               speakers
               meaning
               r
               as
               ,
            
             
               To
               one
               demanding
               of
               Diogenes
               what
               he
               would
               take
               for
               a
               knock
               upon
               his
               pate
               ,
               he
               made
               this
               answer
               ,
               that
               he
               would
               take
               an
               helmet
               .
            
             
               Now
               he
               that
               made
               the
               demand
               ,
               meant
               what
               hire
               ,
               and
               not
               what
               defence
               .
            
             
               To
               one
               that
               said
               ,
               he
               knew
               not
               if
               he
               should
               be
               ejected
               his
               house
               ,
               where
               to
               hide
               his
               head
               :
               another
               made
               him
               answer
               ,
               that
               he
               might
               hide
               it
               in
               his
               cap.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SArcasmus
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               irrisio
               quaedam
               amarulenta
               ,
            
             a
             biting
             scoff
             or
             taunt
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               Sarkazo
               ,
               carnes
               detraho
            
             ,
             to
             draw
             away
             the
             flesh
             .
             *
          
           
             A
             Sarcasme
             is
             a
             bitter
             kinde
             of
             derision
             ,
             most
             frequently
             used
             of
             an
             enemy
             ;
             it
             is
             near
             an
             Irony
             ,
             but
             somewhat
             more
             bitter
             .
          
           
             
               Insultans
               hosti
               illudit
               Sarcasmus
               amare
               :
            
             
               En
               agros
               metire
               jacens
               ,
               Et
               nuncius
               ibis
            
             
               
               Pelidae
               reserens
               .
               Satia
               te
               sanguine
               ,
               Cyre
               .
            
             
             
               Vendidit
               &
               coelum
               Romanus
               &
               astra
               sacerdos
               :
            
             
               Ad
               Stygias
               igitur
               cogitur
               ire
               domus
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               When
               
                 M.
                 Appius
              
               in
               his
               Proeme
               declared
               that
               he
               was
               ea●nestly
               entreated
               of
               a
               friend
               to
               use
               his
               diligence
               ,
               eloquence
               and
               fidelity
               in
               the
               cause
               of
               his
               Client
               :
               after
               all
               the
               plea
               ended
               ,
               Cicero
               comming
               to
               Appius
               ,
               said
               thus
               unto
               him
               ,
               Are
               you
               so
               hard
               a
               man
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               that
               of
               so
               many
               things
               which
               your
               friend
               requested
               ,
               you
               will
               perform
               none
               ?
            
             
               The
               Pope
               in
               this
               life
               sells
               heaven
               ;
               hell
               therefore
               he
               reserveth
               to
               himself
               in
               the
               life
               to
               come
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               a
               Sarcasme
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               137.3
               .
               Sing
               us
               one
               of
               the
               Songs
               of
               Sion
               :
               This
               was
               uttered
               in
               scornful
               and
               insulting
               manner
               over
               the
               poor
               Israelites
               being
               captives
               in
               Babylon
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               37.19
               .
               Behold
               ,
               the
               dreamer
               cometh
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Michael
               spits
               out
               bitter
               reproaches
               against
               David
               ,
               in
               2
               Sam.
               6.20
               .
               How
               glorious
               was
               the
               King
               of
               Israel
               to
               day
               ,
               &c.
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               how
               contemptible
               and
               inglorious
               !
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               Shimei
               reviled
               him
               in
               2
               Sam.
               16.7
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Exod.
               14.11
               .
               the
               children
               of
               Israel
               taunt
               at
               Moses
               ,
               Because
               there
               were
               no
               grave●
               in
               Egypt
               ,
               hast
               thou
               taken
               us
               away
               to
               die
               in
               the
               wilde●nesse
               ?
            
             
               Mark.
               15.29
               ,
               30
               ,
               31.
               
               And
               they
               that
               passed
               by
               ,
               rayled
               on
               him
               ,
               wagging
               their
               heads
               ,
               and
               saying
               ,
            
             
             
               Ah
               ,
               thou
               that
               destroyest
               the
               Temple
               ,
               and
               buildest
               it
               in
               three
               dayes
               ,
               save
               thy self
               and
               come
               down
               from
               the
               crosse
               .
            
             
               Likewise
               also
               the
               chief
               Priests
               ,
               mocking
               said
               among
               themselves
               with
               the
               Scribes
               ,
            
             
               He
               save
               others
               ,
               himself
               he
               cannot
               save
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               Sa●c●sme
               you
               shall
               finde
               in
               Nahum
               ,
               3.1
               ,
               14.
               and
               Mat.
               27.29
               ,
               42.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PAroemia
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               paroimia
               ]
               proverbium
               ,
               adagium
               ,
               vulgare
               dictum
            
             :
             A
             Proverbial
             speech
             or
             Proverb
             ,
             applyed
             to
             things
             and
             times
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             paroimiazomai
             ]
             
               proverbialiter
               loquor
            
             ,
             to
             speak
             Proverbially
             or
             in
             Proverbs
             .
          
           
             This
             form
             of
             speech
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             an
             Allegory
             ,
             or
             the
             continuation
             of
             a
             Trope
             in
             a
             speech
             
               in
               specie
            
             ,
             wherein
             a
             respect
             is
             had
             to
             the
             common
             use
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Proverb
             :
             or
             as
             others
             define
             it
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             comparative
             speech
             or
             similitude
             which
             is
             wont
             to
             be
             in
             Proverbs
             ,
             or
             (
             as
             it
             were
             )
             a
             sentence
             bearing
             rule
             ,
             as
             having
             the
             chief
             pl●ce
             in
             a
             sentence
             ,
             and
             by
             its
             gravity
             rendering
             the
             same
             more
             illustrious
             ,
             clear
             and
             excellent
             .
          
           
             
               a
               Aethiopem
               lateremve
               lavare
               :
               
                 Paeroemia
                 dicta
                 est
              
               .
               
            
             
               a
               Aethiopem
               ant
               laterem
               lavare
               
                 (
                 i.e.
              
               )
               frustrae
               laborare
               .
            
          
           
             
               Contra
               stimulum
               calcas
            
             ;
             thou
             kickst
             against
             the
             prickes
             ;
             
               i.e.
               repugnando
               tibi
               ipsi
               ,
               non
               adversario
               noces
               ,
               ut
               facit
               qui
               contra
               stimulum
               calcat
               .
            
          
           
           
             
               Lupum
               auribus
               teneo
            
             :
             
             I
             hold
             a
             wolf
             by
             the
             ears
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
               )
               dubius
               sum
               utrum
               inceptum
               peragam
               ,
               an
               eo
               desistam
               ,
               veluti
               qui
               lupum
               auribus
               tenet
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Paroemia
               .
            
             
               He
               that
               makes
               his
               fire
               with
               hay
               ,
               hath
               much
               smoke
               and
               little
               heat
               :
            
             
               Whereby
               is
               intimated
               ,
               That
               many
               words
               and
               little
               matter
               render
               men
               weary
               ,
               but
               never
               the
               wiser
               .
            
             
               All
               are
               not
               thieves
               that
               dogs
               bark
               at
               :
            
             
               Declaring
               that
               ill
               tongues
               do
               as
               well
               slander
               good
               men
               ,
               as
               speak
               truth
               of
               the
               evil
               .
            
             
               The
               sweetest
               Rose
               hath
               his
               Thorn
               :
            
             
               Whereby
               is
               signified
               that
               the
               best
               man
               is
               not
               without
               his
               fault
               .
            
             
               Many
               drops
               pierce
               the
               Marble
               stone
               :
            
             
               Declaring
               the
               excellency
               of
               constancy
               and
               perseverance
               in
               a
               good
               matter
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               11.7
               .
               But
               against
               any
               of
               the
               children
               of
               Israel
               shall
               not
               a
               dog
               move
               his
               tongue
               ,
               against
               man
               or
               beast
               ,
               &c.
               
               Which
               proverb
               denotes
               their
               great
               peace
               and
               tranquillity
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               14.4
               .
               Where
               no
               Oxen
               are
               ,
               the
               crib
               is
               clean
               ;
               but
               much
               increase
               is
               by
               the
               strength
               of
               the
               Ox.
               
            
             
               Ezek.
               16.44
               .
               Behold
               every
               one
               that
               useth
               Proverbs
               ,
               shall
               use
               this
               Proverb
               against
               thee
               ,
               
               saying
               ,
               As
               is
               the
               Mother
               ,
               so
               is
               her
               daughter
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               A
               Proverb
               is
               a
               Comparative
               speech
               ;
               as
               in
               Gen.
               10.9
               .
               He
               was
               a
               mighty
               Hunter
               before
               the
               Lord
               ;
               wherefore
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               even
               as
               Nimrod
               the
               mighty
               Hunter
               before
               the
               Lord
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               31.29
               .
               They
               shall
               say
               ,
               The
               fathers
               have
               eaten
               a
               sowre
               grape
               ,
               and
               the
               childrens
               teeth
               are
               set
               on
               edge
               .
            
             
               2
               Pet.
               2.22
               .
               The
               dog
               is
               turned
               to
               his
               own
               vomit
               again
               ,
               and
               the
               sow
               that
               was
               washed
               to
               her
               wallowing
               in
               the
               mire
               .
            
             
               Esth.
               1.22
               .
               Every
               man
               should
               bear
               rule
               in
               his
               own
               house
               .
            
             
               See
               Luk.
               4.23
               ,
               &c.
               P●ov
               .
               19.15
               .
               Slothfulness
               casteth
               into
               a
               deep
               sleep
               ;
               
               and
               an
               idle
               soul
               shall
               suffer
               hunger
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               AENigma
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               [
               ainigma
               ]
               oratio
               verborum
               involucris
               tecta
            
             :
             A
             riddle
             or
             dark
             saying
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ainitto
               ]
               obscure
               loquor
               ,
               aut
               rem
               involucris
               tego
               ,
            
             to
             speak
             obscurely
             ,
             or
             to
             hide
             a
             thing
             in
             dark
             sayings
             :
             But
             it
             is
             rather
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             ainos
             ]
             which
             (
             
               inter
               alia
            
             )
             denotes
             a
             saying
             worthy
             of
             praise
             and
             admiration
             .
          
           
             Aenigma
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             an
             Allegory
             ,
             differing
             only
             in
             obscurity
             ,
             and
             may
             not
             unfitly
             be
             compared
             to
             a
             deep
             myne
             ,
             the
             obtaining
             of
             the
             metall
             whereof
             requires
             deep
             digging
             ;
             or
             to
             a
             dark
             night
             ,
             whose
             stars
             are
             hid
             with
             thick
             clouds
             .
          
           
             If
             there
             be
             a
             singular
             obscurity
             in
             a
             Trope
             continued
             ,
             it
             is
             called
             an
             Ae●igma
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             renders
             a
             question
             obscure
             ,
             or
             a
             speech
             knotty
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             wrapped
             in
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             sentence
             or
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereof
             for
             the
             darknesse
             ,
             the
             sense
             may
             hardly
             be
             gathered
             .
          
           
             
               Aenigma
               obscuris
               latitur
               sentencia
               verbis
               .
            
             
               Filiolas
               Cadmi
               profert
               Nilotis
               arundo
               ,
               
            
             
               Quas
               serit
               è
               Cnidio
               distillans
               sepia
               nodo
               .
            
          
           
             In
             English
             thus
             .
          
           
             
               Cadmus
               his
               daughters
               fram'd
               Nilotis
               quill
               ,
            
             
               Whilst
               Sepia
               doth
               from
               Cnidian
               knot
               distill
               .
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               he
               writes
               love-letters
               in
               Greek
               .
            
          
           
             Explained
             thus
             :
          
           
             Cadmus
             being
             the
             first
             finder
             out
             of
             divers
             of
             the
             Greek
             Letters
             ,
             they
             are
             by
             a
             Metonymie
             of
             the
             Efficient
             called
             his
             Daughters
             :
             And
             Cadmus
             his
             daughters
             here
             by
             a
             Catachrestical
             Metaphor
             signifie
             the
             Greek
             Letters
             .
          
           
             Nilotis
             Quill
             fram'd
             Greek
             letters
             ;
             for
             Nilotis
             Pen
             ,
             &c.
             by
             a
             Metonymie
             of
             the
             Matter
             .
          
           
             Nilus
             is
             the
             name
             of
             a
             River
             in
             Egypt
             ;
             by
             the
             side
             whereof
             Reeds
             grow
             ;
             which
             are
             here
             called
             Nilotis
             Quill
             by
             a
             Catachrestical
             Metaphor
             :
             also
             Sepia
             a
             fish
             ,
             whose
             blood
             is
             as
             black
             as
             ink
             ,
             also
             black
             liquor
             ,
             &c.
             here
             put
             for
             ink
             by
             
               Synecdoche
               Speceii
            
             or
             a
             Metaphor
             .
          
           
             Cnidus
             a
             City
             where
             Venus
             the
             Goddess
             of
             Love
             was
             worshipped
             ;
             here
             put
             for
             Venus
             by
             Antonomasia
             ,
             or
             
               Synecdoche
               Generis
            
             ,
             and
             Venus
             for
             Love
             ,
             by
             a
             Metonymie
             of
             the
             Efficient
             .
             
               
                 Mitto
                 tibi
                 a
                 Lunam
                 ,
                 b
                 Solem
                 simul
                 &
                 
                 canis
                 iram
                 ,
              
               
                 Quae
                 reddas
                 à
                 te
                 ,
                 dulcis
                 amice
                 ,
                 precor
                 .
              
            
             id
             est
             ,
             ex
             Corde
             te
             saluto
             .
          
           
           
             Auri
             b
             Sacra
             c
             
               fames
               mortalia
            
             d
             
               pector
               a
               perdit
            
             .
          
           
             a
             
               Aurum
               pro
               aureis
               nummis
               ,
               per
               Metonymiam
               Materiae
               .
            
          
           
             b
             
               Sacrum
               pro
               exsecrando
               ,
               per
               Ironiam
               seu
               Antiphrasin
               .
            
          
           
             c
             
               Fames
               pro
               desiderio
               ,
               per
               Metaphoram
               .
            
          
           
             d
             
               Pectus
               pro
               homine
               ,
               per
               Synecdochen
               partis
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quid
               hoc
               esse
               censes
               ?
            
             
               Non
               ego
               de
               toto
               mihi
               corpore
               vendico
               vires
               ,
            
             
               At
               Capitis
               pugnâ
               nulli
               certare
               recuso
               ;
            
             
               Grande
               mihi
               Caput
               est
               ,
               totum
               quoque
               pondus
               in
               ipso
               .
            
             
               Malleus
               est
               Fabrilis
               .
            
             
               Dic
               quibus
               in
               terris
               &
               eris
               mihi
               magnus
               Apollo
               ,
            
             
               Tres
               pateat
               Coeli
               spacium
               non
               amplius
               ulnas
               .
            
             
               Quid
               hoc
               esse
               existimas
               ?
            
             
               Sum
               nondum
               dira
               confectus
               morte
               ,
               sepultus
            
             
               Haud
               urnâ
               ,
               haud
               saxum
               ,
               non
               humus
               ulla
               tegit
               :
            
             
               Et
               loquor
               ,
               &
               supio
               ,
               &
               vitalibus
               abdicor
               auris
               ,
            
             
               Meque
               capit
               vivus
               m●que
               vehit
               tumulus
               .
            
             
               Hic
               modus
               nihil
               nobis
               facesset
               negotii
               amplius
            
             
               si
               Jonae
               historiam
               diligenter
               excusserimus
               ,
               &
               cum
            
             
               hoc
               Aenigmate
               contulerimus
               :
               Is
               enim
               ex
               ventre
            
             
               Orcae
               (
               piscis
               )
               seu
               ,
               ut
               ipse
               existimavit
               ,
               ex
               medio
            
             
               Orci
               hoc
               sibi
               epitaphium
               vere
               ponere
               potuisset
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Aenigma
               .
            
             
               I
               consume
               my
               mother
               that
               bare
               me
               ,
               I
               eat
               up
               my
               nurse
               that
               fed
               me
               ,
               then
               I
               die
               ,
               leaving
               them
               all
               blind
               that
               saw
               me
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               meant
               of
               the
               flame
               of
               a
               Candle
               ,
               which
               when
               it
               hath
               consumed
               both
               wax
               and
               wicke
               ,
               goes
               out
               ,
               leaving
               them
               in
               the
               dark
               that
               saw
               by
               it
               .
            
             
               
               
                 Ten
                 thousand
                 children
                 beautiful
                 of
                 this
                 my
                 body
                 bred
                 ,
              
               
                 Both
                 sons
                 and
                 daughters
                 finely
                 deckt
                 ;
                 I
                 live
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 dead
                 .
              
               
                 My
                 sons
                 were
                 put
                 to
                 extreme
                 death
                 by
                 such
                 as
                 lov'd
                 them
                 well
                 ,
              
               
                 My
                 daughters
                 dy'd
                 in
                 extreme
                 age
                 ,
                 but
                 where
                 I
                 cannot
                 tell
                 .
              
            
             
               By
               the
               Mother
               ,
               understand
               a
               Tree
               ,
               by
               the
               sons
               and
               daughters
               understand
               the
               fruit
               ,
               and
               leaves
               ;
               by
               the
               sons
               being
               put
               to
               death
               by
               such
               as
               loved
               them
               well
               ,
               understand
               those
               that
               gathered
               and
               eat
               the
               fruit
               ;
               by
               the
               daughters
               death
               in
               age
               ,
               understand
               the
               leaves
               falling
               off
               by
               the
               returning
               of
               the
               sap
               to
               the
               Root
               in
               Autumn
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               
                 Anatomie
                 of
                 wonders
                 great
                 I
                 speak
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 am
                 dead
                 ;
              
               
                 Men
                 suck
                 sweet
                 juyce
                 from
                 these
                 black
                 veins
                 which
                 Mother
                 Wisdome
                 bread
                 .
              
            
             
               By
               Anatomie
               of
               wonders
               ,
               &c.
               understand
               a
               book
               ;
               by
               the
               sweet
               juice
               ,
               instruction
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               black
               veins
               ,
               the
               letters
               and
               lines
               in
               the
               book
               .
            
          
           
             
               An
               Arithmetical
               Aenigma
               .
            
             
               Suppose
               30
               Malefactors
               ,
               viz.
               15
               English
               men
               ,
               and
               15
               Turks
               are
               adjudged
               to
               be
               executed
               for
               Piracie
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Sheriff
               hath
               (
               after
               this
               sentence
               )
               power
               given
               him
               to
               save
               one
               half
               of
               these
               Malefactors
               ,
               but
               must
               execute
               every
               ninth
               man
               ,
               I
               demand
               how
               he
               may
               place
               them
               in
               such
               order
               and
               rank
               ,
               as
               that
               he
               may
               execute
               all
               the
               Turks
               ,
               and
               〈◊〉
               ●erve
               the
               English
               men
               ?
            
             
             
               Let
               him
               place
               them
               by
               this
               verse
               following
               ;
               and
               for
               that
               he
               would
               save
               the
               English
               ,
               let
               him
               begin
               with
               them
               ;
               for
               that
               o
               is
               the
               first
               vowel
               mentioned
               here
               ,
               let
               him
               place
               or
               ranck
               four
               of
               the
               English
               men
               ,
               it
               being
               the
               fourth
               vowel
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Let
               o
               signifie
               the
               English
               man
               ,
               and
               1
               the
               Turk
               .
            
             
               
                 Populeam
                 Virgam
                 mater
                 Regina
                 tenebat
              
               .
               45.2.1
               .
               3.
               1.
               1.2
               .
               2.3.1
               .
               2
               2.1
               .
            
             
               But
               if
               the
               Sheriff
               had
               been
               to
               have
               executed
               every
               tenth
               man
               :
            
             
               He
               should
               place
               them
               by
               this
               verse
               ,
               
                 Rex
                 Paphi
                 cum
                 Gente
                 bona
                 dat
                 signa
                 Serena
                 .
              
               2.
               1.
               3.
               5.
               
               2.2.4.1
               .
               1.
               3.
               1.
               
               2.2.1
               .
            
             
               But
               if
               the
               Sheriff
               were
               to
               execute
               every
               2.3
               .
               or
               any
               number
               of
               the
               men
               between
               two
               and
               sixteen
               ,
               I
               shall
               (
               since
               Art
               is
               silent
               herein
               )
               insert
               a
               Mechanical
               way
               for
               the
               ready
               performing
               the
               same
               :
               and
               shall
               give
               one
               President
               ;
               which
               followed
               
                 (
                 mutatis
                 mutandis
              
               )
               will
               lead
               to
               the
               accomplishment
               of
               your
               desire
               in
               any
               the
               rest
               of
               these
               questions
               :
               viz.
               Suppose
               the
               Sheriff
               had
               been
               to
               have
               executed
               every
               fifth
               man
               :
               first
               represent
               the
               30
               Malefactors
               by
               30
               ciphers
               ,
               or
               what
               characters
               you
               please
               ,
               then
               cancel
               with
               your
               pen
               every
               fifth
               of
               them
               ,
               till
               you
               have
               cancelled
               half
               of
               them
               ,
               then
               have
               you
               the
               direct
               order
               of
               placing
               the
               men
               before
               your
               eye
               ;
               
               for
               the
               ciphers
               or
               characters
               c●ncelled
               represent
               the
               Turks
               to
               be
               executed
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               uncancelled
               those
               that
               are
               to
               escape
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Aenigma
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               40.
               
               &
               41.
               chap.
               The
               dreams
               and
               visions
               there
               of
               Pharaohs
               chief
               Butler
               and
               chief
               Baker
               ,
               as
               likewise
               Pharaohs
               own
               dreams
               were
               Aenigmatical
               ;
               The
               significations
               whereof
               were
               expounded
               by
               the
               Spirit
               of
               wisdome
               and
               Revelation
               in
               Joseph
               ,
               as
               appears
               by
               Gen.
               40.12
               ,
               13.18
               ,
               19.
               
               Gen.
               41.26
               ,
               27.
               &c.
               
            
             
               Dan.
               4.10
               ,
               11.
               &c.
               We
               have
               Nebuchadnizzars
               vision
               ,
               which
               is
               also
               Aenigmatical
               .
            
             
               Thus
               were
               the
               visions
               of
               mine
               head
               in
               my
               bed
               :
               I
               saw
               ,
               and
               behold
               a
               Tree
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               the
               height
               thereof
               was
               great
               ,
               the
               tree
               grew
               and
               was
               strong
               ,
               and
               the
               height
               thereof
               reached
               unto
               heaven
               ,
               and
               the
               sight
               thereof
               to
               the
               ends
               of
               the
               earth
               ;
               the
               leaves
               thereof
               were
               fair
               ,
               and
               the
               fruit
               thereof
               much
               ,
               and
               it
               was
               meat
               for
               all
               :
               the
               beasts
               of
               the
               field
               had
               shadow
               under
               it
               ,
               and
               the
               sowls
               of
               the
               heaven
               dwelt
               in
               the
               boughs
               thereof
               ,
               &c.
               which
               Daniel
               by
               the
               Spirit
               of
               the
               Lord
               opens
               in
               the
               same
               chapter
               .
            
             
               In
               Judg.
               14.14
               .
               we
               have
               Sampsons
               Riddle
               ,
               Out
               of
               the
               eater
               came
               forth
               meat
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               the
               strong
               ,
               sweetnesse
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               11.1
               ,
               2.
               
               And
               there
               shall
               come
               forth
               a
               rod
               out
               of
               the
               stem
               of
               Jesse
               ,
               and
               a
               branch
               shall
               grow
               out
               of
               his
               roots
               :
               and
               the
               Spirit
               of
               the
               Lord
               shall
               rest
               upon
               him
               ,
               the
               Spirit
               of
               wisdom
               ,
               and
               might
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Ezek
               ,
               17.2
               .
               &
               26.
               chap.
               of
               the
               Proverbs
               ,
               
               and
               divers
               other
               chapters
               in
               that
               Book
               ,
               you
               shall
               find
               divers
               riddles
               and
               dark
               sayings
               ,
               and
               the
               same
               opened
               and
               explained
               ,
               in
               the
               demonstration
               of
               the
               same
               Spirit
               of
               wisdome
               they
               were
               proposed
               .
            
             
               Figures
               of
               a
               word
               :
               see
               pag.
               5.
               
               &
               6.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EPizeuxis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Adjunctio
            
             ,
             a
             joyning
             together
             of
             the
             same
             word
             or
             sound
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epizeugnumi
               ]
               conjungo
            
             ,
             to
             joyn
             together
             .
          
           
             Epizeuxis
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             whereby
             a
             word
             ,
             is
             geminated
             and
             repeated
             by
             way
             of
             Emphasis
             ,
             and
             usually
             without
             interposition
             of
             any
             other
             word
             :
             or
             it
             is
             the
             repetition
             of
             the
             same
             word
             or
             sound
             likewise
             when
             one
             or
             more
             words
             intervene
             by
             Parenthesis
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             serves
             to
             the
             Emphatical
             setting
             forth
             of
             the
             vehemency
             of
             the
             affections
             and
             passions
             of
             the
             mind
             .
          
           
             
               
               Ejusdem
               sit
               Epizexuis
               repe●itio
               vocis
               :
            
             
               Ah
               Corydon
               ,
               Corydon
               ;
               me
               ,
               me
               ;
               bella
               ,
               horrida
               bella
               .
            
             
               Talis
               amor
               Daphnim
               (
               qualis
               cum
               fessa
               juvencam
            
             
               Per
               nemora
               atq
               ,
               altos
               quaerendo
               bucula
               lucos
               ,
               &c.
               )
            
             
               Talis
               amor
               teneat
               ,
               nec
               sit
               mihi
               cura
               mederi
               .
            
          
           
             This
             figure
             is
             twofold
             :
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             In
             part
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             which
             is
             
               
                 1.
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 a
                 Sentence
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 .
                 of
                 a
                 Sentence
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             1.
             
             In
             part
             of
             a
             word
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             a
             Sentence
             :
             as
             ,
             
               
                 O
                 utinam
                 possem
                 populos
                 reparare
                 paternis
              
               
                 Artibus
                 ,
                 atque
                 animos
                 formatae
                 iufundere
                 terrae
                 !
              
            
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             a
             part
             of
             a
             word
             in
             the
             end
             of
             a
             sentence
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Titus
               Annius
               ad
               illam
               pestem
               comprimendam
               ,
               extinguendam
               ,
               fund
               itus
               delendam
               natus
               esse
               videtur
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             a
             whole
             word
             ,
             as
             ,
             
               
                 Ipsa
                 sonant
                 arbusta
                 ,
                 Deus
                 ,
                 Deus
                 ille
                 ,
                 Menalca
                 .
              
               
                 Si
                 ,
                 nisi
                 quae
                 facio
                 poterit
                 te
                 digna
                 videri
                 ,
              
               
                 Nulla
                 futura
                 tua
                 est
                 ,
                 nulla
                 futura
                 tua
                 est
                 .
              
               
                 Excitate
                 ,
                 excitate
                 cum
                 ,
                 fi
                 potestis
                 ,
                 ab
                 inferis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Epizeuxis
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Cicero
               to
               Anthony
               .
            
             
               Thou
               ,
               thou
               ,
               Anthony
               gavest
               cause
               of
               civil
               war
               to
               Caesar
               ,
               willing
               to
               turn
               all
               upside
               down
               .
               Thus
               Virgil
               ,
            
             
               Ah
               
                 Corydon
                 ,
                 Corydon
              
               ,
               what
               madnesse
               hath
               thee
               moved
               ?
            
             
               O
               let
               not
               ,
               let
               not
               from
               you
               be
               poured
               upon
               me
               destruction
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               (
               believe
               me
               )
               it
               is
               not
               wisdome
               to
               hazard
               our
               salvation
               upon
               so
               weak
               a
               ground
               as
               mans
               opinion
               .
            
             
               Terrors
               ,
               terrors
               ,
               upon
               terrors
               laid
               hold
               on
               me
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               51.9
               .
               Awake
               ,
               awake
               ,
               put
               on
               strength
               .
               Oh
               arm
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               Matth.
               23.37
               .
               Oh
               Jerusalem
               ,
               Jerusalem
               ,
               thou
               that
               killest
               the
               Prophets
               ,
               &c.
               here
               the
               wo●d
               is
               geminated
               to
               expresse
               the
               ardency
               of
               the
               speakers
               affections
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               52.1
               .
               Awake
               ,
               awake
               ,
               put
               on
               thy
               strength
               O
               Zion
               ,
               &c.
               See
               Isa.
               51.17
               ,
               12
               ,
               38
               ,
               19
               ,
               40
               ,
               1.
               
               Judg.
               5.12
               .
            
             
               Ezek.
               21.9.27
               .
               A
               sword
               ,
               a
               sword
               ,
               is
               sharpened
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               I
               will
               overturn
               ,
               overtu●n
               ,
               overturn
               it
               ,
               &c.
               (
               i.e.
               )
               I
               will
               certainly
               overturn
               it
               .
            
             
               Thus
               David
               bewaileth
               the
               death
               of
               his
               son
               Absalom
               ,
               in
               2
               Sam.
               18.33
               .
               O
               my
               son
               Absalom
               :
               my
               son
               ,
               my
               son
               Absalom
               ;
               would
               God
               I
               had
               dyed
               thee
               ,
               O
               Absalom
               my
               son
               ,
               my
               son
               .
            
             
               This
               you
               may
               find
               sometimes
               by
               way
               of
               Amplification
               ,
               as
               Psal.
               145.18
               .
               The
               Lord
               is
               nigh
               to
               all
               that
               call
               upon
               him
               ,
               even
               to
               all
               that
               call
               upon
               him
               in
               truth
               ,
               so
               Psal.
               68.12
               .
               and
               Joel
               3.14
               .
            
             
               And
               sometimes
               also
               by
               way
               of
               Transition
               ;
               as
               ,
               Hos.
               2.21
               .
               I
               will
               hear
               ,
               saith
               the
               Lord
               ,
               I
               will
               hear
               the
               heavens
               ,
               and
               they
               shall
               hear
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               the
               earth
               shall
               hear
               the
               corn
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANadiplosis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Reduplicatio
            
             ,
             Reduplication
             ,
             or
             redoubling
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             re
             ,
             again
             ,
             
               et
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               (
               diploo
               )
               duplico
            
             to
             double
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             the
             last
             word
             or
             sound
             of
             the
             first
             clause
             is
             repeated
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             next
             .
          
           
             
             
               Est
               Anadiplosis
               quoties
               ex
               fine
               prioris
               
            
             
               Membri
               ,
               Principium
               fit
               dictio
               prima
               sequentis
               .
            
             
               Pierides
               ,
               vos
               haec
               facietis
               maxima
               Gallo
               :
            
             
               Gallo
               ,
               cujus
               amor
               tantum
               mihi
               crescit
               in
               horas
               .
            
             
               Spectatum
               veniunt
               ,
               veniunt
               spectentur
               ut
               ipsi
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               With
               death
               ,
               death
               must
               be
               recompensed
               .
            
             
               On
               mischief
               ,
               mischief
               must
               be
               heapt
               .
            
             
               Let
               us
               at
               any
               rate
               buy
               the
               truth
               ;
               Truth
               will
               make
               us
               no
               losers
               .
            
             
               Prize
               wisdom
               ,
               wisdom
               is
               a
               jewel
               too
               precious
               to
               be
               slighted
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Anadiplosis
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               30.9
               .
               This
               is
               a
               rebellious
               people
               ,
               lying
               children
               ,
               children
               that
               will
               not
               hear
               the
               law
               of
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               Deut.
               8.7
               .
               For
               the
               Lord
               thy
               God
               bringeth
               thee
               into
               a
               good
               land
               ,
               a
               land
               of
               brooks
               of
               water
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               14.8
               .
               If
               we
               live
               ,
               we
               live
               unto
               the
               Lord
               ;
               if
               we
               die
               ,
               we
               die
               unto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               P●al
               .
               48.8
               .
               As
               we
               have
               heard
               ,
               so
               have
               we
               seen
               in
               the
               City
               of
               our
               God
               ,
               God
               will
               establish
               it
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Psal.
               122.2
               ,
               3.
               
               Our
               feet
               shall
               I
               stand
               within
               thy
               gates
               oh
               Jerusalem
               :
               Jerusalem
               is
               builded
               ,
               as
               a
               City
               ;
               see
               the
               5.
               verse
               of
               the
               same
               Psalm
               .
               Psal.
               145.18
               .
               Jer.
               2.13.12.11
               .
               Luk.
               7.31
               ,
               32.
               
               Psal.
               9.8
               .
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CLimax
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Gradatio
            
             ;
             Gradation
             ,
             or
             a
             climbing
             by
             steps
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               clino
               ]
               reclino
               ,
               acclino
            
             ,
             to
             bend
             towards
             or
             incline
             to
             ,
             for
             that
             its
             ascending
             is
             rising
             upwards
             ;
             and
             its
             descending
             ,
             declining
             or
             turning
             away
             .
          
           
             Gradation
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             Anadiplosis
             ,
             by
             degrees
             making
             the
             last
             word
             a
             step
             to
             a
             further
             meaning
             :
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             a
             gradual
             progresse
             is
             used
             in
             the
             site
             or
             placing
             of
             the
             same
             word
             ;
             or
          
           
             When
             the
             succeeding
             clauses
             of
             a
             sentece
             transcend
             each
             other
             by
             divers
             degrees
             ,
             or
             steps
             of
             the
             same
             sound
             .
          
           
             
               
               Continua
               serie
               est
               repetita
               Gradatio
               Climax
               :
            
             
               Quod
               libet
               ,
               id
               licet
               his
               ;
               et
               quod
               licet
               ,
               id
               satis
               andent
               :
            
             
               Quodque
               audent
               faciunt
               ;
               faciunt
               quodcunque
               molestum
               est
               .
            
             
               Mars
               videt
               hanc
               ,
               visamque
               cupit
               potiturque
               cupita
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nec
               vero
               se
               populo
               solum
               ,
               sed
               Senatui
               commisit
               :
               nec
               Senatui
               modo
               ,
               sed
               etiam
               publicis
               praesidiis
               et
               armis
               :
               nec
               his
               tantum
               ,
               sed
               ejus
               potestati
               ,
               cui
               Senatus
               totam
               Rempub.
               commisit
               .
            
          
           
             
               Pulchrum
               est
               bene
               dicere
               ,
               pulchrius
               bene
               sentire
               ,
               pulch●rrimum
               bene
               facere
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Gradation
               .
            
             
               His
               Arm
               no
               oftner
               gave
               blows
               ,
               then
               the
               blows
               gave
               wounds
               ,
               then
               the
               wounds
               gave
               death
               .
            
             
             
               Your
               words
               are
               full
               of
               cunning
               ,
               your
               cunning
               of
               promises
               ,
               your
               promises
               of
               wind
               .
            
             
               A
               young
               man
               of
               great
               beauty
               ,
               beautified
               with
               great
               honour
               ,
               honoured
               with
               great
               valour
               .
            
             
               You
               could
               not
               enjoy
               your
               goods
               without
               Government
               ,
               no
               Government
               without
               a
               Magistrate
               ,
               no
               Magistrate
               without
               obedience
               ,
               and
               no
               obedience
               ,
               where
               every
               one
               upon
               his
               private
               passion
               interprets
               the
               rulers
               actions
               .
            
             
               Out
               of
               idleness
               comes
               lust
               ;
               out
               of
               lust
               ,
               impudence
               ;
               out
               of
               impudence
               ,
               a
               contempt
               of
               whatsoever
               is
               good
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               10.40
               .
               He
               that
               receiveth
               you
               ,
               receiveth
               me
               ,
               and
               he
               that
               receiveth
               me
               ,
               receiveth
               him
               that
               sent
               me
               ;
            
             
               Rom.
               5
               ,
               3
               ,
               4
               ,
               5.
               
               Knowing
               that
               tribulation
               worketh
               patience
               ,
               and
               patience
               experience
               ,
               and
               experience
               hope
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               2
               Pet.
               1.5
               ,
               7.
               
               Add
               to
               your
               faith
               vertue
               ,
               and
               to
               vertue
               knowledge
               ,
               and
               to
               knowledge
               temperance
               ,
               and
               to
               temperance
               patience
               ,
               and
               to
               patience
               godlinesse
               ,
               and
               to
               godlinesse
               brotherly-kindnesse
               ,
               and
               to
               brotherly-kindnesse
               love
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               11.3
               .
               The
               head
               of
               every
               man
               is
               Christ
               ,
               and
               the
               head
               of
               the
               woman
               is
               the
               man
               ,
               and
               the
               head
               of
               Christ
               is
               God
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               8.30
               .
               Whom
               he
               predestinated
               ,
               them
               also
               he
               called
               ;
               and
               whom
               he
               called
               ,
               them
               also
               he
               justified
               ;
               and
               whom
               he
               justified
               ,
               them
               also
               he
               glorified
               .
            
             
               See
               Rom.
               10
               ,
               14
               ,
               15.
               
            
             
             
               1
               Cor.
               3.23
               ,
               22.
               
               All
               are
               yours
               ,
               you
               are
               Christs
               ,
               and
               Christ
               is
               Gods.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANaphora
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Relatio
            
             ,
             Relation
             ,
             or
             a
             bringing
             of
             the
             same
             again
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anaphero
               ]
               refero
            
             ,
             to
             bring
             again
             or
             rehearse
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             repetition
             of
             a
             word
             of
             importance
             and
             effectual
             signification
             ;
             or
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             several
             clauses
             of
             a
             sentence
             are
             begun
             with
             the
             same
             word
             or
             sound
             .
          
           
             
               
               Diversis
               membris
               frontem
               dat
               Anaphora
               eandem
               .
            
             
               Ter
               conatus
               ibi
               collo
               dare
               brachia
               circum
               ;
            
             
               Ter
               frustra
               c●mprehensa
               manus
               effugit
               imago
               .
            
             
               Tu
               pugnare
               potes
               ,
               mici
               sacri
               est
               consilii
               vis
               :
            
             
               Tu
               vires
               sine
               mente
               geris
               ,
               mihi
               cura
               futuri
               est
               .
            
             
               Sic
               oculos
               ,
               sic
               ille
               manus
               ,
               sic
               ora
               movebat
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               You
               whom
               vertue
               hath
               made
               the
               Princess
               of
               felicity
               ,
               be
               not
               the
               Minister
               of
               ruine
               ;
               you
               whom
               my
               choyce
               hath
               made
               the
               Load-star
               of
               all
               my
               sublunary
               comfort
               ,
               be
               not
               the
               rock
               of
               my
               shipwrack
               .
            
          
           
             
               An
               Example
               of
               Cicero
               in
               the
               praise
               of
               Pompey
               .
            
             
               A
               witnesse
               is
               Italy
               ,
               which
               
                 Lucius
                 Sylla
              
               being
               Victor
               confessed
               ,
               was
               by
               this
               mans
               counsel
               delivered
               ;
               A
               wi●nesse
               is
               Africa
               ,
               which
               being
               opprest
               with
               great
               Armies
               of
               enemies
               ,
               flowed
               
               with
               the
               blood
               of
               slain
               men
               :
               A
               witnesse
               is
               France
               ,
               through
               which
               a
               way
               was
               made
               with
               great
               slaughter
               of
               Frenchmen
               for
               our
               Armies
               into
               Spain
               :
               A
               witnesse
               is
               Spain
               :
               which
               hath
               very
               often
               seen
               ,
               that
               by
               this
               man
               many
               enemies
               have
               been
               overcome
               and
               vanquished
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Anaphora
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               29.4
               ,
               5.
               
               The
               voice
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               powerful
               ,
               The
               Voice
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               full
               of
               Majesty
               ;
               The
               voyce
               of
               the
               Lord
               breaketh
               the
               Cedars
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               8.2
               .
               Whom
               they
               loved
               ,
               whom
               they
               served
               ,
               whom
               they
               ran
               after
               ,
               whom
               they
               sought
               ,
               whom
               they
               worshipped
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               1.20
               .
               Where
               is
               the
               wise
               ?
               where
               is
               the
               Scribe
               ?
               where
               is
               the
               disputer
               of
               this
               world
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               118
               ,
               8
               ,
               9.
               
               Better
               it
               is
               to
               trust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               then
               to
               put
               confidence
               in
               man
               ;
               better
               it
               is
               to
               trust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               then
               to
               put
               confidence
               in
               Princes
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               50.35
               ,
               36
               ,
               37.
               
               A
               sword
               is
               upon
               the
               Caldeans
               ,
               &c.
               a
               sword
               is
               upon
               the
               Lyars
               ,
               &c.
               a
               sword
               is
               upon
               her
               mighty
               men
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Rom.
               8.38
               .
               Psal.
               27.1.118.2
               ,
               4.124.1
               ,
               2.148
               ,
               1.2
               ,
               3.150
               .
               1.
               
               Ezek.
               27.12
               ,
               15.
               
               Rom.
               1.22
               ,
               23.
               
               Amos
               1.3.6.9
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EPISTROPHE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Conversio
            
             .
             Conversion
             ,
             or
             a
             turning
             to
             the
             same
             sound
             ,
             or
             a
             changing
             of
             course
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epi
               ]
               prope
            
             ,
             near
             to
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               strepho
               ]
               verto
            
             ,
             to
             turn
             or
             change
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             repetition
             of
             the
             same
             word
             or
             sound
             in
             the
             ends
             of
             divers
             members
             of
             a
             sentence
             .
          
           
             
             A
             figure
             when
             divers
             sentences
             end
             alike
             ,
             or
             when
             divers
             clauses
             end
             with
             the
             same
             word
             or
             words
             .
          
           
             
               
               Complures
               clausus
               concludit
               Epistrophe
               eodem
            
             
               Dicto
               :
               Crede
               mihi
               ,
               si
               te
               quoq
               pontus
               haberet
               :
            
             
               Te
               sequerer
               cenjux
               ,
               et
               me
               quoq
               :
               pontus
               haberet
               .
            
             
               Surgamus
               ,
               solet
               esse
               gravis
               cantantibus
               umbra
               :
            
             
               Juniperi
               gravis
               umbra
               :
               nocent
               &
               frugibus
               umbrae
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Ambition
               seeks
               to
               be
               next
               to
               the
               best
               ;
               after
               that
               ,
               to
               be
               equal
               with
               the
               best
               :
               then
               ,
               to
               be
               chief
               and
               above
               the
               best
               .
            
             
               Where
               the
               richnesse
               did
               invite
               the
               eyes
               ,
               the
               fashion
               did
               entertain
               the
               eyes
               ,
               and
               the
               device
               did
               teach
               the
               eyes
               .
            
             
               We
               are
               born
               to
               sorrow
               ,
               passe
               our
               time
               in
               sorrow
               ,
               end
               our
               days
               in
               sorrow
               .
            
             
               Either
               arm
               their
               lives
               ,
               or
               take
               away
               their
               lives
               .
            
             
               Since
               the
               time
               that
               concord
               was
               taken
               from
               the
               city
               ,
               liberty
               was
               taken
               away
               ,
               fidelity
               was
               taken
               away
               ,
               friendship
               was
               taken
               away
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Epistrophe
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               13.11
               .
               When
               I
               was
               a
               childe
               ,
               I
               spake
               as
               a
               childe
               ,
               I
               understood
               as
               a
               childe
               ,
               I
               thought
               as
               a
               childe
               .
            
             
             
               Psal.
               115.9
               ,
               10
               ,
               11.
               
               Oh
               Israel
               ,
               trust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               is
               their
               help
               and
               their
               shield
               :
               O
               house
               of
               Aaron
               ,
               trust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               is
               their
               help
               and
               their
               shield
               :
               Ye
               that
               fear
               the
               Lord
               ,
               trust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               is
               their
               help
               and
               their
               shield
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               7.22
               .
               Have
               we
               not
               prophesied
               in
               thy
               name
               ;
               have
               we
               not
               cast
               out
               Devils
               in
               thy
               name
               ,
               and
               done
               miracles
               in
               thy
               name
               ?
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               11.22
               .
               Are
               they
               Hebrews
               ?
               so
               am
               I
               :
               are
               they
               Israelites
               ?
               so
               am
               I
               :
               are
               they
               the
               seed
               of
               Abraham
               ?
               so
               am
               I.
               
            
             
               See
               Joel
               2.26
               ,
               27.
               
               Ezek.
               33.25
               ,
               26
               ,
               27.
               
               Ezek
               .
               36.23
               ,
               24
               ,
               ●5
               ,
               &c.
               Amos
               4.6
               ,
               8.
               &c.
               Hag.
               2
               ,
               8
               ,
               9.
               
               Lam.
               3.41
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYMPLOCE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Complexio
               ,
               Complicatio
               ,
            
             an
             agreement
             of
             words
             in
             a
             sentence
             ,
             or
             Complication
             or
             folding
             together
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               symplico
               ]
               Complico
               ,
               Connecto
            
             ,
             to
             wrap
             or
             couple
             together
             .
          
           
             Symploce
             is
             the
             joyning
             together
             of
             Anaphora
             and
             Epistrophe
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             several
             sentences
             or
             clauses
             of
             sentences
             have
             the
             same
             beginning
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             ending
             ;
             or
             when
             all
             our
             beginnings
             and
             all
             our
             endings
             are
             like
             .
          
           
             
               Symploce
               eas
               jungit
               complexa
               utramque
               figuram
               .
               
            
             
               Quam
               bene
               ,
               Caune
               ,
               tuo
               poteram
               nurus
               esse
               parenti
               ?
            
             
               Quam
               bene
               ,
               Caune
               ,
               meo
               poteras
               gener
               esse
               parenti
               ?
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               An
               Example
               of
               Cicero
               .
            
             
               Him
               would
               you
               pardon
               and
               acquit
               by
               your
               sentence
               ,
               whom
               the
               Senate
               hath
               condemned
               ,
               whom
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               have
               condemned
               ,
               whom
               all
               men
               have
               condemned
               .
            
             
               O
               cruel
               death
               ,
               why
               hast
               thou
               taken
               away
               my
               choice
               ,
               my
               dear
               choyce
               ,
               my
               dearest
               and
               most
               beloved
               choyce
               ,
               and
               hid
               her
               in
               the
               dark
               ,
               where
               I
               cannot
               find
               her
               ?
            
             
               Can
               the
               Host
               of
               Heaven
               help
               me
               ?
               can
               Angels
               help
               me
               ?
               can
               these
               inefriour
               creatures
               help
               me
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Symploce
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               47.6
               .
               Sing
               praises
               to
               our
               God
               ,
               sing
               praises
               :
               Sing
               praises
               to
               our
               King
               ,
               sing
               praises
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               118.2
               ,
               3
               ,
               4.
               
               Let
               Israel
               now
               say
               ,
               that
               his
               mercy
               endureth
               for
               ever
               ;
               let
               the
               house
               of
               Aa●on
               now
               say
               ,
               that
               his
               mercy
               endureth
               for
               ever
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               14.8
               .
               Whether
               we
               live
               ,
               we
               live
               unto
               the
               Lord
               ;
               whether
               we
               die
               ,
               we
               die
               unto
               the
               Lord
               ;
               whether
               we
               live
               therefore
               or
               die
               ,
               we
               are
               the
               Lords
               .
            
             
               See
               Psal.
               136.1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3.
               
               Jer.
               9.23
               .
               1
               Cor.
               12.4
               ,
               5.6
               .
               1
               Cor.
               14
               ,
               15.
               2
               
               Cor.
               9.6
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               EPANALEPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Resumptio
            
             ,
             a
             taking
             back
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             epi
             ]
             after
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             ana
             ]
             again
             ;
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               lambano
               ,
               accipio
            
             ,
             to
             take
             ,
             from
             whence
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               lepsis
               ]
               acceptio
            
             a
             taking
             .
          
           
             Ep●nalesis
             is
             the
             same
             in
             one
             sentence
             ,
             which
             Symploce
             is
             in
             several
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             ,
             when
             (
             for
             elegancies
             sake
             )
             a
             sentence
             is
             begun
             and
             ended
             with
             the
             same
             word
             ,
             or
             sound
             .
          
           
             
               Incipit
               &
               voce
               exit
               Epanalepsis
               eadem
               :
            
             
               Pauper
               amet
               caut●
               :
               timeat
               maledicere
               pauper
               .
               
            
             
               Vna
               dies
               aperit
               ,
               conficit
               una
               dies
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vidimus
               tuam
               victoriam
               praeliorum
               exitu
               terminatam
               ,
               gladium
               vagina
               vacuum
               non
               vid●mus
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Severe
               to
               his
               Servants
               ,
               to
               his
               children
               severe
               .
            
             
               His
               superiour
               in
               means
               ,
               in
               place
               his
               superiour
               .
            
             
               In
               sorow
               was
               I
               born
               ,
               and
               must
               die
               in
               sorrow
               .
            
             
               Unkindness
               moved
               me
               ,
               and
               what
               can
               so
               throuble
               me
               ,
               or
               wrack
               my
               thoughts
               are
               unkindness
               ?
            
             
               At
               midnight
               thou
               wentst
               out
               of
               the
               house
               ,
               and
               returnedst
               against
               at
               midnight
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Epanalepsis
               .
            
             
               Phil.
               4.4
               .
               Rejoyce
               in
               the
               Lord
               alwayes
               ,
               and
               again
               I
               say
               rejoyce
               .
            
             
               2
               King.
               18.33
               .
               My
               Son
               Absalom
               ,
               my
               son
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               3.21
               ,
               22.
               
               All
               things
               are
               yours
               ,
               &c.
               whether
               things
               present
               ,
               or
               things
               to
               come
               ,
               all
               are
               yours
               .
            
             
               See
               2
               Cor.
               4.3
               .
               Psal.
               8.1
               ,
               9.
               
               Psal.
               46.1
               
                 &
                 ult
              
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             EPANODOS
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             *
             Regressio
             ,
             regression
             ,
             or
             turning
             back
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             epi
             ]
             again
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anodos
               ]
               ascensus
            
             ,
             an
             ascending
             or
             climbing
             up
             ;
             which
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ano
               ]
               sursum
            
             upwards
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hodos
               ]
               via
            
             ,
             a
             way
             .
          
           
             Epanodos
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             the
             like
             sound
             is
             repeated
             in
             the
             beginning
             and
             ending
             of
             divers
             sentences
             ,
             (
             an
             Anadiplosis
             intervening
             )
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             the
             words
             of
             a
             sentence
             are
             turned
             upside
             down
             ,
             or
             as
             I
             may
             say
             ,
             repeated
             backward
             :
             the
             same
             sound
             being
             repeated
             in
             the
             beginning
             and
             middle
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             and
             end
             .
          
           
             
               
               Prima
               velut
               mediis
               ,
               mediis
               ita
               Epanodos
               ima
            
             
               Consona
               dat
               repetens
               :
               
                 Crudelis
                 tu
                 quoque
                 mater
              
               ;
            
             
               Crudelis
               mater
               magis
               ,
               an
               puer
               improbus
               ille
               ?
            
             
               Improbus
               ille
               puer
               ,
               crudelis
               tu
               quoque
               mater
               .
            
          
           
           
             Thus
             in
             English
             ,
             
               
                 Whether
                 the
                 worst
                 ,
                 the
                 child
                 accurst
                 ,
              
               
                 or
                 else
                 the
                 cruel
                 mother
                 ?
              
               
                 The
                 mother
                 worst
                 ,
                 the
                 child
                 accurst
                 ,
              
               
                 as
                 bad
                 the
                 one
                 as
                 th'
                 other
                 .
              
               
                 Nec
                 sine
                 sole
                 suo
                 lux
                 ,
                 nec
                 sine
                 luce
                 sua
                 Sol.
              
               
                 Eloquentia
                 non
                 ex
                 Artificio
                 ,
                 sed
                 Artificium
                 ex
              
               
                 Eloquentia
                 natum
                 .
              
               
                 Hermogenes
                 inter
                 pueros
                 Senex
                 ,
                 inter
                 Senes
                 puer
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Epanodos
               .
            
             
               Men
               venture
               lives
               to
               conquer
               ;
               she
               conquers
               lives
               without
               venturing
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Parthenia
               desired
               above
               all
               things
               to
               have
               
                 Argalus
                 :
                 Argalus
              
               feared
               nothing
               but
               to
               miss
               Parthenia
               .
            
             
               I
               never
               saw
               a
               fray
               more
               unequally
               made
               then
               that
               ,
               which
               was
               between
               us
               this
               day
               ,
               
               I
               with
               bearing
               the
               blows
               ,
               and
               he
               with
               giving
               them
               ,
               till
               we
               were
               both
               weary
               .
            
             
               Account
               it
               not
               a
               purse
               for
               treasure
               ,
               but
               as
               a
               treasure
               it self
               worthy
               to
               be
               pursed
               up
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Unlawful
               desires
               are
               punished
               after
               the
               effect
               of
               enjoying
               ;
               but
               impossible
               desires
               are
               punis●ed
               in
               the
               desire
               it self
               .
            
             
               Shew'd
               such
               fury
               in
               his
               force
               ,
               such
               stay
               in
               his
               fury
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               5.20
               .
               Woe
               unto
               them
               ,
               who
               call
               good
               evil
               ,
               and
               evill
               good
               ;
               who
               put
               darkness
               for
               light
               ,
               and
               light
               for
               darkness
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               2
               Cor.
               2.15
               ,
               16.
               
               For
               we
               are
               unto
               God
               a
               sweet
               savour
               of
               Christ
               ,
               in
               them
               that
               are
               saved
               ,
               and
               in
               them
               that
               perish
               ;
               to
               the
               one
               we
               are
               the
               savour
               of
               death
               unto
               death
               ;
               and
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               savour
               of
               life
               unto
               life
               .
            
             
               Joh.
               8.47
               .
               He
               that
               is
               of
               God
               ,
               heareth
               Gods
               Word
               ;
               ye
               therefore
               hear
               it
               not
               ,
               because
               ye
               are
               not
               of
               God.
               
            
             
               Ezek.
               35.6
               .
               I
               will
               prepare
               thee
               unto
               blood
               ,
               and
               blood
               shall
               pursue
               thee
               ;
               except
               thou
               hate
               blood
               ,
               even
               blood
               shall
               pursue
               thee
               .
            
             
               See
               Rom.
               7.19
               .
               Gal.
               2.16
               .
               Ezek.
               7.6
               ,
               7
               ,
               2
               Cor
               2.10
               .
               Psal.
               114.3
               ,
               4
               ,
               5
               ,
               6.
               
               Ezek.
               32.16
               .
               2
               Thes.
               2.4
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARONOMASIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               agnominatio
            
             ,
             Agnomination
             ,
             or
             likeness
             of
             words
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             para
             ]
             which
             in
             composition
             signifies
             amiss
             ,
             or
             with
             some
             alteration
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               onoma
               ]
               nomen
            
             ,
             a
             name
             :
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               paronomazo
               ]
               agnominio
            
             ,
             to
             change
             ,
             or
             allude
             to
             a
             name
             or
             word
             .
          
           
             Agnomination
             is
             a
             pleasant
             sound
             of
             words
             ,
             or
             a
             small
             change
             of
             names
             ;
             or
             it
             is
             a
             present
             touch
             of
             the
             same
             letter
             ,
             syllable
             ,
             or
             word
             with
             a
             different
             meaning
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             by
             the
             change
             of
             one
             letter
             ,
             or
             syllable
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             the
             signification
             thereof
             is
             also
             changed
             .
          
           
             
               
               Voce
               parum
               mutata
               alludit
               significatum
            
             
               Paronomasia
               ;
               tu
               praedo
               ,
               non
               praet
               ●
               .
               —
            
          
           
           
             
               Agnomitatio
               dicitur
               quae
               fiat
               similitudine
               aliquâ
               vocum
               &
               vicinitate
               quasi
               verborum
            
             :
          
           
             That
             is
             Agnomination
             which
             is
             made
             by
             any
             resemblance
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             by
             the
             neighbourhood
             and
             nighness
             of
             words
             .
          
           
             
               Quis
               Locus
               aut
               Lacus
               ?
               —
               Ab
               aratore
               orator
               .
            
             
               Non
               emissus
               ex
               urbe
               ,
               sed
               immissus
               in
               urbem
               esse
               videatur
               .
            
             
               Video
               me
               a
               te
               circumveniri
               ,
               non
               conveniri
               .
            
             
               Inceptio
               est
               amentium
               ,
               haud
               amantium
               .
            
             
               Tibi
               parata
               erunt
               verba
               ,
               huic
               verbera
               .
            
             
               Nata
               salo
               ,
               suscepta
               solo
               ,
               patre
               edita
               coelo
               .
            
             
               In
               stadio
               &
               studio
               virtutis
               .
               —
               ab
               Exordio
               ad
               Exodium
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Agnomination
               .
            
             
               Be
               sure
               of
               his
               sword
               ,
               before
               you
               trust
               him
               of
               his
               word
               .
            
             
               Wine
               is
               the
               blood
               of
               the
               vine
               .
            
             
               Hardly
               any
               Treason
               is
               guided
               by
               reason
               .
            
             
               Friends
               turned
               fiends
               .
            
             
               You
               are
               like
               to
               have
               but
               a
               bare-gain
               out
               of
               this
               bargain
               .
            
             
               So
               fine
               a
               landerer
               should
               not
               be
               a
               slanderer
               .
            
             
               Bolder
               in
               a
               buttery
               then
               in
               a
               battery
               .
            
             
               A
               fit
               witnesse
               ,
               a
               fit
               witless
               .
            
             
               She
               went
               away
               repining
               ,
               but
               not
               repenting
               .
            
             
               Alas
               ,
               what
               can
               saying
               make
               them
               believe
               ,
               whom
               seeing
               cannot
               perswade
               ?
            
             
             
               This
               is
               no
               stumbling
               ,
               but
               plain
               tumbling
               .
            
             
               Such
               errors
               will
               cause
               terrors
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               10.3
               .
               Though
               we
               walk
               in
               the
               the
               flesh
               ,
               yet
               do
               not
               we
               war
               after
               the
               flesh
               .
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               6.9
               .
               As
               unknown
               and
               yet
               known
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               21.7
               .
               
                 In
                 te
                 confisi
                 ,
                 numquam
                 confusi
                 .
              
            
             
               See
               Isa.
               5.7
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               2.1
               .
               
                 In
                 quo
                 alium
                 domnas
                 ,
                 teipsum
                 condemnac
                 .
              
            
             
               See
               2
               Cor.
               4
               8
               ,
               9.
               
            
             
               Matth.
               8.22
               .
               Let
               the
               dead
               bury
               the
               dead
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANTANACLASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Reciprocatio
            
             ,
             Reciprocation
             or
             beating
             back
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               antanaclao
               ]
               reciprico
               ,
               refringo
            
             ,
             to
             goe
             back
             or
             bear
             back
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             various
             signification
             of
             the
             same
             word
             :
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             the
             same
             word
             is
             repeated
             in
             a
             divers
             if
             not
             in
             a
             contrary
             signification
             ;
             It
             is
             also
             a
             retreat
             to
             the
             matter
             at
             the
             end
             of
             a
             long
             parenthesis
             .
          
           
             
               —
               Amari
            
             
               Mejuvat
               ,
               
                 Antanaclasis
                 erit
              
               ,
               si
               nil
               sit
               amari
               .
            
             
               Veniam
               ,
               si
               Senatus
               det
               veniam
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Care
               for
               those
               things
               in
               your
               youth
               which
               may
               in
               old
               age
               discharge
               you
               of
               care
               .
            
             
               Care
               in
               the
               first
               place
               signifies
               to
               provide
               ,
               in
               the
               last
               ,
               the
               solicitude
               and
               anxiety
               of
               the
               minde
               .
            
             
               In
               thy
               youth
               learn
               some
               craft
               ,
               that
               in
               old
               age
               thou
               mayst
               get
               thy
               living
               without
               craft
               .
            
             
               Craft
               in
               the
               first
               place
               ,
               signifies
               science
               ,
               or
               occupation
               ;
               in
               the
               second
               ,
               deceit
               or
               subtilty
               .
            
             
               *
               Shall
               that
               heart
               (
               which
               does
               not
               only
               feel
               them
               ,
               but
               hath
               all
               motion
               of
               this
               life
               placed
               in
               them
               )
               shall
               that
               heart
               I
               say
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Antanaclasis
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               28.29
               .
               I
               will
               not
               drink
               henceforth
               of
               this
               fruit
               of
               the
               vine
               ,
               untill
               that
               day
               ,
               when
               I
               drink
               it
               new
               with
               you
               in
               my
               Fathers
               Kingdom
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Here
               the
               first
               word
               (
               Drink
               )
               hath
               a
               literal
               or
               proper
               signification
               ;
               but
               the
               later
               ,
               a
               Metaphorical
               acceptation
               ,
               concerning
               their
               partaking
               together
               of
               the
               joys
               of
               Heaven
               .
            
             
               John
               1
               10.
               
               The
               world
               was
               made
               by
               him
               ,
               and
               the
               world
               knew
               him
               not
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               former
               word
               (
               world
               )
               notes
               the
               whole
               universe
               ;
               the
               later
               ,
               the
               unbelieving
               men
               ,
               who
               are
               of
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Matth.
               13.33
               .
               Leaven
               signifies
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Gospel
               ,
               and
               in
               Mat.
               16.6
               ,
               12
               ,
               7
               ,
               8.
               sinful
               corruption
               .
            
             
             
               Matth.
               8.22
               .
               Let
               the
               dead
               bury
               their
               dead
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Matth.
               10.39
               .
               Luk.
               6.26
               ,
               &c.
               Joh.
               4.13
               ,
               14.
               
               Isa.
               59.18
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PLOCE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               nexus
               ,
               contextus
               ,
            
             binding
             together
             ,
             or
             a
             continuation
             without
             interruption
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               pleco
               ]
               necto
            
             ,
             to
             knit
             or
             bind
             together
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             a
             word
             is
             by
             way
             of
             Emphasis
             so
             repeated
             ,
             that
             it
             denotes
             not
             only
             the
             thing
             signified
             ,
             but
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             thing
             :
          
           
             Hereby
             the
             proper
             name
             of
             any
             man
             well
             known
             ,
             being
             repeated
             ,
             signifies
             the
             nature
             and
             permanent
             quality
             of
             the
             man
             ,
             whose
             name
             it
             is
             .
          
           
             
               
               
                 Est
                 Ploce
              
               :
               Corydon
               ,
               Corydon
               est
               tempore
               ab
               illo
               .
            
             
               Hic
               consul
               est
               vere
               consul
               .
            
             
               Talis
               mater
               erat
               si
               modo
               mater
               erat
               .
            
             
               Tot
               homines
               adfuerant
               ,
               si
               modo
               homines
               fuerunt
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Ploce
               .
            
             
               Josephus
               speaking
               of
               our
               Saviour
               ,
               saith
               .
               There
               was
               a
               man
               called
               Jesus
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               lawful
               to
               call
               him
               a
               man.
               
            
             
               Bread
               is
               bread
               indeed
               to
               a
               hungry
               ,
               stomach
               .
            
             
               In
               that
               great
               victory
               Caesar
               was
               
                 Caesar
                 ,
                 (
                 i
                 e
              
               ,
               )
               a
               serene
               Conq●e●er
               .
            
             
               What
               man
               is
               there
               living
               ,
               but
               will
               pitty
               such
               a
               case
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               a
               man
               ?
               the
               last
               word
               (
               m●n
               )
               imports
               that
               humanity
               or
               compassion
               proper
               to
               mans
               nature
               .
            
             
             
               Physician
               heal
               thy self
               ,
               if
               thou
               art
               a
               Physitian
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               if
               thou
               hast
               the
               skill
               and
               science
               of
               Physick
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               27.36
               .
               Esau
               speaking
               of
               his
               brother
               Jacob
               ,
               saith
               ,
               Is
               he
               not
               rightly
               called
               Jacob
               ?
               for
               he
               hath
               supplanted
               me
               these
               two
               times
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               POLYPTOTON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               variatio
               casuum
               ,
               aut
               multos
               casus
               habens
               ,
            
             variation
             of
             cases
             ,
             a
             small
             change
             of
             the
             termination
             or
             case
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               poly
               ]
               varie
            
             ,
             variously
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ptoton
               ]
               cadens
            
             ,
             falling
             out
             ,
             which
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ptoo
               ]
               cado
            
             ,
             to
             fall
             .
          
           
             Polyptoton
             is
             a
             repetition
             of
             words
             of
             the
             same
             lineage
             ,
             that
             differ
             only
             in
             termination
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             made
             by
             changing
             (
             1
             )
             the
             Mood
             ,
             (
             2
             )
             the
             Tense
             ,
             (
             3
             )
             the
             Person
             ,
             (
             4
             )
             the
             Case
             ,
             (
             5
             )
             the
             Degree
             ,
             (
             6
             )
             the
             Gender
             ,
             (
             7
             )
             the
             Number
             ,
             (
             8
             )
             the
             part
             of
             Speech
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             Gradation
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             continued
             by
             its
             degrees
             in
             words
             unlike
             ,
             as
             an
             Anadiplisis
             is
             in
             like
             words
             :
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             several
             cases
             of
             the
             same
             noun
             ,
             and
             tenses
             of
             the
             same
             verb
             ,
             are
             used
             in
             conjoyned
             clauses
             ;
          
           
             
               Eslo
               Polyptoton
               ,
               vario
               si
               dictio
               casu
            
             
               Consonet
               :
               arma
               armis
               ,
               pede
               pes
               ,
               densusque
               viro
               vir
               .
               
            
             
               Ense
               minax
               ensis
               ,
               pede
               pes
               ,
               &
               cuspide
               cuspis
               .
            
             
               Cedere
               jussit
               aquam
               jussa
               recessit
               aqua
               .
            
             
               Labor
               labori
               laborem
               adfert
               .
            
             
             
               
               Quid
               facies
               facies
               Veneris
               cum
               veneris
               antè
               ?
            
             
               Ne
               sedeas
               ,
               sedeas
               :
               ne
               pereas
               per
               eas
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               He
               's
               faulty
               using
               of
               our
               faults
               .
            
             
               Exceedingly
               exceeding
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               the
               same
               word
               in
               several
               cases
               ,
               as
               ,
               for
               fear
               ,
               concealed
               his
               fear
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               the
               same
               Adjective
               in
               several
               comparisons
               .
            
             
               Much
               may
               be
               said
               in
               my
               defence
               ,
               much
               more
               for
               love
               ,
               and
               most
               of
               all
               for
               that
               incomparable
               creature
               ,
               who
               hath
               joyned
               ,
               me
               and
               love
               together
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Polyptoton
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               50
               24.
               
               The
               Lord
               when
               he
               visiteth
               in
               visiting
               will
               visit
               you
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               11.36
               .
               For
               of
               him
               ,
               and
               through
               him
               ,
               and
               to
               him
               are
               all
               things
               &c.
               
            
             
               Eccles.
               12.8
               .
               Vanity
               of
               Vanities
               ,
               all
               is
               vanity
               .
            
             
               Gal.
               2.19
               .
               For
               I
               through
               the
               Law
               am
               dead
               to
               the
               Law
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Dan.
               2.37
               .
               Thou
               O
               king
               art
               a
               King
               of
               Kings
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               John
               3.13
               .
               No
               man
               hath
               ascended
               up
               to
               heaven
               ,
               but
               he
               that
               came
               down
               from
               heaven
               ,
               even
               the
               Son
               of
               man
               which
               is
               in
               heaven
               .
               1
               John
               1.1
               .
               1.
               
               Cor.
               9.22
               .
            
             
               1
               Joh
               3.7
               .
               He
               that
               doth
               righteousness
               ,
               is
               righteous
               as
               he
               is
               righteous
               .
            
             
             
               See
               2
               Tim.
               3.13
               .
               Heb.
               6
               14
               Joh.
               17.25
               .
               Isa
               ,
               24.16
               .
               Hos.
               10.1
               .
               Micah
               2.4
               ,
               &c.
               Isa.
               19.2
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HHPOTYPOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Representatio
            
             ,
             Representation
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               hypotypoo
               ]
               repraesento
               per
               figuram
               d
               monstro
               ,
            
             to
             represent
             ,
             or
             by
             figure
             to
             deaneate
             ,
             or
             draw
             the
             lively
             effigies
             of
             a
             thing
             .
          
           
             Hypotyposis
             is
             a
             representing
             of
             a
             thing
             unto
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             understanding
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             may
             seem
             rather
             to
             be
             felt
             or
             enjoyed
             then
             spoken
             of
             and
             expressed
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             a
             whole
             matter
             is
             expressed
             so
             particularly
             ,
             and
             in
             order
             ,
             th●t
             it
             seems
             to
             be
             represented
             unto
             ocular
             inspection
             ;
             or
             when
             the
             whole
             image
             and
             propo●tion
             of
             things
             is
             as
             it
             were
             painted
             out
             in
             words
             .
          
           
             
               Res
               ,
               loca
               ,
               personas
               ,
               a
               affectus
               :
               b
               tempora
               ,
               
               gesta
               ,
            
             
               Exprimit
               ,
               atque
               oculis
               quasi
               subjicit
               c
               Hypotyposis
               .
            
          
           
             
               Convivii
               luxuriosi
               Descrip●io
            
             .
          
           
             Videbar
             videre
             alios
             intrantes
             ,
             alios
             vero
             exeuntes
             ;
             qu●sdam
             ex
             vino
             vacillantes
             ,
             quosdamb
             sternâ
             potatione
             oscitantes
             :
             versaturinter
             h●s
             Gallus
             ,
             unguentis
             oblitus
             ;
             redimitus
             coronis
             :
             humus
             erat
             immunad
             ,
             lutulenta
             vino
             ,
             coronis
             languidulis
             ,
             &
             spinis
             co●perta
             piscium
             .
          
           
             Quid
             plus
             videret
             ,
             qui
             intrasset
             ?
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Hypotyposis
               .
            
             
               There
               were
               hills
               which
               garnished
               their
               proud
               heights
               with
               trees
               ,
               humble
               valleys
               whose
               low
               estate
               seem'd
               comforted
               with
               refreshing
               of
               silver
               rivers
               ;
               medows
               enamel'd
               with
               all
               sorts
               of
               eye-pleasing
               flowers
               ;
               thickets
               ,
               which
               being
               lined
               with
               most
               pleasant
               shade
               ,
               were
               witnessed
               so
               to
               by
               the
               chearful
               disposition
               of
               many
               well
               tun'd
               birds
               ;
               each
               pasture
               stored
               with
               sheep
               feeding
               with
               sober
               security
               ,
               while
               the
               pretty
               lambs
               ,
               with
               bleating
               oratory
               ,
               craved
               the
               dams
               comfort
               ;
               Here
               a
               shepherds
               boy
               piping
               ,
               as
               though
               he
               should
               never
               be
               old
               ,
               there
               a
               young
               shepherdess
               knitting
               ,
               and
               withal
               finging
               ,
               and
               her
               hands
               kept
               time
               with
               her
               voices
               musick
               .
               A
               shew
               as
               it
               were
               of
               an
               accompaniable
               solitariness
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               civil
               wildness
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               a
               place
               which
               now
               humbling
               it self
               in
               fallowed
               plains
               ,
               now
               proud
               in
               well
               husbanded
               hills
               ,
               marries
               barren
               woods
               to
               cultivated
               valleys
               ,
               and
               joyns
               neat
               gardens
               to
               delicious
               fountains
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Apostasie
               and
               Rebellion
               is
               elegantly
               deciphered
               and
               characterized
               in
            
             
               Isa.
               5.6
               .
               The
               whole
               head
               is
               sick
               ,
               and
               the
               whole
               heart
               faint
               :
               from
               the
               sole
               of
               the
               foot
               even
               unto
               the
               head
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               soundness
               in
               it
               ;
               but
               wounds
               ,
               and
               bruises
               ,
               and
               putrifying
               sores
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               Another
               of
               Famine
               .
            
             
               Lam.
               4.8
               ,
               9
               ,
               10.
               
               They
               were
               more
               ruddy
               in
               body
               then
               rubies
               ,
               &c.
               their
               visage
               is
               blacker
               then
               a
               coal
               :
               they
               are
               not
               known
               in
               the
               streets
               :
               
               their
               skin
               cleaveth
               to
               their
               bones
               :
               it
               is
               withered
               ,
               it
               is
               become
               like
               a
               stick
               .
            
             
               See
               Isa.
               1.7
               ,
               8
               ,
               34.
               whole
               chap.
               and
               Jer.
               4.19
               ,
               20
               ,
               &c.
               
               Col.
               2.14
               ,
               15.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARADIASTOLE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Distinctio
            
             .
             Distinction
             ,
             noting
             of
             difference
             ,
             or
             a
             separating
             or
             disagreeing
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               paradiastello
               ]
               disjungo
               ,
               distinguo
            
             ,
             to
             disjoyn
             ,
             or
             distinguish
             .
          
           
             Paradiastole
             is
             a
             dilating
             or
             enlarging
             of
             a
             matter
             by
             interpretation
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             grant
             one
             thing
             that
             we
             may
             deny
             another
             ,
             and
             tends
             to
             the
             dispersing
             of
             clowds
             ,
             and
             removing
             of
             scruples
             in
             former
             speeches
             ;
             and
             to
             the
             distinguishing
             of
             like
             or
             semblable
             things
             ,
             to
             which
             end
             the
             contrary
             unto
             the
             thing
             spoken
             of
             is
             sometimes
             added
             for
             illustrations
             sake
             .
          
           
             
               Explicat
               oppositum
               addens
               a
               Paradiastole
               :
               
               obumbrat
               .
            
             
               Virtutem
               fortuna
               ;
               tamen
               non
               obruit
               illam
               .
            
          
           
             
               Fit
               magna
               mutatio
               loci
               ,
               non
               ingonii
               .
            
          
           
             
               Virtus
               premi
               ,
               opprimi
               non
               potest
               .
               Vir
               bonus
               oppugnari
               potest
               pecuniâ
               ,
               non
               expugnari
               .
            
          
           
             
               Non
               enim
               furem
               ,
               sed
               ereptorem
               :
               non
               adulterum
               ,
               sed
               expugnatorem
               pudicitiae
               :
               non
               sacriegum
               ,
               sed
               &c.
               
            
          
           
           
             Sometimes
             we
             confess
             that
             which
             will
             not
             prejudice
             us
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             called
             Paromologia
             ,
             confestion
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             I
             grant
             that
             they
             are
             resolute
             ,
             bu●
             it
             is
             in
             matters
             tending
             immediately
             to
             their
             own
             undoing
             .
          
           
             
               Miseros
               etsi
               inimicos
               fovi
               ,
               fateor
               ,
               habetis
               ergo
               confitentem
               ,
               non
               reum
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Paradiastole
               .
            
             
               Truth
               may
               be
               blamed
               ,
               but
               not
               shamed
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Being
               charged
               that
               in
               a
               former
               speech
               you
               have
               brought
               very
               light
               reasons
               :
               you
               may
               answer
               ;
            
             
               If
               by
               [
               light
               ]
               you
               mean
               clear
               ;
               I
               am
               glad
               you
               see
               them
               ;
            
             
               If
               by
               [
               light
               ]
               you
               mean
               of
               no
               weight
               ,
               I
               am
               sorry
               you
               do
               not
               f●el
               them
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               This
               figure
               Paradiastole
               is
               by
               some
               learned
               Rhetoricians
               called
               a
               faulty
               term
               of
               speech
               ,
               opposing
               the
               truth
               by
               false
               terms
               and
               wrong
               names
               ;
               as
               ,
            
             
               In
               calling
               drunkennesse
               good
               fellowship
               ;
               ins●tiable
               avarice
               good
               husbandry
               ;
               crast
               and
               deceit
               ,
               wisdom
               and
               policie
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               4.8
               ,
               9.
               
               We
               are
               troubled
               on
               every
               side
               ,
               yet
               not
               distressed
               ;
               we
               are
               perplexed
               ,
               but
               not
               in
               despair
               ;
               persecuted
               ,
               but
               not
               forsaken
               ;
               cast
               down
               but
               not
               destroyed
               .
            
             
               1
               Co●
               .
               7.10
               .
               And
               into
               ●he
               maryed
               I
               command
               ,
               yet
               not
               I
               ,
               but
               the
               Lord.
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               1
               Cor.
               4.19
               .
               And
               will
               know
               ,
               not
               the
               speech
               of
               them
               that
               are
               puffed
               up
               ,
               but
               the
               power
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANTIMET
               ABOLE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Commutatio
               ,
               Inversio
               ,
            
             a
             changing
             of
             word
             ,
             by
             contraries
             ,
             or
             a
             turning
             of
             the
             words
             in
             a
             sentence
             upside
             down
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             anti
             ]
             against
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               metaballo
               ]
               inverto
            
             ,
             to
             invert
             ,
             or
             turn
             upside
             down
             .
          
           
             Antimetabole
             is
             a
             sentence
             inverst
             ,
             or
             turn'd
             back
             ,
             or
             it
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             which
             inverts
             a
             sentence
             by
             the
             contrary
             ,
             and
             is
             used
             frequently
             to
             confute
             by
             such
             Inversion
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             words
             in
             the
             same
             sentence
             are
             repeated
             in
             a
             divers
             case
             or
             person
             .
          
           
             
               Opposita
               Antimetabole
               mutat
               dicta
               :
               Poema
            
             
               Est
               pictura
               loquens
               ;
               mutum
               pictura
               a
               poema
               .
               
            
          
           
             
               In
               dom●natu
               servitus
               ,
               in
               servitute
               dominatus
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vere
               dici
               potest
               Magistratum
               esse
               legem
               loquentem
               ,
               legem
               autem
               mutum
               Magistratum
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vt
               nov●rum
               optima
               erunt
               maxime
               vetera
               ,
               ita
               veterum
               maxime
               nova
               .
            
          
           
             
               Inter
               viros
               foemina
               ,
               inter
               foeminas
               vir
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Antimetabole
               .
            
             
               Of
               Eloquent
               men
               Crassus
               is
               counted
               the
               most
               learned
               Lawyer
               ;
               and
               of
               Lawyer
               ,
               Scaevola
               most
               eloquent
               .
               
            
             
               Sees●
               not
               thou
               these
               Trophies
               erected
               in
               his
               honor
               ,
               and
               his
               honor
               shining
               in
               these
               Trophies
               ?
            
             
             
               If
               any
               for
               love
               of
               honour
               ,
               or
               honour
               of
               love
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               That
               as
               you
               are
               the
               child
               of
               a
               mother
               ;
               so
               you
               may
               be
               the
               mother
               of
               a
               childe
               .
            
             
               They
               misliked
               what
               themselves
               did
               ;
               and
               yet
               still
               did
               what
               themselves
               misliked
               .
            
             
               If
               before
               he
               languished
               ,
               because
               he
               could
               not
               obtain
               his
               desiring
               ;
               he
               now
               lamented
               ,
               because
               he
               could
               not
               desire
               the
               obtaining
               .
            
             
               Just
               to
               exercise
               his
               might
               ,
               mighty
               to
               exercise
               his
               justice
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               12.14
               .
               The
               children
               ought
               not
               to
               lay
               up
               for
               the
               parents
               ,
               but
               the
               parents
               for
               the
               children
               .
            
             
               Joh.
               15.16
               .
               Ye
               have
               not
               chosen
               me
               ,
               but
               I
               have
               chosen
               you
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               7.19
               .
               The
               good
               that
               I
               would
               ,
               I
               do
               not
               ;
               but
               the
               evill
               that
               I
               would
               not
               ,
               that
               do
               I.
               
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               11.8
               ,
               9.
               
               For
               the
               man
               is
               not
               of
               the
               woman
               ,
               but
               the
               woman
               of
               the
               man
               :
               neither
               was
               the
               man
               created
               for
               the
               woman
               ,
               but
               the
               woman
               for
               the
               man.
               
            
             
               Matth.
               2.27
               .
               The
               Sabbath
               was
               made
               for
               man
               ,
               not
               man
               for
               the
               Sabbath
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ENANTIOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Contentio
            
             ,
             Contention
             or
             contrariety
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               enanti●s
               ]
               adversus
               vel
               oppositus
            
             ,
             opposite
             or
             contrary
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             speak
             that
             by
             a
             contrary
             which
             we
             would
             have
             to
             be
             understood
             as
             it
             were
             by
             affirmation
             .
          
           
             
             
               Librat
               in
               Antithetis
               contraria
               Enantiosis
               :
            
             
               Alba
               ligustra
               cadunt
               ,
               vaccinia
               nigra
               leguntur
               .
               
            
          
           
             
               Obsequium
               amicos
               ,
               veritas
               odium
               parit
               .
            
          
           
             
               Neque
               me
               poenitet
               mortales
               inimicitias
               ,
               amicitias
               sempiternas
               habere
               .
               Pro
               Posthumo
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Enantiosis
               .
            
             
               There
               was
               strength
               against
               nimblenesse
               ,
               rage
               against
               resolution
               ,
               pride
               against
               noblenesse
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               a
               swaggerer
               amongst
               quiet
               men
               ,
               but
               is
               quiet
               among
               swaggerers
               .
               Earnest
               in
               idle
               things
               ,
               idle
               in
               matter
               of
               earnestnesse
               .
               Where
               there
               is
               both
               Antimetabole
               for
               the
               turning
               of
               the
               sentence
               back
               ,
               and
               contentio
               respecting
               the
               contrariety
               of
               things
               meant
               thereby
               .
            
             
               Could
               not
               look
               on
               ,
               nor
               would
               not
               look
               off
               .
            
             
               Neither
               the
               one
               hurt
               her
               ,
               nor
               the
               other
               help
               her
               .
            
             
               Just
               without
               partiality
               ,
               liberal
               without
               profusion
               ,
               wise
               without
               curiosity
               .
            
             
               Love
               to
               a
               yielding
               heart
               is
               a
               King
               ,
               but
               to
               a
               resisting
               ,
               a
               Tyrant
               .
               This
               is
               a
               sentence
               with
               
                 Distinctio
                 &
                 Contentio
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Jam.
               3.10
               ,
               11.
               
               Out
               of
               the
               same
               mouth
               proceedeth
               blessing
               and
               cursing
               :
               Doth
               a
               fountain
               send
               forth
               at
               the
               same
               place
               sweet
               water
               and
               bitter
               ?
            
             
             
               Rom.
               2.21
               ,
               22.
               
               Thou
               therefore
               which
               teachest
               another
               ,
               teachest
               thou
               not
               thy self
               ?
               Thou
               that
               preachest
               a
               man
               should
               not
               steal
               ,
               dost
               thou
               steal
               ?
               Thou
               that
               sayst
               a
               man
               should
               not
               commit
               adultery
               ,
               dost
               thou
               commit
               adultery
               ?
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYNOICEIOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Conciliatio
            
             ,
             Reconciling
             or
             agreement
             ,
             or
             a
             joyning
             together
             of
             things
             that
             differ
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               synoikeioo
               ]
               familiarem
               reddo
            
             ,
             to
             render
             familiar
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             which
             teacheth
             to
             conjoyn
             divers
             things
             ,
             or
             contraries
             ,
             or
             to
             reconcile
             things
             that
             differ
             ,
             and
             to
             repugn
             common
             opiniowith
             reason
             ;
             and
             is
             ,
             when
             contraries
             are
             attributed
             to
             the
             same
             thing
             .
          
           
             
               Synoeceiosis
               duo
               dat
               contraria
               eidem
               :
            
             
               
               Tam
               quod
               adest
               ,
               de
               sit
               ,
               quam
               quod
               non
               adsit
               avaro
               .
            
             
               Aeque
               adest
               moderat
               oni
               id
               quo
               fruitur
               ,
               ac
               quo
               non
               fruitur
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               covetous
               and
               the
               prodigal
               are
               both
               alike
               in
               fault
               ,
               for
               neither
               of
               them
               knows
               to
               use
               their
               wealth
               aright
               ;
               they
               both
               abuse
               it
               ,
               and
               both
               get
               shame
               by
               it
               .
            
             
               Gluttonous
               feasting
               and
               starving
               famine
               are
               both
               as
               one
               ,
               for
               both
               weaken
               the
               body
               ,
               procure
               sicknesse
               and
               cause
               death
               .
            
             
               The
               covetous
               man
               wants
               as
               well
               what
               he
               hath
               as
               what
               he
               hath
               not
               .
            
             
             
               A
               dissembler
               studies
               to
               over-teach
               as
               well
               them
               that
               trust
               him
               ,
               as
               them
               that
               trust
               him
               not
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Synoeceiosis
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               11.24
               .
               There
               is
               that
               scattereth
               ,
               and
               yet
               increaseth
               ;
               and
               there
               is
               that
               with-holdeth
               more
               then
               is
               meet
               ,
               but
               intendeth
               to
               poverty
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               14.5
               .
               One
               m●n
               esteemeth
               one
               day
               above
               another
               :
               another
               esteemeth
               every
               day
               alike
               :
               let
               every
               man
               be
               fully
               perswaded
               in
               his
               own
               minde
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               139.12
               .
               Yea
               ,
               the
               darknesse
               hideth
               not
               from
               thee
               ,
               but
               the
               night
               sh●neth
               as
               the
               day
               :
               the
               darknesse
               and
               the
               light
               are
               b●th
               alike
               to
               thee
               .
            
             
               Job
               21.23
               ,
               &c.
               One
               dieth
               in
               his
               full
               strength
               ,
               being
               wholly
               at
               ease
               and
               quiet
               :
               his
               breasts
               are
               full
               of
               milk
               ,
               and
               his
               bones
               are
               moistened
               with
               marrow
               ;
               and
               another
               dyeth
               in
               the
               bitterness
               of
               his
               soul
               ,
               and
               never
               eateth
               with
               pleasure
               :
               they
               shall
               lie
               down
               alike
               in
               the
               dust
               ,
               and
               the
               worms
               shall
               cover
               them
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               9.2
               .
               All
               things
               come
               alike
               to
               all
               ;
               there
               is
               one
               event
               to
               the
               righteous
               and
               to
               the
               wicked
               to
               the
               good
               and
               to
               cléan
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               unclean
               ;
               to
               him
               that
               sacrificeth
               ,
               and
               to
               him
               that
               sacrificeth
               not
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               OXYMORON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Acute
               fatuum
               aut
               stulte
               ●cutum
               ,
            
             subtil●y
             fool●sh
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               oxy
               ]
               acumen
            
             .
             sharpnesse
             of
             wit
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               mores
               ]
               stultus
            
             ,
             a
             fool
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             sentence
             delivered
             with
             such
             affectation
             of
             wit
             and
             gravity
             as
             renders
             it
             ridiculous
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             the
             same
             thing
             is
             denyed
             of
             it self
             ,
             or
             when
             a
             contrary
             Epithet
             is
             added
             to
             any
             word
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             figure
             contraries
             are
             acutely
             and
             discreetly
             reconciled
             or
             joyned
             together
             ,
             whence
             it
             comes
             to
             pass
             that
             at
             first
             sight
             that
             seems
             to
             be
             spoken
             foolishly
             ,
             which
             afterwards
             is
             acknowledged
             to
             have
             been
             hidden
             under
             a
             notable
             and
             excellent
             witinesse
             .
          
           
             
               
               Oxymoron
               iners
               erit
               ars
               ,
               concordia
               discors
               .
            
             
               Strenua
               nos
               exercet
               inertia
               .
            
          
           
             
               Avara
               luxuries
               .
               Id
               aliquid
               nihil
               est
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vivum
               cadaver
               .
               Innumeri
               numeri
            
             .
          
           
             
               Cum
               taceut
               ,
               clamant
            
             .
          
           
             
               Si
               tacent
               ,
               satis
               dicunt
            
             .
          
           
             
               Sapiens
               stultus
               qui
               sapere
               sibi
               egregie
               videtur
               .
            
          
           
             
               Cum
               ratione
               insanit
            
             .
          
           
             
               Vita
               minime
               vitalis
            
             .
          
           
             
               Nunquam
               se
               minus
               otiosum
               esse
               ,
               quam
               cum
               otiosus
               ;
               nec
               minus
               solum
               ,
               quam
               cum
               solus
               esset
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Oxymoron
               .
            
             
               If
               they
               are
               silent
               they
               say
               enough
               .
            
             
               That
               something
               is
               nothing
               .
            
             
               A
               man
               and
               no
               man
               ,
               seeing
               and
               not
               seeing
               ,
               in
               the
               light
               and
               not
               in
               the
               light
               ,
               with
               a
               stone
               and
               no
               stone
               ,
               struck
               a
               bird
               and
               no
               bird
               ,
               sitting
               and
               not
               sitting
               ,
               upon
               a
               tree
               and
               no
               tree
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               spoken
               of
               Androgeus
               the
               Eunuch
               ,
               who
               being
               purblinde
               ,
               struck
               a
               bat
               in
               the
               twilight
               with
               a
               pumice
               stone
               sitting
               upon
               a
               Mustard-tree
               .
            
             
             
               A
               wanton
               modesty
               .
               Froud
               humility
               .
            
             
               Knowing
               ignorance
               .
            
             
               A
               numberlesse
               number
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Job
               22.6
               .
               Thou
               hast
               stripped
               the
               naked
               of
               their
               cloathing
               :
               He
               that
               is
               naked
               cannot
               be
               stripp'd
               or
               spoyled
               of
               his
               clothes
               ;
               but
               the
               word
               naked
               ,
               here
               signifies
               
                 male
                 vestitum
              
               ,
               ill
               or
               poorly
               clad
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               22.19
               .
               He
               shall
               be
               buried
               with
               the
               burial
               of
               an
               Ass
               ,
               drawn
               and
               cast
               forth
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.e.
              
               )
               he
               shall
               have
               no
               burial
               .
            
             
               1
               Tim.
               5.6
               .
               But
               she
               that
               liveth
               in
               pleasure
               is
               dead
               while
               she
               liveth
               .
            
             
               See
               Act.
               5.41
               ,
               &c.
               
               Isa.
               58.10
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               AETIOLOGIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Causae
               redditio
            
             ,
             a
             shewing
             of
             a
             reason
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               aitiologeo
               ]
               rationem
               reddo
            
             ,
             to
             render
             a
             reason
             .
          
           
             Aetiologia
             is
             a
             figure
             or
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Orator
             or
             speaker
             joyneth
             reason
             or
             cause
             to
             a
             proposition
             or
             sentence
             uttered
             ,
             as
             an
             authentick
             seal
             thereunto
             .
          
           
             
               Propositi
               reddit
               causas
               Aetiologia
               .
            
             
               Sperne
               voluptates
               :
               nocet
               empta
               dolore
               voluptas
               .
            
          
           
             
               Intelligo
               quam
               difficili
               scopulosoque
               verser
               loco
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nam
               cum
               omnis
               arrogantia
               sit
               molesta
               ;
               tum
               illa
               ingenii
               atque
               eloquentia
               ,
               molestissima
               .
               Divin
               .
               in
               Ver.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               no
               wil●●s
               more
               privy
               then
               those
               which
               are
               vailed
               over
               with
               the
               dissimulation
               of
               duty
               ,
               
               and
               the
               custome
               of
               familiar
               acquaintance
               ;
               for
               thou
               maist
               easily
               by
               taking
               heed
               shun
               an
               open
               enemy
               :
               but
               this
               hidden
               ,
               inward
               and
               famili●r
               evill
               ▪
               doth
               not
               only
               appear
               ,
               but
               also
               oppresse
               ,
               before
               thou
               shalt
               be
               able
               to
               foresee
               and
               espie
               it
               .
            
             
               
               Look
               what
               wit
               or
               eloquence
               I
               have
               ,
               Judges
               ,
               Archias
               may
               justly
               challenge
               it
               to
               himself
               :
               for
               he
               was
               the
               first
               and
               principal
               ,
               that
               caused
               me
               to
               follow
               these
               manner
               of
               studies
               .
            
             
               In
               vain
               it
               is
               to
               water
               the
               plant
               ,
               the
               root
               being
               perished
               .
            
             
               H●ppy
               in
               wanting
               of
               little
               ,
               because
               not
               desirous
               of
               much
               .
            
             
               The
               errors
               in
               his
               nature
               were
               excused
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               greennesse
               of
               his
               youth
               .
            
             
               His
               heart
               being
               dissolv'd
               into
               love
               ,
               spake
               in
               thoughts
               ,
               as
               not
               having
               language
               enough
               to
               expresse
               his
               affection
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Aetiologia
               .
            
             
               Amos
               1.11
               .
               Thus
               saith
               the
               Lord
               ,
               For
               three
               transgressions
               of
               Edom
               ,
               and
               for
               four
               I
               will
               not
               spare
               him
               :
               because
               he
               did
               pursue
               his
               brother
               with
               the
               sword
               ,
               and
               did
               cast
               off
               all
               pitty
               ,
               and
               his
               anger
               did
               tear
               perpetually
               ,
               and
               kept
               his
               wrath
               for
               ever
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               18
               ,
               19.
               
               He
               brought
               me
               forth
               into
               a
               large
               place
               :
               he
               delivered
               me
               ,
               because
               he
               delighted
               in
               me
               .
            
             
             
               Rom.
               1.20
               ,
               21.
               
               So
               that
               they
               are
               without
               excuse
               ;
               because
               that
               when
               they
               knew
               God
               ,
               they
               glorified
               him
               not
               as
               God
               ,
               neither
               were
               thankful
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               in
               Rom.
               3.20
               .
               &
               4
               14
               ,
               15.
               &c.
               15
               ,
               6.10
               ,
               11.
               
               Prov
               ,
               16.26
               .
               &
               25.13
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             INVERSIO
             ,
             by
             the
             Greeks
             called
             Antistrophe
             ,
             a
             turning
             upside
             down
             ,
             derived
             from
             verto
             ,
             to
             turn
             or
             change
             ,
             and
             in
             ,
             against
             .
          
           
             Inversion
             is
             a
             figure
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Orator
             or
             speaker
             reasons
             ,
             or
             brings
             in
             a
             thing
             for
             himself
             ,
             which
             was
             reported
             or
             alleadged
             against
             him
             .
          
           
             
               Arguit
               allatam
               rem
               contra
               Inversio
               pro
               se
               :
            
             
               Imo
               equidem
               ;
               neque
               enim
               si
               ●ccidissem
               ,
               sepelissem
               .
               
            
          
           
             
               Romulo
               in
               coena
               parcius
               bibenti
               ,
               dixit
               quidam
               ;
               Romule
               ,
               si
               istuc
               omnes
               faciant
               ,
               vinum
               vilius
               sit
               :
               is
               respondit
               ;
               imo
               vero
               carum
               ,
               si
               quantum
               quisque
               volet
               ,
               bibat
               :
               nam
               ego
               bi●i
               quantum
               volui
               .
            
          
           
             In
             English
             thus
             ,
          
           
             Romulus
             drinking
             sparingly
             ,
             at
             supper
             one
             said
             unto
             him
             ;
             if
             all
             men
             did
             so
             ,
             wine
             would
             be
             cheaper
             than
             it
             is
             :
             to
             whom
             Romulus
             answered
             ,
             yea
             ,
             but
             it
             would
             be
             rather
             dearer
             ,
             if
             every
             one
             drunk
             as
             much
             as
             he
             would
             ;
             for
             I
             have
             drunk
             as
             much
             as
             I
             desire
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             is
             of
             near
             affinity
             unto
             Metastasis
             ,
             Mutation
             ,
             which
             ancient
             Rhetoricians
             called
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             we
             turn
             back
             those
             things
             that
             are
             objected
             against
             us
             ,
             to
             them
             which
             laid
             them
             to
             us
             .
          
           
           
             Thus
             when
             Anthony
             charged
             Cicero
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             the
             cause
             of
             civil
             war
             raised
             between
             Pompeius
             and
             
               Caesar
               ,
               Cicero
            
             rebounded
             the
             same
             accusation
             again
             to
             Antony
             ,
             saying
             :
             Thou
             
               Marcus
               Antony
            
             ,
             thou
             I
             say
             gavest
             to
             Caesar
             (
             willing
             to
             turn
             all
             upside
             down
             )
             cause
             to
             make
             war
             against
             thy
             countrey
             .
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               15.26
               ,
               27.
               
               And
               he
               answered
               ,
               and
               said
               ,
               It
               is
               not
               good
               to
               take
               the
               childrens
               bread
               ,
               and
               to
               cast
               it
               to
               dogs
               ;
               But
               she
               said
               ,
               Truth
               Lord
               :
               yet
               indeed
               the
               dogs
               eat
               of
               the
               crumbs
               ,
               which
               fall
               from
               their
               Masters
               Table
               :
               Then
               Jesus
               answered
               and
               said
               unto
               her
               ,
               Oh
               woman
               ,
               great
               is
               thy
               faith
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               1
               King.
               18.17
               ,
               18.
               
               Thus
               ,
               when
               Ahab
               charged
               Elijah
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               he
               that
               troubled
               all
               Israel
               ;
               Nay
               saith
               Elijah
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               I
               that
               trouble
               Israel
               ,
               but
               thou
               and
               thy
               fathers
               house
               ,
               in
               that
               ye
               have
               forsaken
               the
               Commandments
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               thou
               hast
               followed
               
                 Balaam
                 ,
                 &c.
              
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PROLEPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Occupatio
               ,
               Anticipatio
               ,
            
             Occupation
             or
             the
             prevention
             of
             an
             Objection
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               pro
               ]
               prae
            
             ,
             before
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               lambano
               ]
               capio
               ,
               accipio
            
             ,
             to
             take
             or
             receive
             ;
             from
             whence
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               lepsis
               ]
               acceptio
            
             ,
             a
             taking
             :
             or
             it
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               prolambano
               ]
               anticipo
            
             ,
             to
             prevent
             .
          
           
             *
             Anticipation
             ,
             or
             the
             prevention
             of
             an
             objection
             is
             a
             figure
             or
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Orator
             or
             Speaker
             perceiving
             aforehand
             
             what
             might
             be
             objected
             against
             him
             ,
             and
             hurt
             him
             as
             to
             what
             he
             is
             about
             to
             deliver
             ,
             doth
             confute
             it
             ,
             before
             it
             be
             spoken
             ;
             or
             when
             we
             prevent
             any
             objection
             ,
             by
             framing
             an
             answer
             ;
             or
             when
             we
             bring
             an
             objection
             and
             yield
             an
             answer
             thereunto
             :
          
           
             This
             figure
             hath
             Hypophora
             and
             Anthypophora
             necessarily
             relerting
             unto
             it
             .
          
           
             Hypophora
             ,
             signifies
             an
             Objection
             ;
             it
             propounds
             an
             objection
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             the
             speaker
             makes
             answer
             unto
             own
             demand
             ;
             As
             ,
          
           
             Isa.
             37.23
             .
             Whom
             hast
             thou
             reproached
             ,
             and
             blasphemed
             ?
             And
             against
             whom
             hast
             thou
             exalted
             thy
             voyce
             ,
             and
             lifted
             up
             thine
             eyes
             on
             high
             ?
             even
             against
             the
             holy
             one
             of
             Israel
             .
          
           
             Rom.
             6.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Shall
             we
             continue
             in
             sin
             ,
             that
             grace
             may
             abound
             ?
             God
             forbid
             .
          
           
             Anthypophora
             signifies
             a
             contrary
             illation
             or
             inferenee
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             an
             objection
             is
             refuted
             or
             disproved
             by
             the
             opposition
             of
             a
             contrary
             sentence
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Matth.
             21.23
             ,
             24
             ,
             25.
             
             The
             chief
             Priests
             and
             the
             Elders
             of
             the
             people
             came
             unto
             Christ
             ,
             as
             he
             was
             teaching
             and
             said
             ,
             By
             what
             authority
             dost
             thou
             these
             things
             ?
             And
             Jesus
             answered
             and
             said
             unto
             them
             ,
             I
             also
             will
             ask
             you
             one
             thing
             ,
             which
             if
             ye
             tell
             me
             ,
             I
             in
             like
             wise
             will
             tell
             you
             by
             what
             authority
             I
             do
             those
             things
             :
             The
             Baptism
             of
             John
             ,
             whence
             was
             it
             ?
             from
             heaven
             ,
             or
             men
             ?
             &c.
             And
             they
             reasoned
             with
             themselvs
             ,
             saying
             ,
             If
             we
             shall
             say
             from
             heaven
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             unto
             us
             ,
             Why
             did
             ye
             not
             then
             believe
             him
             ?
             but
             if
             we
             shall
             say
             of
             men
             ,
             we
             fear
             the
             people
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             
               
               Anticipans
               ,
               quae
               quis
               valet
               objecisse
               ,
               Prolepsis
            
             
               Diluit
               :
               Hic
               aliquis
               mihi
               dicat
               :
               cur
               ego
               amicum
            
             
               Offendam
               in
               nugis
               ?
               hae
               nugae
               seria
               ducent
            
             
               In
               mala
               ,
               derisum
               semel
               exceptumque
               sinistre
               .
            
          
           
             
               Dicet
               aliquis
               ;
               Haec
               igitur
               est
               tua
               disciplina
               ?
               sic
               tu
               instituis
               ▪
               adolescentulos
               ,
               &c.
               Prosapodosis
               respensio
               :
               Ego
               si
               quis
               ,
               judices
               ,
               hoc
               rob
               ore
               animi
               atque
               hac
               indole
               virtutis
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Anticipation
               .
            
             
               Did
               I
               walk
               abroad
               to
               see
               my
               delight
               ?
               my
               walking
               was
               the
               delight
               it self
               .
            
             
               He
               saw
               her
               alive
               ;
               he
               was
               glad
               to
               see
               her
               alive
               .
            
             
               He
               saw
               her
               weep
               :
               he
               was
               sorry
               to
               see
               her
               weep
               .
            
             
               He
               heard
               her
               comfortable
               speeches
               :
               nothing
               more
               joyful
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               9.19
               ,
               20.
               
               Thou
               wilt
               say
               then
               unto
               me
               ,
               Why
               doth
               he
               yet
               find
               fault
               ?
               who
               hath
               resisted
               his
               will
               ?
               nay
               but
               ,
               oh
               man
               ,
               who
               are
               thou
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               6.15
               .
               What
               then
               ?
               shall
               we
               sin
               because
               we
               are
               not
               under
               the
               Law
               ,
               but
               under
               grace
               ?
               where
               you
               have
               the
               objection
               :
               The
               answer
               whereunto
               is
               in
               these
               words
               ,
               God
               forbid
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               15.35
               .
               Some
               man
               will
               say
               ,
               How
               are
               the
               dead
               raised
               up
               ?
               and
               with
               what
               bodies
               
               shall
               they
               come
               ?
               Thou
               fool
               ,
               that
               which
               thou
               sowest
               is
               not
               quickned
               except
               it
               dye
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               This
               must
               be
               noted
               ,
               that
               the
               objection
               is
               many
               times
               wanting
               ,
               which
               must
               be
               wisely
               supplyed
               by
               considering
               the
               occasion
               and
               the
               answer
               of
               it
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1
               Tim.
               5.11
               ,
               12.
               
               They
               will
               marry
               ,
               having
               condemnation
               ;
               Now
               ,
               least
               any
               might
               ,
               What
               ,
               for
               marrying
               ?
               The
               Apostle
               answers
               here
               ,
               No
               ,
               for
               denying
               their
               first
               faith
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               3.9
               .
               Honor
               the
               Lo●d
               with
               thy
               substance
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Object
               .
               So
               I
               may
               begger
               my self
               .
               But
               this
               objection
               is
               prevented
               in
               the
               words
               of
               the
               next
               verse
               ;
               so
               shall
               thy
               barns
               be
               filled
               with
               plenty
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               the
               like
               in
               Matth.
               6.33
               ,
               &c.
               see
               Isa.
               49.14
               ,
               15.
               
               Matth.
               3.9
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               But
               Prolepsis
               is
               also
               a
               figure
               of
               Construction
               ,
               and
               then
               it
               is
               defined
               a
               certain
               summary
               pronunciation
               of
               things
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               made
               when
               the
               Congregation
               ,
               or
               the
               whole
               doth
               aptly
               agree
               with
               the
               Verb
               ,
               or
               Adjective
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               whole
               are
               reduced
               to
               the
               same
               Verb
               or
               Adjective
               ,
               wherewith
               notwithstanding
               they
               agree
               not
               .
            
             
               
                 Post
                 totum
                 partes
                 capiet
                 generale
                 Prolepsis
                 :
                 
              
               
                 Procedunt
                 castris
                 hinc
                 Acron
                 ,
                 inde
                 Quirinus
                 :
              
               
                 Alterum
                 in
                 alterius
                 mactatos
                 sauguine
                 cernam
                 .
              
               
               
                 Duae
                 aquilae
                 volaverunt
                 ;
                 haec
                 ab
                 oriente
                 ,
                 illa
                 ab
                 occidente
                 .
              
               
                 —
                 Lavinaque
                 littora
                 venit
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             *
             
               EPITROPE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Permissio
            
             ,
             permission
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epitrepo
               ]
               permitto
               ,
               concedo
            
             ,
             to
             permit
             or
             grant
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             suffering
             of
             a
             deed
             :
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             either
             seriously
             or
             Ironically
             permit
             a
             thing
             ,
             and
             yet
             object
             the
             inconveniency
             :
             this
             Ironical
             permission
             imports
             as
             much
             as
             an
             earnest
             prohibition
             ,
             though
             the
             words
             are
             otherwise
             .
          
           
             
             Plane
             aut
             dissimulans
             permittit
             Epitrope
             factum
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             
               Permissio
               seria
               ;
               ut
               ,
               Tribuo
               Graecis
               literas
               ,
               do
               multarum
               artium
               disciplinam
               ,
               non
               adimo
               sermonis
               leporem
               ,
               ingeniorum
               acumen
               ,
               dicendi
               copiam
               :
               deniq
               :
               etiam
               ,
               si
               qua
               sibi
               alia
               sumunt
               ,
               non
               repugno
               :
               testimoniorum
               religionem
               et
               fidem
               nunquam
               ista
               Natio
               coluit
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             
               Permissio
               Ironica
            
             ;
             an
             Ironical
             permission
             is
             then
             ,
             when
             it
             only
             seems
             to
             be
             a
             Permission
             ,
             which
             yet
             on
             the
             contrary
             is
             rather
             the
             highest
             Prohibition
             :
             
               
                 —
                 neque
                 te
                 teneo
                 ,
                 neque
                 dicta
                 refello
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 ,
                 sequere
                 Italiam
                 ventis
                 :
                 pete
                 regna
                 per
                 undas
                 .
              
            
          
           
             I
             ,
             fuge
             ,
             sed
             poteris
             tuti
             or
             esse
             domi
             .
          
           
             
               Sit
               sur
               ,
               sit
               sacrilegus
               ,
               sit
               flagitiorum
               omnium
               vitiorumque
               Princeps
               ;
               at
               est
               bonus
               Imperator
               et
               faelix
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Epitrope
               .
            
             
               Simo
               in
               Terence
               seems
               by
               his
               words
               very
               willing
               to
               permit
               his
               son
               to
               intermarry
               with
               Glycerie
               ,
               when
               in
               very
               deed
               he
               with
               all
               diligence
               endeavours
               to
               withdraw
               him
               from
               her
               .
            
             
               Yes
               saith
               he
               ,
               let
               him
               take
               her
               ,
               I
               wish
               him
               good
               of
               her
               ,
               let
               him
               go
               dwell
               and
               keep
               house
               with
               her
               .
            
             
               Go
               ,
               flie
               ,
               but
               you
               may
               be
               safer
               at
               home
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               11.9
               ,
               Rejoyce
               oh
               young
               man
               ,
               and
               let
               thy
               heart
               chear
               thee
               ,
               &c.
               and
               walk
               in
               the
               wayes
               of
               thy
               heart
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               2.17
               .
               Behold
               thou
               art
               called
               a
               Jew
               ,
               and
               restest
               in
               the
               Law
               ,
               and
               makest
               thy
               boast
               of
               God
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rev.
               22.11
               .
               He
               that
               is
               filthy
               ,
               let
               him
               be
               filthy
               still
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               6.10
               .
               Sleep
               a
               little
               ,
               slumber
               a
               little
               ,
               and
               fold
               thy
               hands
               together
               to
               sleep
               a
               little
               ▪
               but
               in
               the
               next
               verse
               you
               have
               the
               meaning
               most
               manifestly
               laid
               open
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               1
               Cor.
               14.38
               .
               Judg.
               10.14
               .
               Rom.
               9.4.5
               .
               Gal.
               4.14
               ,
               15.
               
               Prov.
               6.32
               .
               1
               King.
               22.15
               .
               Isa.
               29.1
               .
               Jer.
               2.28
               .
               Amos
               4.4
               ,
               5.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             INCREMENTVN
             ,
             an
             increasing
             or
             waxing
             bigger
             :
             It
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             which
             by
             degrees
             ascends
             to
             the
             top
             of
             something
             ,
             or
             rather
             above
             the
             top
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             when
             we
             make
             our
             
             speech
             grow
             and
             increase
             by
             an
             orderly
             placing
             of
             words
             ,
             making
             the
             latter
             word
             alwaies
             excèed
             the
             former
             in
             the
             force
             of
             signification
             ,
             contrary
             to
             the
             natural
             order
             of
             things
             ,
             which
             ever
             puts
             the
             worthiest
             and
             weightiest
             words
             first
             ,
             but
             this
             placeth
             them
             alwaies
             last
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             may
             aptly
             be
             compared
             to
             fire
             ,
             the
             property
             whereof
             is
             alwayes
             to
             ascend
             as
             high
             as
             matter
             can
             carry
             it
             .
          
           
             *
             A
             figure
             when
             a
             speech
             ascends
             by
             degrees
             from
             the
             lowest
             to
             the
             highest
             ,
             where
             the
             latter
             words
             are
             alwayes
             the
             more
             great
             and
             vehement
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             speech
             doth
             gradually
             as
             it
             were
             increase
             and
             wax
             great
             .
          
           
             
               
               Ad
               summum
               ex
               imo
               gradibus
               venit
               Incrementum
               ;
            
             
               Non
               plebs
               prava
               jubens
               ;
               solida
               nec
               mente
               ,
               tyranni
            
             
               Vis
               fera
               dimoveat
               justum
               ;
               non
               turbidus
               Auster
               ,
            
             
               Fulminei
               non
               dextra
               Jovis
               ;
               non
               ,
               si
               ruat
               orbis
               .
            
          
           
             
               Facinus
               est
               vincire
               civem
               Romanum
               ,
               scelus
               verberare
               ,
               prope
               patricidium
               necare
               :
               quid
               dicam
               in
               crucem
               tollere
               ?
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Incrementum
               .
            
             
               
               O
               my
               Parmeno
               ,
               the
               beginner
               ,
               the
               enterprizer
               ,
               performer
               and
               accomplisher
               of
               all
               my
               pleasures
               .
            
             
               Neither
               silver
               ,
               gold
               ,
               nor
               precious
               stones
               may
               be
               compared
               to
               her
               vertues
               .
            
             
               He
               was
               carelesse
               of
               doing
               well
               ,
               a
               looseness
               of
               youth
               ;
               he
               was
               inclined
               to
               do
               ill
               ,
               a
               weaknesse
               of
               youth
               ;
               his
               mind
               consented
               to
               offend
               ,
               
               a
               shrewd
               temptation
               ,
               he
               committed
               the
               act
               ,
               an
               unhappy
               fault
               ;
               he
               accustomed
               himself
               to
               abuse
               ,
               a
               sad
               imployment
               ;
               yet
               he
               did
               not
               this
               alone
               ,
               but
               infected
               others
               with
               his
               perswasion
               ,
               and
               seduced
               them
               by
               his
               example
               :
               and
               not
               that
               only
               ,
               but
               detained
               those
               he
               had
               drawn
               in
               ,
               with
               fresh
               inventions
               ,
               and
               disgraced
               the
               modesty
               of
               such
               as
               resisted
               his
               corruptions
               ,
               with
               scorns
               and
               derisions
               ,
               which
               could
               argue
               no
               lesse
               in
               him
               than
               a
               most
               pernicious
               and
               detestable
               resolution
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               1.1
               .
               Blessed
               is
               the
               man
               that
               walketh
               not
               in
               the
               counsel
               of
               the
               ungodly
               ,
               nor
               standeth
               in
               the
               way
               of
               sinners
               ,
               nor
               sitteth
               in
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               scornful
               .
               Where
               the
               first
               degree
               is
               of
               ungodly
               men
               ,
               the
               second
               of
               sinners
               who
               wickedly
               contrive
               in
               their
               hearts
               the
               accomplishment
               of
               their
               pernicious
               enterprizes
               ;
               the
               third
               of
               scorners
               ,
               who
               glory
               in
               their
               wickednesse
               and
               scoffe
               at
               reproof
               .
            
             
               See
               more
               examples
               in
               Psal.
               2.2
               ,
               3.
               
               Isa.
               1.4
               .
               Psal.
               7.6
               .
               Psal.
               18.38
               ,
               39.
               
               Ezek.
               2.6
               .
               Dan.
               9.5
               .
               Hab.
               1.5
               .
               Zech.
               7.11
               ,
               12.
               1
               
               Cor
               4.8
               .
               1
               Joh.
               1.1
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               As
               there
               are
               in
               the
               precedent
               examples
               gradual
               ascensions
               from
               the
               lowest
               to
               the
               highest
               ,
               called
               Incrementum
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               Greeks
               
                 Anabasis
                 ,
                 Ascensus
              
               ;
               So
               on
               the
               contrary
               are
               there
               Descensions
               from
               the
               highest
               to
               the
               lowest
               ,
               called
               
                 Catabasis
                 Descensus
              
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               In
               the
               names
               of
               metals
               ,
               Ezek.
               22.18
               .
               Son
               of
               man
               ,
               the
               house
               of
               Israel
               is
               unto
               me
               as
               dross
               :
               
               all
               they
               are
               brasse
               and
               tin
               ,
               and
               iron
               ,
               and
               lead
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               furnace
               :
               they
               are
               even
               the
               drosse
               of
               silver
               .
            
             
               Phil.
               2.6
               ,
               7
               ,
               8.
               
               Who
               being
               in
               the
               form
               of
               God
               ,
               thought
               it
               no
               robbery
               to
               be
               equal
               with
               God
               :
               but
               he
               made
               himself
               of
               no
               reputation
               ,
               and
               took
               on
               him
               the
               form
               of
               a
               servant
               ,
               and
               was
               made
               like
               unto
               men
               ,
               and
               was
               found
               in
               shape
               as
               a
               man
               ;
               he
               humbled
               himself
               ,
               and
               became
               obedient
               unto
               the
               death
               ,
               even
               the
               death
               of
               the
               Crosse.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EROTESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Interrogatio
            
             ,
             Interrogation
             ,
             or
             questioning
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               erotao
               ]
               interrogo
            
             ,
             to
             question
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             but
             a
             warm
             proposition
             ;
             yet
             it
             oftentimes
             doth
             better
             than
             a
             bare
             affirmation
             ,
             *
             which
             were
             but
             too
             easie
             and
             livelesse
             a
             speech
             ;
             it
             is
             easie
             and
             gentile
             to
             sharpen
             the
             flats
             of
             affirmation
             and
             down-right
             relations
             :
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             we
             either
             (
             1
             )
             demand
             a
             question
             ,
             (
             2
             )
             earnestly
             affirm
             ;
             or
             (
             3
             )
             vehemently
             deny
             a
             thing
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             an
             affi●mative
             Interrogation
             is
             a
             vehement
             denying
             ;
             and
             a
             negative
             ,
             a
             vehement
             affirming
             :
             and
             a
             negative
             interrogation
             sometimes
             vehemently
             commands
             ,
             and
             an
             affirmative
             interrogation
             in
             like
             manner
             forbids
             .
          
           
             
               
               Quaerit
               *
               Erotesis
               ,
               poterat
               quod
               dicere
               recte
               .
            
             
               Et
               procul
               ,
               ò
               miseri
               ,
               quae
               tanta
               insania
               ,
               cives
               ?
            
             
               Creditis
               avectos
               hostes
               ?
               aut
               ulla
               putatis
            
             
               Dona
               carere
               dolis
               Danaum
               ?
               sic
               notus
               Vlysses
               ?
            
          
           
           
             1.
             
             When
             we
             demand
             a
             question
             ;
             as
             ,
             
               Cujum
               pecus
               ?
               an
               Meliboei
               ?
            
          
           
             2.
             
             When
             we
             earnestly
             affirm
             ;
             as
             ,
             
               Quousque
               tandem
               ,
               Catilina
               ,
               abutere
               patientiâ
               nostra
               ?
            
          
           
             When
             we
             vehemently
             deny
             ;
             as
             ,
             
               
                 Aeneid
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 Et
                 quisquam
                 numen
                 Junonis
                 adoret
                 ?
              
               
                 &
                 Eclog.
                 3.
                 
                 An
                 mihi
                 cantando
                 victus
                 non
                 redderet
                 ille
                 ?
              
            
          
           
             
               Item
               pro
               Balbo
            
             .
          
           
             A
             negative
             Interrogation
             commands
             with
             a
             chiding
             or
             threatning
             ;
             and
             an
             affirmative
             Interrogation
             in
             like
             manner
             forbids
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Aen.
             4.
             
             
               Non
               arma
               expedient
               ,
               totaque
               ex
               urbe
               sequentur
               ?
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Erotesis
               .
            
             
               The
               credit
               of
               behaviour
               ,
               is
               to
               cover
               imperfection
               ,
               and
               set
               forth
               your
               good
               parts
               better
               :
               now
               for
               that
               ,
               this
               is
               too
               flat
               and
               lively
               a
               speech
               ,
               aptly
               to
               expresse
               the
               affection
               of
               the
               mind
               ;
               expresse
               it
               by
               Interrogation
               thus
               ;
            
             
               Is
               it
               not
               the
               chiefest
               credit
               of
               behaviour
               to
               set
               forth
               your
               good
               parts
               fairly
               and
               clearly
               ,
               and
               to
               cover
               imperfection
               ?
            
             
               Did
               the
               Sun
               ever
               bring
               fruitful
               Harvest
               ,
               but
               was
               more
               hot
               than
               pleasant
               ?
               Have
               you
               any
               fathers
               that
               be
               not
               sometimes
               froward
               ?
               Have
               you
               any
               of
               your
               children
               that
               be
               not
               sometimes
               cumbersome
               ?
               Shall
               we
               therefore
               curse
               the
               Sun
               ?
               disobey
               our
               fathers
               ?
               and
               hate
               our
               children
               ?
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               in
               Scripture
               nine
               kinds
               of
               questions
               (
               
                 inter
                 alia
              
               )
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Sometimes
               a
               question
               is
               asked
               with
               desire
               only
               to
               receive
               an
               answer
               :
               as
               ,
               The
               Mariners
               of
               Jonas
               .
            
             
               Jonas
               1.8
               .
               Tell
               us
               (
               say
               they
               )
               for
               whose
               cause
               is
               this
               evill
               come
               upon
               us
               ?
               what
               is
               thine
               occupation
               ?
               and
               whence
               comest
               thou
               ?
               Such
               a
               question
               you
               may
               finde
               the
               wise
               men
               made
               touching
               Christ
               ,
               in
               Matth.
               2.2
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Interrogations
               in
               Scripture
               are
               sometimes
               emphatical
               and
               strong
               affirmations
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gen.
               4.7
               .
               If
               thou
               doe
               well
               ,
               shalt
               thou
               not
               be
               accepted
               ?
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               thou
               a●d
               thy
               Sacrifice
               shall
               both
               certainly
               be
               accepted
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Josh.
               1.9
               .
               Have
               not
               I
               commanded
               thee
               ?
               &c.
               I
               have
               without
               all
               question
               assuredly
               commanded
               thee
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               more
               examples
               in
               Gen.
               13.9.37.13
               .
               2
               Sam.
               13.28
               .
               2
               King.
               6.32
               .
               Joh.
               4.35
               .
               Mar.
               12.24
               .
               Jer.
               23.23
               ,
               24
               ,
               &c.
               2
               King.
               12.19
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Interrogations
               also
               are
               sometimes
               strong
               and
               vehement
               negations
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               19.12
               .
               Who
               can
               understand
               his
               errors
               ?
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               no
               man
               can
               understand
               the
               depth
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               18.14
               .
               Is
               any
               thing
               too
               hard
               for
               God
               ?
            
             
               Job
               8.3
               ,
               11.
               
               Doth
               God
               prevert
               judgement
               ?
               or
               doth
               the
               Almighty
               pervert
               justice
               ?
               Can
               the
               rush
               grow
               up
               without
               mire
               ?
               Can
               the
               flag
               grow
               without
               water
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               See
               Matth.
               12.26
               .
               Rom.
               3.3
               ,
               10
               ,
               14
               ,
               15.
               
               &
               8.35
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               Interrogations
               sometimes
               diminish
               and
               abate
               the
               sense
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Zech.
               4.7
               .
               Who
               art
               thou
               ,
               O
               great
               Mountain
               ?
               before
               Zerubbabel
               thou
               shalt
               be
               a
               plain
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               Thou
               lookest
               very
               big
               and
               great
               ,
               but
               who
               art
               thou
               ?
               I
               will
               tell
               thee
               ,
               oh
               proud
               oppressor
               of
               my
               people
               ,
               though
               in
               thy
               own
               conceit
               thou
               art
               a
               Mountain
               immoveable
               ,
               yet
               in
               my
               peoples
               eyes
               thou
               art
               but
               a
               Mole-hill
               ,
               and
               shall
               shortly
               be
               made
               a
               nothing
               ,
               even
               as
               a
               plain
               before
               them
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               2
               Sam.
               7.18
               .
               David
               when
               he
               would
               abase
               himself
               ,
               cryes
               out
               ;
               Who
               am
               I
               ,
               O
               Lord
               God
               ?
               and
               what
               is
               my
               house
               that
               thou
               hast
               brought
               me
               hitherto
               ?
            
             
               5.
               
               Interrogations
               sometimes
               raise
               and
               heighten
               the
               sense
               by
               way
               of
               admiration
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               8.9
               .
               O
               Lord
               our
               Lord
               ,
               how
               excellent
               is
               thy
               name
               in
               all
               the
               world
               ?
            
             
               Exod.
               15.11
               .
               Who
               is
               a
               God
               like
               unto
               thee
               ?
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Let
               all
               the
               world
               (
               if
               they
               can
               )
               shew
               such
               a
               God
               as
               thou
               art
               .
            
             
               See
               Mark
               7.18
               .
               Who
               is
               a
               God
               like
               unto
               thee
               ,
               that
               pardoneth
               iniquity
               ,
               and
               passeth
               by
               the
               transgression
               of
               the
               remnant
               of
               his
               heritage
               ?
               &c.
               The
               question
               here
               puts
               the
               brightest
               glory
               upon
               God
               in
               pardoning
               sin
               ;
               There
               is
               no
               sin-pardoning
               God
               ,
               but
               our
               God
               only
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               Interrogations
               are
               sometimes
               expostulatory
               and
               complain
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Job
               3.11
               ,
               12.
               
               Why
               dyed
               I
               not
               from
               the
               womb
               ?
               why
               did
               I
               not
               give
               up
               the
               ghost
               when
               I
               came
               out
               of
               the
               belly
               ?
               Why
               did
               the
               knees
               prevent
               me
               ?
               or
               why
               the
               breasts
               that
               I
               should
               suck
               ?
            
             
             
               Psal.
               22.1
               .
               My
               God
               ,
               my
               God
               ,
               why
               hast
               thou
               forsaken
               me
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               12.1
               .
               Wherefore
               doth
               the
               way
               of
               the
               wicked
               prosper
               ?
               so
               in
               Isa.
               1.21
               .
               &c.
               
            
             
               7.
               
               You
               find
               in
               the
               Scripture
               doubting
               questions
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               77.7
               ,
               8.
               
               Will
               the
               Lord
               cast
               off
               for
               ever
               ?
               and
               will
               he
               be
               favourable
               no
               more
               ?
               Is
               his
               mercy
               clean
               gone
               for
               ever
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
               8.
               
               You
               may
               also
               finde
               teaching
               questions
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Isa.
               60.8
               .
               Who
               are
               these
               that
               flie
               as
               a
               clowd
               ,
               and
               as
               the
               Doves
               to
               their
               windows
               ?
               This
               teaches
               us
               the
               multitude
               of
               those
               that
               shall
               (
               when
               the
               Angels
               shall
               be
               sent
               out
               of
               the
               Temple
               to
               preach
               the
               everlasting
               Gospel
               )
               flock
               in
               unto
               Christ.
               
            
             
               9.
               
               You
               may
               also
               finde
               learning
               questions
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Acts
               2.37
               .
               Men
               and
               Brethren
               ,
               what
               shall
               we
               doe
               to
               be
               saved
               ?
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ECPHONESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Exclamatio
            
             ,
             Exclamation
             ,
             or
             a
             crying
             out
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ecphoneo
               ]
               exclamo
            
             ,
             to
             cry
             out
             .
          
           
             Ecphonesis
             is
             a
             pathetical
             figure
             ,
             whereby
             as
             the
             Orator
             or
             speaker
             expresses
             the
             vehement
             affection
             and
             passion
             of
             his
             own
             mind
             ,
             so
             he
             also
             excites
             and
             stirs
             up
             the
             minds
             and
             affections
             of
             those
             to
             whom
             he
             speaks
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             exprest
             or
             understood
             by
             an
             Adverb
             of
             crying
             out
             ,
             as
             ,
             Oh
             ,
             alas
             ,
             behold
             ;
             which
             are
             the
             signs
             of
             this
             figure
             .
          
           
             
               Concitat
               Ecphonesis
               &
               Exclamatio
               mentem
               .
            
             
               Heu
               pietas
               !
               ô
               spes
               falsas
               !
               proh
               vana
               voluptas
               !
            
          
           
           
             
               O
               clementiam
               admirabilem
            
             !
             
          
           
             
               O
               scelus
               !
               ô
               pestis
               ô
               labes
               !
               ò
               libidinem
               effraenatam
               atque
               indomitam
            
             !
          
           
             O
             utinam
             tunc
             cum
             Lacedaemona
             classe
             petîsset
             ,
          
           
             
               Obrutus
               insanis
               esset
               adulter
               aquis
            
             !
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Pyrocles
               seeing
               the
               milde
               Philoclea
               innocently
               beheaded
               ,
               bursts
               forth
               into
               this
               exclamation
               ;
            
             
               O
               Tyrant
               heaven
               ,
               and
               Traytor
               earth
               ,
               how
               is
               this
               done
               ?
               How
               is
               this
               suffered
               ?
               Hath
               this
               world
               a
               government
               ?
            
             
               Alas
               what
               delights
               and
               how
               great
               enjoyments
               hath
               one
               day
               deprived
               thee
               of
               !
            
             
               Ah
               poor
               confidence
               !
               oh
               glorious
               triumphs
               over
               unarmed
               captives
               !
            
             
               Oh
               admirable
               clemency
               and
               mercy
               !
            
             
               Oh
               most
               wicked
               presumption
               ,
               from
               whence
               art
               thou
               sprung
               up
               to
               cover
               the
               earth
               with
               falshood
               and
               deceit
               !
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Ecphonesis
               .
            
             
               This
               figure
               is
               made
               in
               Scripture
               these
               ten
               wayes
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Admiration
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Rom.
               11.33
               .
               Oh
               the
               depths
               of
               the
               riches
               both
               of
               the
               wisdome
               and
               knowledge
               of
               God!
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               8.1
               .
               O
               Lord
               ,
               how
               excellent
               is
               thy
               Name
               !
            
             
               144.15
               .
               O
               happy
               people
               that
               are
               in
               such
               a
               case
               !
               &c.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Indignation●
               ,
               as
            
             
             
               Acts
               13.10
               .
               O
               full
               of
               all
               subtilty
               and
               mischief
               ,
               thou
               childe
               of
               the
               devil
               ,
               thou
               enemy
               of
               all
               righteousnesse
               !
               &c.
               
            
             
               3.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Detestation
               and
               abhorrencie
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Rom.
               7.24
               .
               O
               wretched
               man
               that
               I
               am
               ,
               who
               shall
               deliver
               me
               from
               the
               body
               of
               this
               death
               !
            
             
               Jer.
               44.4
               .
               O
               doe
               not
               this
               abominable
               thing
               that
               I
               hate
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               4.
               
               In
               the
               way
               of
               entreaty
               or
               wishing
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               14.17
               ,
               O
               that
               the
               salvation
               of
               Israel
               were
               come
               out
               of
               Sion
               !
            
             
               Isa.
               64.1
               .
               O
               that
               thou
               wouldst
               rent
               the
               heavens
               !
               &c.
               see
               1
               Chron.
               11.17
               .
            
             
               Job
               6.8
               .
               O
               that
               I
               might
               have
               my
               request
               !
               and
               that
               God
               would
               grant
               me
               the
               thing
               I
               long
               for
               !
            
             
               Psal.
               55.6
               .
               O
               that
               I
               had
               the
               wings
               of
               a
               Dove
               ,
               that
               I
               might
               flie
               and
               be
               at
               rest
               !
               See
               Gen.
               17.18
               .
               Deut.
               5.29
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Commiseration
               and
               Lamentation
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Luke
               13.34
               .
               O
               Jerusalem
               ,
               Jerusalem
               ,
               which
               killest
               the
               Prophets
               ,
               &c.
               how
               often
               would
               I
               have
               gathered
               thy
               children
               together
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Lam.
               1.1
               .
               How
               is
               the
               golden
               City
               spoiled
               !
               how
               doth
               the
               City
               sit
               solitary
               ,
               that
               was
               full
               of
               people
               ?
               &c.
               how
               is
               she
               become
               as
               a
               widow
               ?
            
             
               6.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Reprehension
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Gal.
               3.1
               .
               O
               foolish
               Galatians
               ,
               who
               hath
               bewitched
               you
               ,
               &c.
               
               See
               in
               Acts
               7.51
               ,
               52
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               7.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Derision
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Mark
               15.29
               .
               And
               they
               that
               passed
               by
               (
               our
               Saviour
               )
               rayled
               on
               him
               ,
               wagging
               their
               heads
               ,
               
               and
               saying
               ;
               Ah
               thou
               that
               destroyest
               the
               Temple
               and
               buildest
               it
               in
               three
               dayes
               !
            
             
               8.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Love
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               84.1
               .
               O
               how
               amiable
               are
               thy
               Tabernacles
               ,
               thou
               Lord
               of
               Hosts
               !
            
             
               9.
               
               In
               way
               of
               exultation
               and
               triumph
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               15.55
               .
               Oh
               death
               ,
               where
               is
               thy
               sting
               ,
               oh
               grave
               ,
               where
               is
               thy
               victory
               ?
            
             
               10.
               
               In
               way
               of
               Fear
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1
               Tim.
               6.11
               .
               But
               thou
               O
               man
               of
               God
               ,
               flee
               these
               things
               :
               and
               follow
               after
               righteousnesse
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EPIPHONEMA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Acclamatio
            
             ,
             Acclamation
             ,
             or
             a
             shooting
             out
             of
             the
             voyce
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epiphoneo
               ]
               acclamo
            
             ,
             to
             cry
             out
             or
             shoot
             forth
             the
             voice
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             an
             applause
             of
             a
             thing
             approved
             ,
             or
             a
             sententio●s
             ●lause
             of
             a
             discourse
             ,
             and
             serves
             for
             Amplification
             ,
             when
             ,
             after
             a
             great
             crime
             ,
             or
             desert
             ,
             exclaimed
             upon
             or
             extolled
             ,
             it
             gives
             a
             moral
             note
             ,
             worthy
             of
             credit
             and
             observation
             .
          
           
             Acclamation
             is
             a
             figure
             ,
             when
             after
             a
             thing
             is
             done
             or
             declared
             ,
             a
             clause
             or
             pa●t
             of
             a
             sentence
             is
             added
             ,
             briefly
             purporting
             some
             Emphasis
             ,
             and
             the
             speakers
             censure
             of
             the
             thing
             so
             done
             or
             declared
             .
          
           
             Narratae
             subit
             &
             rei
             Epiphonema
             probatae
             .
             
          
           
             Acclamation
             is
             brought
             in
             with
             these
             words
             ,
             
               viz.
               Sic
               ita
               ,
               adeo
               ut
               ,
               quippe
               ,
               tantus
               ,
               quantus
               ,
               talis
               ,
               qualis
               ,
               ecce
               ,
               videamus
               ergo
               ,
            
             &c.
             ut
             ,
             
               
               Tant
               molis
               erat
               Romanam
               condere
               gentem
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quam
               ut
               adipiscantur
               ,
               omnes
               optant
               :
               eandem
               accusant
               adepti
               —
               Tanta
               est
               stultitia
               et
               perversitas
               .
            
             Cic.
             de
             Senect
             .
          
           
             Tantum
             religio
             potuit
             suadere
             malorum
             .
             Lucr.
             1.
             
          
           
             
               Adeo
               à
               te
               teneris
               assuescere
               multum
               est
               .
            
          
           
             
               Jam
               indicant
               tot
               hominum
               fletus
               ,
               quam
               sis
               charus
               tuis
               ,
               adeo
               ut
               omnes
               videant
               ,
               quam
               misere
               insaniunt
               ,
               qui
               opes
               virtuti
               praeferunt
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Acclamation
               .
            
             
               Thus
               after
               the
               relation
               of
               Scipio
               Affricanus's
               course
               ,
               who
               having
               been
               Generalissimo
               of
               the
               greatest
               Armies
               in
               the
               world
               ;
               having
               for
               a
               long
               time
               had
               Kings
               s●itors
               for
               his
               favour
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               day
               of
               his
               death
               ,
               Nations
               kept
               in
               aw
               of
               〈◊〉
               name
               ;
               yet
               in
               56
               years
               neither
               bought
               nor
               sold
               goods
               nor
               lands
               ,
               nor
               built
               any
               house
               or
               Castle
               of
               his
               own
               ,
               left
               not
               above
               46
               l.
               in
               gold
               ,
               and
               6
               l.
               in
               silver
               behind
               him
               at
               his
               death
               .
            
             
               It
               may
               be
               folded
               up
               in
               this
               Acclamation
               ;
            
             
               So
               little
               need
               hath
               he
               to
               stoop
               to
               private
               cares
               ,
               that
               thrives
               upon
               publique
               victories
               ;
               and
               so
               small
               leisure
               has
               he
               to
               be
               desirous
               of
               riches
               ,
               that
               hath
               been
               so
               long
               possest
               and
               satisfied
               with
               honour
               ,
               which
               our
               Ancestors
               reputed
               the
               immortal
               end
               of
               mortal
               actions
               .
            
             
               So
               inconstant
               is
               the
               favour
               of
               Princes
               .
            
             
               Thus
               dangerous
               is
               the
               satisfaction
               of
               a
               sensual
               appetite
               .
            
             
               So
               hard
               is
               it
               to
               escape
               the
               force
               of
               temptations
               .
            
             
             
               So
               weighty
               a
               matter
               it
               was
               to
               set
               up
               the
               Roman
               Nation
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Acclamation
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Matth.
               22.
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               Chapter
               ,
               after
               the
               relation
               of
               the
               Parable
               of
               the
               Kings
               sons
               marriage
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               man
               ,
               who
               (
               for
               that
               he
               had
               nor
               on
               a
               wedding
               garment
               )
               was
               cast
               into
               outer
               darkness
               ,
               &c.
               you
               finde
               this
               acclamation
               elegantly
               added
               at
               the
               end
               of
               that
               discourse
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               In
               the
               14
               verse
               ,
               For
               many
               are
               called
               ,
               but
               few
               are
               chosen
               .
            
             
               So
               the
               Psalmograph
               having
               in
               the
               former
               part
               of
               the
               2.
               
               Psalm
               spoken
               of
               the
               terrors
               of
               Gods
               indignation
               when
               his
               wrath
               is
               kindled
               against
               his
               Adversaries
               ,
               we
               find
               this
               acclamation
               ,
            
             
               In
               the
               last
               verse
               ;
               Blessed
               are
               all
               they
               that
               put
               their
               trust
               in
               him
               .
            
             
               Thus
               also
               he
               having
               in
               the
               72.
               
               Psalm
               highly
               set
               forth
               the
               glorious
               excellency
               of
               the
               name
               of
               God
               ;
               shuts
               up
               his
               praise
               with
               this
               Acclamation
               ,
            
             
               In
               the
               last
               verse
               ;
               Blessed
               be
               his
               glorious
               name
               for
               ever
               ,
               and
               let
               the
               whole
               earth
               be
               filled
               with
               his
               glory
               .
            
             
               Luk.
               10.30
               .
               see
               Act.
               19
               ,
               20.
               
               Matth.
               19.27
               .
               Mark.
               7.37
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EPANORTHOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Correctio
               ,
               emendatio
               ,
            
             Correction
             or
             amending
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epanortho●
               ]
               Corrigo
            
             ,
             to
             correct
             or
             amend
             .
          
           
           
             *
             Correction
             having
             used
             a
             word
             of
             sufficient
             force
             ,
             yet
             pretending
             a
             greater
             strength
             of
             meaning
             ,
             refuses
             it
             ,
             and
             supplyes
             the
             place
             with
             one
             of
             more
             extension
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             reinforcement
             of
             the
             clause
             last
             uttered
             by
             the
             subsequent
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             in
             our
             speech
             ,
             something
             that
             went
             before
             ,
             is
             called
             back
             and
             corrected
             ;
             whereof
             there
             are
             two
             kinds
             ;
             the
             one
             is
             when
             a
             word
             is
             corrected
             after
             ;
             the
             other
             ,
             when
             a
             word
             is
             corrected
             before
             it
             is
             spoken
             .
          
           
             This
             Exornation
             is
             made
             four
             ways
             ,
             viz.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 By
                 degrees
                 of
                 comparison
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 By
                 comparison
                 of
                 the
                 greater
                 and
                 lesser
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 By
                 doubting
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 By
                 the
                 signs
                 of
                 repenting
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               
               Est
               Epanorthosis
               positi
               correctio
               sensus
               :
            
             
               O
               Clementia
               ,
               seu
               potiûs
               patientia
               mira
               !
            
          
           
             
               Dixi
               ,
               filium
               habeo
               ;
               ah
               quid
               dixi
               ?
               habere
               me
               ?
               imo
               habui
               Chreme
               !
               nunc
               habeam
               necne
               ,
               incertum
               est
               .
            
          
           
             
               Facti
               quasi
               poenitentia
               :
               Sed
               quid
               ego
               ità
               gravem
               personam
               induxi
               ?
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Epanorthosis
               .
            
             
               Joseph
               was
               amongst
               his
               brethren
               ,
               did
               I
               say
               brethren
               ?
               nay
               Tyger-like
               Monsters
               .
            
             
               I
               perswade
               you
               not
               to
               let
               slip
               occasion
               ,
               whilst
               it
               may
               not
               only
               be
               taken
               ,
               but
               offers
               ,
               nay
               sues
               t●
               be
               taken
               .
            
             
             
               For
               this
               thy
               shameful
               and
               accursed
               fact
               ,
               what
               shall
               I
               call
               thee
               ?
               a
               wretch
               ?
               nay
               a
               beast
               ;
               nay
               a
               poysonous
               Serpent
               ;
               yet
               none
               of
               these
               are
               fit
               enough
               for
               thee
               ,
               a
               devill
               thou
               art
               both
               in
               respect
               of
               thy
               malice
               which
               thou
               possessest
               ,
               and
               o●
               the
               sundry
               mischiefs
               thou
               daily
               dost
               commit
               .
            
             
               Cicero
               against
               Verres
               .
               We
               have
               here
               bought
               before
               you
               Judges
               ,
               not
               a
               thief
               ,
               but
               a
               violent
               robber
               ;
               not
               an
               Adulterer
               ,
               but
               a
               breaker
               of
               all
               Chastity
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               I
               have
               in
               your
               service
               spent
               not
               my
               time
               only
               ,
               but
               my
               strength
               and
               estate
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Gal
               4.9
               .
               But
               now
               after
               that
               you
               have
               known
               God
               ,
               or
               rather
               are
               known
               of
               God
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Act.
               25.27
               .
               Paul
               corrects
               his
               doubtfulnesse
               of
               
               Agrippa's
               belief
               ,
               where
               he
               saith
               ,
               Believest
               thou
               King
               Agrippa
               ?
               I
               know
               thou
               believest
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               15.10
               .
               I
               laboured
               more
               abundantly
               then
               they
               all
               ,
               yet
               not
               I
               ,
               but
               the
               grace
               of
               God
               in
               me
               .
            
             
               See
               more
               examples
               in
               Rom.
               8.34
               .
               Isa.
               49.15
               .
               Gal.
               2.20
               .
               Luk.
               11.27
               ,
               28
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               When
               the
               word
               is
               corrected
               before
               it
               be
               spoken
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               3.3
               .
               Forasmuch
               as
               ye
               are
               manifestly
               declared
               to
               be
               the
               Epistle
               of
               Christ
               ,
               ministred
               by
               us
               ,
               written
               not
               with
               ink
               ,
               but
               with
               the
               Spirit
               of
               the
               living
               God
               ;
               not
               in
               Tables
               of
               stone
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               fleshy
               Tables
               of
               the
               heart
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
             
               APOSIOPESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               reticentia
            
             ,
             a
             holding
             ones
             peace
             ,
             derived
             from
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               apo
               ]
               post
            
             ,
             after
             ;
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               siopao
               ]
               obticeo
            
             ,
             to
             hold
             ones
             peace
             or
             be
             silent
             .
          
           
             Aposiopesis
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             through
             some
             affection
             ,
             as
             either
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             bashfulnesse
             ,
             fear
             ,
             anger
             ,
             or
             vehemency
             ,
             breaks
             off
             his
             speech
             before
             it
             be
             all
             ended
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             ,
             when
             speaking
             of
             a
             thing
             ,
             we
             yet
             seem
             to
             conceal
             it
             ,
             though
             indeed
             by
             this
             means
             we
             aggravate
             it
             ;
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             the
             course
             of
             the
             sentence
             begun
             is
             so
             stayed
             ,
             as
             thereby
             some
             part
             of
             the
             sentence
             ,
             not
             being
             uttered
             ,
             may
             be
             understood
             .
          
           
             
               
               Aposiopesis
               sensa
               imperfecta
               relinquit
               :
            
             
               Qu●s
               ego
               :
               sed
               motos
               praestat
               componere
               fluctus
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quem
               quidem
               ego
               si
               sensero
               .
               Sed
               quid
               opus
               est
               verbis
               ?
            
          
           
             
               De
               nostrûm
               enim
               omnium
               —
               non
               audeo
               totum
               dicare
               .
            
             Cic.
             
          
           
             
               Ego
               te
               furcifer
               ,
               si
               vivo
               .
               Caetera
               gestu
               agit
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nunquid
               ,
               vos
               Medici
               ,
               quid
               characteres
               ficti
               ?
               quid
               vocabula
               ignota
               ?
               sed
               aicere
               dispudet
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Aposiopesis
               .
            
             
               The
               use
               hereof
               is
               either
               to
               stay
               the
               vehemency
               of
               immoderate
               affections
               proceeding
               to
               some
               excesse
               ,
               or
               to
               signifie
               by
               a
               part
               what
               the
               whole
               means
               .
            
             
             
               I
               let
               passe
               your
               frequent
               drunkennesse
               ,
               your
               wanton
               company
               .
            
             
               Much
               more
               might
               be
               said
               ,
               but
               I
               dare
               not
               utter
               all
               my
               minde
               .
            
             
               How
               doth
               the
               childe
               Ascanius
               ,
               whom
               timely
               Troy
               to
               thee
               :
               —
               breaking
               off
               by
               interruption
               of
               sorrow
               .
               
            
             
               I
               might
               say
               much
               more
               ,
               but
               modesty
               commands
               silence
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               6.3
               .
               My
               soul
               is
               sore
               vexed
               ,
               but
               thou
               O
               Lord
               how
               long
               ?
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               how
               long
               wilt
               thou
               delay
               to
               send
               me
               help
               ?
            
             
               Luke
               19.42
               .
               If
               thou
               hadst
               known
               ,
               even
               thou
               ,
               at
               least
               in
               this
               day
               ,
               the
               things
               which
               belong
               unto
               thy
               peace
               !
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               how
               happy
               hadst
               thou
               been
               ,
               if
               thou
               hadst
               known
               them
               !
            
             
               1
               King.
               21.7
               .
               Dost
               thou
               now
               govern
               the
               Kingdom
               of
               Israel
               ?
               Arise
               ,
               Art
               thou
               a
               King
               !
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               If
               thou
               beest
               a
               King
               ,
               thou
               mayst
               do
               what
               pleases
               thy self
               .
               Arise
               speedily
               and
               be
               doing
               .
               But
               remember
               this
               was
               the
               counsel
               of
               a
               Jezebel
               .
            
             
               Heb.
               3.11
               .
               To
               whom
               I
               sware
               in
               my
               wrath
               ,
               if
               they
               enter
               into
               my
               rest
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               They
               shall
               never
               enter
               into
               my
               rest
               ;
               if
               they
               come
               there
               ,
               let
               me
               cease
               to
               be
               God
               ,
               or
               let
               me
               not
               be
               true
               .
            
             
               See
               John
               12.27
               .
               Psal.
               95.11.85.35
               .
               2
               Cor.
               12.6
               .
               Hos.
               8.1
               .
               Isa.
               1.13
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               APORIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Addubitatio
            
             ,
             Doubting
             ,
             or
             a
             want
             of
             counsel
             or
             advice
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               aporeo
               ]
               animi
               pendeo
               ,
               animi
               dubius
               sum
               ,
               &
               nescio
               quid
               mihi
               sit
               faciendum
            
             ;
             to
             be
             doubtful
             of
             minde
             ,
             or
             not
             to
             know
             what
             is
             best
             to
             be
             said
             or
             done
             :
             or
             it
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             aporos
             ]
             which
             signifies
             as
             it
             were
             not
             having
             a
             way
             or
             passage
             .
          
           
             Aporia
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             the
             Speaker
             sheweth
             that
             he
             doubteth
             ,
             either
             where
             to
             begin
             for
             the
             multitude
             of
             matters
             ,
             or
             what
             to
             do
             or
             say
             in
             some
             strange
             or
             ambiguous
             thing
             ;
             and
             doth
             as
             it
             were
             argue
             the
             case
             with
             himself
             .
          
           
             
               
               Consulit
               addubitans
               quid
               agat
               dicatve
               Aporia
               .
            
             
               Quid
               faciam
               ?
               roger
               ,
               anne
               rogem
               ?
               quid
               deinde
               rogabo
               ?
            
          
           
             
               En
               quid
               agam
               ?
               rursusne
               procos
               irrisa
               priores
            
             
               Experiar
               ?
               Nomadumque
               p●tam
               connubia
               supplex
               ?
            
          
           
             At
             length
             the
             answer
             of
             this
             doubt
             follows
             ;
          
           
             
               Quin
               morere
               ,
               ut
               merita
               es
               ,
               ferreque
               averte
               dolorem
               .
            
             
               Addubitatio
               sola
               est
               ,
            
             
               —
               Heu
               quae
               nunc
               tellus
               ,
               quae
               me
               aequora
               possunt
            
             
               Excipe●e
               ?
               aut
               quid
               misero
               mihi
               denique
               restat
               ?
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Aporia
               .
            
             
               Whether
               he
               took
               them
               from
               his
               fellows
               more
               impudently
               ,
               
               gave
               them
               to
               a
               harlot
               more
               lasciously
               ,
               removed
               them
               from
               the
               Rom●ne
               
               people
               more
               wickedly
               ,
               or
               altered
               them
               more
               presumptuously
               ,
               I
               cannot
               well
               declare
               .
            
             
               What
               shall
               I
               doe
               ?
               whither
               shall
               I
               flie
               ?
               whom
               shall
               I
               blame
               ?
               what
               shall
               I
               pretend
               ?
            
             
               I
               know
               not
               what
               to
               term
               it
               ,
               folly
               or
               forgetfulnesse
               ,
               ignorance
               or
               wilfulnesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Phil.
               1.22
               ,
               23
               ,
               24.
               
               But
               if
               I
               live
               in
               the
               flesh
               ,
               this
               is
               the
               fruit
               of
               my
               labour
               :
               yet
               what
               I
               shall
               choose
               ,
               I
               know
               not
               ;
               for
               I
               am
               in
               a
               straight
               between
               two
               ,
               having
               a
               desire
               to
               depart
               and
               to
               be
               with
               Christ
               ,
               which
               is
               farre
               better
               :
               neverthelesse
               to
               abide
               in
               the
               flesh
               is
               more
               needful
               for
               you
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               139.7
               .
               Whither
               shall
               I
               goe
               from
               thy
               Spirit
               ?
               or
               whither
               shall
               I
               flie
               from
               thy
               presence
               ?
            
             
               See
               Rom.
               7.24
               ,
               25.
               
               Lam.
               2.13
               .
               Luke
               16.3
               ,
               4.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANACOENOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Communicatio
            
             ,
             Communication
             ,
             or
             an
             imparing
             a
             thing
             to
             another
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             ana
             ]
             with
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               coinoo
               ]
               communico
            
             ,
             to
             communicate
             unto
             another
             .
          
           
             Anacoenosis
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             we
             consult
             with
             ,
             deliberate
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             argue
             the
             case
             with
             others
             .
          
           
             This
             form
             of
             speech
             is
             elegantly
             used
             with
             such
             as
             are
             (
             1
             )
             Dead
             :
             (
             2
             )
             with
             the
             Judge
             :
             (
             3
             )
             with
             the
             Hearers
             :
             (
             4
             )
             with
             the
             Opp●nent
             :
             
             (
             5
             )
             with
             such
             as
             are
             absent
             :
             (
             6
             )
             with
             sensitive
             or
             inanimate
             things
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Were
               it
               your
               case
               ,
               what
               would
               you
               answer
               ?
               Tell
               me
               ,
               I
               appeal
               to
               your
               inmost
               thoughts
               .
            
             
               Would
               you
               judge
               him
               unworthy
               to
               be
               your
               friend
               ,
               that
               began
               his
               fidelity
               with
               an
               inviolable
               Covenant
               never
               to
               be
               an
               enemy
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Anacoenosis
               .
            
             
               Mal.
               1.6
               .
               If
               then
               I
               be
               a
               father
               ,
               where
               is
               mine
               honour
               ?
               If
               I
               be
               a
               Master
               ,
               where
               is
               my
               fear
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
               Isa.
               5.3
               ,
               4.
               
               Now
               therefore
               ,
               oh
               Inhabitants
               of
               Jerusalem
               and
               men
               of
               Judah
               ,
               judge
               I
               pray
               you
               between
               me
               and
               my
               Vineyard
               ;
               What
               could
               I
               have
               done
               any
               more
               to
               my
               Vineyard
               that
               I
               have
               not
               done
               unto
               it
               ?
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               23.23
               .
               Am
               I
               a
               God
               at
               hand
               ?
               am
               I
               not
               also
               a
               God
               a
               far
               off
               ?
            
             
               See
               Luke
               11.19
               .
               1
               Cor.
               4.21
               .
               chap.
               10.15
               ,
               16.
               chap.
               11.15
               ,
               14.
               
               Gal.
               4.21.3.12
               .
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PROSOPOPOEIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               fictio
               personae
               ,
            
             the
             feigning
             of
             a
             person
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               prosopon
               ]
               persona
            
             ,
             a
             person
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               poieo
               ]
               facio
               vel
               fingo
            
             ,
             to
             make
             or
             feign
             .
          
           
             Pr●sopopoeia
             is
             the
             feigning
             of
             a
             person
             to
             speak
             ,
             or
             the
             attributing
             of
             a
             person
             to
             the
             inanimate
             creatures
             ;
             as
             ,
             when
             we
             bring
             in
             persons
             that
             are
             dead
             ,
             or
             the
             inanimate
             creatures
             speaking
             or
             hearing
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
           
             A
             figurative
             Exornation
             ,
             when
             in
             our
             speech
             what
             thing
             soever
             which
             is
             not
             a
             person
             ,
             is
             Metaphorically
             brought
             in
             and
             represended
             as
             a
             person
             ;
             or
             when
             the
             properties
             of
             man
             are
             for
             similitude
             and
             agreeablenesse
             sake
             attributed
             unto
             other
             things
             ;
             whence
             it
             is
             said
             that
             this
             form
             of
             speech
             animates
             and
             makes
             dead
             men
             speak
             ;
             or
             it
             is
             ,
          
           
             When
             in
             our
             speech
             we
             feign
             another
             person
             speaking
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             figure
             God
             ,
             Angels
             and
             men
             ,
             dead
             ,
             or
             alive
             ,
             the
             Heavens
             ,
             Earth
             ,
             Sea
             ,
             &c.
             are
             brought
             in
             speaking
             ,
             hearing
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               Personam
               inducit
               *
               Prosopopoeia
               loquentem
               :
               
            
             
               Hósue
               mihi
               fructus
               ,
               hunc
               fertilitatis
               honorem
            
             
               Officiique
               refers
               ?
               quod
               adunci
               vulnera
               aratri
            
             
               Rastrorumque
               fero
               ,
               totoque
               exerceor
               anno
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sic
                 Aeneae
                 Prosopopoeiam
                 Virgilius
                 Aeneid
                 2.
                 composuit
                 ,
                 cum
                 Aeneas
                 sociis
                 cibum
                 vinumque
                 
              
            
             
               Dividit
               ,
               &
               dictis
               marentia
               pectora
               mulcet
               .
            
             
               O
               Socii
               (
               neque
               enim
               ignari
               sumus
               ante
               malorum
               )
            
             
               O
               passi
               graviora
               !
               dabit
               Deus
               his
               quoque
               finem
               &c.
               
            
             
               Tandem
               sic
               Prosopopoeiam
               claudit
               :
            
             
               Talia
               voce
               refert
               .
            
          
           
             Look
             that
             your
             access
             to
             ,
             and
             retreat
             from
             this
             figure
             be
             comely
             ,
             lest
             you
             seem
             precipitantly
             to
             rush
             in
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Prosopopoeia
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Sir
               
                 Philip
                 Sidney
              
               gives
               sense
               and
               speech
               to
               the
               needle
               and
               silk
               in
               Pamela's
               hands
               ,
               and
               
               life
               ,
               and
               speech
               unto
               Learning
               ,
               and
               a
               Lilly
               ;
               yea
               Death
               it self
               is
               feigned
               to
               live
               and
               make
               a
               speech
               .
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               if
               an
               Orator
               having
               occasion
               to
               commend
               Truth
               or
               any
               vertue
               unto
               his
               hearers
               ,
               he
               may
               after
               some
               due
               praise
               of
               it
               ,
               feign
               it
               a
               person
               ,
               and
               bring
               it
               in
               bitterly
               complaining
               how
               cruelly
               she
               is
               oppressed
               ,
               and
               how
               little
               esteemed
               ;
               how
               many
               be
               her
               enemies
               ,
               and
               how
               few
               her
               friends
               ;
               how
               she
               wandereth
               hither
               and
               thither
               without
               entertainment
               ,
               and
               remains
               without
               habitation
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               I
               see
               my
               words
               will
               not
               move
               you
               ,
               but
               suppose
               some
               of
               your
               grave
               Ancestors
               should
               thus
               speak
               to
               you
               ;
               Children
               ,
               can
               we
               behold
               your
               manners
               without
               indignation
               ,
               being
               full
               of
               pride
               ,
               effeminatenesse
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               If
               your
               Ancestors
               were
               now
               alive
               ,
               and
               saw
               you
               abusing
               your self
               in
               mispending
               your
               estate
               by
               them
               providently
               gathered
               together
               and
               conferred
               upon
               you
               ,
               would
               they
               not
               say
               thus
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Prosopopoeia
               .
            
             
               Josh.
               24.27
               .
               Behold
               this
               stone
               shall
               be
               a
               witnesse
               unto
               us
               ;
               for
               it
               hath
               heard
               all
               the
               words
               of
               the
               Lord
               which
               he
               hath
               spoken
               unto
               us
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Judg.
               9.8
               .
               Thus
               Jotham
               brings
               in
               the
               trees
               speaking
               as
               men
               :
               The
               Olive-tree
               will
               not
               leave
               his
               fatnesse
               ,
               nor
               the
               figtree
               his
               sweetnesse
               ,
               nor
               the
               vine
               his
               wine
               ,
               to
               reign
               over
               others
               ;
               but
               it
               is
               the
               bramble
               that
               affecteth
               soveraignty
               and
               domination
               ,
               a
               base
               ,
               scratching
               ,
               worthlesse
               ,
               fruitlesse
               shrub
               ,
               good
               for
               nothing
               but
               to
               stop
               gaps
               and
               
               keep
               out
               beasts
               from
               spoyling
               the
               pleasant
               fields
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               to
               be
               burnt
               .
            
             
               1
               Kings
               13.2
               .
               And
               he
               cryed
               against
               the
               Altar
               in
               the
               word
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               said
               ,
               O
               Altar
               ,
               Altar
               ,
               thus
               saith
               the
               Lord
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               98.8
               .
               Let
               the
               floods
               clap
               their
               hands
               :
               let
               the
               hills
               rejoyce
               together
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Isa.
               35.1
               ,
               2.
               the
               Prophet
               attributes
               joy
               and
               singing
               to
               the
               Wildernesse
               ,
               the
               Solitary
               place
               ,
               and
               the
               Desert
               .
            
             
               See
               Psal.
               51.8
               .
               Psal.
               103.1
               .
               Psal.
               82.1
               ,
               2.
               
               Rom.
               8.19
               ,
               20.
               
               Isa.
               1.2
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Joel
               2.
               from
               1.
               to
               the
               12.
               ver
               .
               you
               have
               a
               most
               lively
               Rhetorical
               Prosopopoeical
               description
               of
               the
               terrible
               Army
               of
               the
               Babylonians
               .
            
             
               Prosopopaeia
               is
               two-fold
               ;
               Imperfect
               ,
               or
               Perfect
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               An
               Imperfect
               Prosopopaeia
               is
               when
               the
               speech
               of
               another
               is
               set
               down
               lightly
               and
               indirectly
               ;
               as
               in
               Ps.
               11.1
               .
               David
               brings
               in
               the
               wicked
               ,
               as
               saying
               unto
               his
               soul
               ;
               Flee
               as
               a
               bird
               unto
               your
               Mountain
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               A
               Perfect
               Prosopopoeia
               is
               when
               the
               whole
               feigning
               of
               the
               person
               is
               set
               down
               in
               our
               speech
               ,
               with
               a
               fit
               entring
               into
               and
               leaving
               off
               of
               the
               same
               .
            
             
               Thus
               in
               Prov.
               8.
               
               Wisdom
               cryeth
               at
               the
               Gates
               ,
               &c.
               
               Unto
               you
               O
               men
               I
               call
               ,
               &c.
               where
               the
               entrance
               is
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               chapter
               ,
               her
               speech
               in
               the
               latter
               part
               of
               i●
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               APOSTROPHE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               aversio
            
             ,
             a
             turning
             away
             or
             dislike
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             apo
             ]
             from
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               strepho
               ]
               verto
            
             ,
             to
             turn
             .
          
           
             Apostrophe
             is
             a
             diversion
             of
             speech
             to
             another
             person
             then
             the
             speech
             appointed
             did
             intend
             or
             require
             ;
             or
             it
             is
             a
             turning
             of
             the
             speech
             from
             one
             person
             to
             another
             ,
             many
             times
             abruptly
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             break
             off
             the
             course
             of
             our
             speech
             ,
             
             and
             speak
             to
             some
             new
             person
             ,
             present
             ,
             or
             absent
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             people
             ,
             or
             witnesses
             ,
             when
             it
             was
             before
             directed
             to
             the
             Judges
             ,
             or
             Opponent
             .
          
           
             This
             Diversion
             of
             speech
             is
             made
             these
             nine
             wayes
             ;
             viz.
             (
             1
             )
             To
             God
             ,
             (
             2
             )
             to
             Angels
             ,
             (
             3
             )
             to
             men
             in
             their
             several
             ranks
             ,
             whether
             absent
             or
             present
             ,
             dead
             or
             alive
             ,
             (
             4
             )
             to
             the
             adversary
             ,
             (
             5
             )
             to
             the
             heavenly
             bodies
             and
             Meteors
             ,
             (
             6
             )
             to
             the
             earth
             and
             things
             in
             it
             ,
             (
             7
             )
             to
             the
             Sea
             and
             things
             in
             it
             ,
             (
             8
             )
             to
             beasts
             ,
             birds
             and
             fishes
             (
             9
             )
             to
             inanimate
             things
             .
          
           
             Sermonem
             a
             praesenti
             avertit
             Apostrophe
             :
             
               et
               auro
            
          
           
             
             Vi
             potitur
             .
             Quid
             non
             mortalia
             pectora
             cogit
          
           
             Auri
             sacra
             fames
             ?
          
           
             
               Vos
               Sanctissimi
               Angeli
               ,
               testes
               volo
               meae
               innocentiae
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quousque
               tandem
               ,
               Catilina
               ,
               abutere
               patientiâ
               nostrâ
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Vos
               adeste
               ciconiae
               ,
               et
               ingratitudinem
               hominum
               redarguite
               .
            
          
           
           
             
               Vos
               agri
               ,
               vos
               parietes
               obtestor
               ;
               an
               non
               sudabatis
               ,
               cum
               tantum
               nefas
               hoc
               loco
               perpetrabatur
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Per
               Apostrophen
               Poeticam
               mutando
               casum
               :
               Terretur
               minimo
               pennae
               stridore
               columba
               ,
            
          
           
             
               Vngnibus
               ,
               accipiter
               ,
               saucia
               facta
               tuis
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Apostrophe
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               people
               thus
               ,
            
             
               Now
               let
               me
               entreat
               any
               man
               here
               present
               ,
               that
               thinks
               himself
               not
               exempted
               from
               the
               like
               wrong
               ,
               but
               lyable
               to
               the
               like
               prejudice
               ,
               to
               imagine
               himself
               in
               my
               case
               ,
               and
               to
               undertake
               for
               my
               sake
               some
               few
               thoughts
               of
               my
               distress
               .
            
             
               Herein
               you
               witnesses
               are
               to
               consult
               with
               your
               own
               consciences
               ,
               and
               to
               enter
               into
               a
               true
               examination
               of
               your
               own
               memory
               .
            
             
               Did
               you
               mark
               his
               speeches
               ?
               did
               you
               note
               his
               looks
               ?
            
             
               Sometimes
               the
               occasion
               is
               taken
               from
               some
               quality
               ,
               or
               other
               thing
               ,
               whereto
               your self
               gives
               shew
               of
               life
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Hope
               ,
               tell
               me
               ,
               what
               ground
               hast
               thou
               to
               hope
               for
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Love
               ,
               be
               ashamed
               to
               be
               called
               Love.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Apostrophe
               .
            
             
               The
               Lord
               by
               his
               Prophet
               Hosea
               having
               long
               complained
               of
               Israel
               for
               their
               high
               provocations
               against
               him
               ,
               doth
               break
               off
               from
               speaking
               of
               Israel
               ,
               and
               turns
               his
               speech
               to
               Israel
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Hos.
               13.9
               O
               Israel
               ,
               thou
               hast
               destroyed
               thy self
               ,
               but
               in
               me
               is
               thine
               help
               .
            
             
             
               Thus
               David
               having
               denounced
               Gods
               judgments
               against
               the
               Kings
               and
               Rulers
               of
               the
               earth
               in
               the
               2.
               
               Psalm
               ,
               doth
               presently
               divert
               his
               speech
               to
               the
               Kings
               and
               great
               ones
               themselves
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               2.9
               ,
               10.
               
               Thou
               shalt
               break
               them
               with
               a
               rod
               of
               iron
               ,
               &c.
               
               Be
               wise
               therefore
               oh
               ye
               Kings
               ,
               be
               instructed
               ye
               Judges
               of
               the
               earth
               .
            
             
               Thus
               Isaah
               finding
               the
               people
               to
               be
               rebellious
               ,
               to
               whom
               he
               was
               speaking
               ,
               diverts
               his
               speech
               to
               the
               inanimate
               creatures
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1.2
               .
               Hear
               oh
               heavens
               ,
               and
               give
               ear
               oh
               earth
               :
               for
               the
               Lord
               hath
               spoken
               ,
               I
               have
               nourished
               and
               brought
               up
               children
               ,
               and
               they
               have
               rebelled
               against
               me
               .
            
             
               David
               being
               dismayed
               with
               the
               number
               of
               his
               enemies
               ,
               turns
               his
               speech
               to
               God
               ,
               saying
               ,
            
             
               Psal.
               3.3
               .
               But
               thou
               ,
               oh
               Lord
               ,
               art
               a
               shield
               for
               me
               ;
               my
               glory
               ,
               and
               the
               lifter
               up
               of
               my
               head
               .
            
             
               See
               Gen.
               49.18
               .
               Psal.
               33.20
               ,
               21
               ,
               22.
               
               Judg.
               5.11
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYNONYMIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               nominis
               communio
               ,
               seu
               nomina
               diversa
               idem
               significantia
               ,
            
             a
             partaking
             together
             of
             a
             name
             ,
             or
             divers
             words
             signifying
             one
             and
             the
             same
             thing
             ,
             whereof
             the
             latter
             is
             usually
             explanatory
             to
             the
             former
             :
             derived
             from
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syn
               ]
               simul
            
             ,
             together
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               onoma
               ]
               nomen
            
             ,
             a
             name
             or
             word
             .
          
           
             A
             Synonymie
             is
             a
             commodious
             heaping
             together
             of
             divers
             words
             of
             one
             signification
             .
          
           
             *
             A
             figure
             when
             by
             a
             variation
             and
             change
             of
             words
             that
             are
             of
             like
             signification
             ,
             one
             thing
             is
             iterated
             divers
             times
             .
          
           
           
             This
             kind
             of
             Elocution
             is
             to
             be
             used
             as
             often
             as
             we
             see
             not
             enough
             in
             one
             word
             evidently
             to
             signifie
             the
             dignity
             or
             magnitude
             of
             the
             thing
             mentioned
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             and
             Palalogia
             ,
             which
             signifies
             Repetition
             of
             the
             same
             word
             ,
             are
             alike
             ;
             and
             serves
             to
             amplifie
             and
             to
             excite
             vehement
             affection
             and
             passion
             ,
             when
             from
             one
             thing
             many
             wayes
             expressed
             ,
             we
             fasten
             many
             stings
             as
             it
             were
             in
             the
             minde
             of
             the
             hearer
             .
          
           
             Verba
             Synonymia
             addit
             rem
             significantia
             eandem
             .
             
          
           
             
               Enses
               &
               gladii
               .
               Superatne
               &
               vescitur
               aura
            
             
               Aetherea
               ,
               nec
               adhuc
               crudelibus
               occubat
               umbris
               ?
            
          
           
             
               
                 Prostavit
                 ,
                 perculit
                 affixit
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Abiit
                 ,
                 excessit
                 ,
                 evasit
                 ,
                 erupit
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               a
               Synonymie
               .
            
             
               Wisdom
               in
               the
               poor
               man
               ,
               
               lyes
               as
               a
               thing
               despised
               ,
               rejected
               ,
               oppressed
               ,
               buryed
               and
               utterly
               extinct
               .
            
             
               Is
               it
               not
               a
               certain
               mark
               and
               token
               of
               intolerable
               arrogancy
               and
               venemous
               envy
               ,
               where
               the
               tongue
               is
               still
               exercised
               in
               depraving
               ,
               slandering
               ,
               defacing
               ,
               deriding
               and
               condemning
               of
               other
               mens
               words
               and
               works
               ?
            
             
               Who
               more
               worthy
               of
               renown
               ,
               
               honour
               and
               same
               ,
               then
               Caesar
               ?
               who
               more
               worthily
               esteemed
               ,
               beloved
               ,
               reverenced
               and
               honoured
               then
               noble
               Cesar
               ?
               who
               amongst
               men
               was
               his
               equal
               in
               knowledge
               ,
               understanding
               ,
               policie
               and
               wisdom
               ?
               what
               was
               he
               that
               might
               be
               compared
               to
               
               him
               ,
               either
               in
               courage
               of
               heart
               ,
               in
               fortitude
               of
               minde
               ,
               or
               magnanimity
               of
               nature
               ?
            
             
               Thus
               to
               describe
               a
               beautiful
               woman
               ,
               may
               be
               said
               ;
            
             
               She
               hath
               a
               most
               winning
               countenance
               ,
               a
               most
               pleasant
               eye
               ,
               a
               most
               amiable
               presence
               ,
               a
               chearful
               aspect
               ,
               she
               is
               a
               most
               delicate
               object
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Your
               beauty
               (
               sweet
               Lady
               )
               hath
               conquered
               my
               reason
               ,
               subdued
               my
               will
               ,
               mastered
               my
               judgment
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               a
               Synonymie
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               19.8
               .
               The
               fishers
               also
               shall
               mourn
               ,
               and
               all
               they
               that
               cast
               angle
               into
               the
               brooks
               shall
               lament
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               18.13
               .
               The
               Lord
               also
               thundred
               in
               the
               heavens
               ,
               and
               the
               Highest
               gave
               his
               voyce
               ,
               &c.
               
               Here
               the
               first
               sentence
               is
               repeated
               by
               the
               latter
               ,
               but
               yet
               with
               other
               words
               of
               the
               same
               signification
               :
               for
               in
               the
               former
               is
               ,
               the
               Lord
               ;
               in
               the
               latter
               ,
               the
               Highest
               ;
               in
               the
               former
               ,
               thundred
               ;
               in
               the
               latter
               ,
               gave
               his
               voyce
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               18.2
               .
               The
               Lord
               is
               my
               rock
               ,
               and
               my
               fortresse
               ,
               and
               my
               deliverer
               :
               my
               God
               ,
               my
               strength
               ,
               in
               whom
               I
               will
               trust
               ;
               my
               buckler
               ,
               and
               the
               horn
               of
               my
               salvation
               ,
               and
               my
               high
               Tower.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               1.20
               .
               Wisdom
               cryeth
               without
               ,
               she
               uttereth
               her
               voice
               in
               the
               streets
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               2.2
               .
               So
               that
               thou
               encline
               thine
               ear
               unto
               wisdom
               ;
               and
               apply
               thy
               heart
               to
               understanding
               ,
               yea
               ,
               if
               thou
               cryest
               after
               knowledge
               ,
               and
               liftest
               up
               thy
               voyce
               for
               understanding
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               4.14
               ,
               15.
               
               Enter
               not
               into
               the
               path
               of
               the
               wicked
               ,
               and
               goe
               not
               in
               the
               way
               of
               the
               ungodly
               ;
               
               avoid
               it
               ,
               passe
               not
               by
               it
               ,
               turn
               from
               it
               ,
               and
               pass
               away
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               9.10
               .
               The
               fear
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               the
               beginning
               of
               wisdom
               :
               and
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Holy
               is
               understanding
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               30.14
               .
               The
               poor
               from
               off
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               the
               needy
               from
               among
               men
               .
            
             
               See
               Prov.
               5.10
               ,
               13.2.11
               ,
               21.
               
               Psal.
               74.2
               ,
               7
               ,
               18.
               
               Prov.
               16.18
               ,
               23.
               
               Prov.
               6.4.8.34
               .
               Isa.
               14.25
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HIRMOS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               nexus
               ,
               series
            
             a
             bond
             or
             knot
             ,
             or
             an
             heaping
             up
             of
             many
             things
             of
             different
             kinds
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               heiro
               ]
               necto
               ,
               copulo
            
             ,
             to
             knit
             or
             couple
             together
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             a
             sudden
             entrance
             is
             made
             into
             a
             confused
             heap
             of
             matter
             ;
             or
             when
             that
             which
             might
             have
             been
             spoken
             in
             one
             word
             is
             for
             plainnesse
             and
             evidence
             sake
             mustered
             together
             ,
             or
             rehearsed
             through
             many
             species
             or
             forms
             .
          
           
             
               Diversas
               specie
               res
               multas
               congerit
               Hirmos
               :
            
             
               Grammaticus
               ,
               Rhetor
               ,
               Geometres
               ,
               pictor
               ,
               aliptes
               ,
               
            
             
               Augur
               ,
               Schoenobates
               ,
               Medicus
               ,
               Magus
               ;
               omnia
               novit
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Hirmos
               .
            
             
               All
               men
               exclaim
               upon
               these
               exactions
               ,
               Nobles
               ,
               Gentry
               ,
               Commonalty
               ,
               Poor
               ,
               Rich
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               Peasants
               ,
               young
               ,
               old
               ,
               high
               ,
               low
               ,
               and
               all
               cry
               out
               upon
               the
               hard
               impositions
               of
               these
               butthens
               .
            
             
             
               Loves
               companions
               be
               unquietnesse
               ,
               longings
               ,
               fond
               comforts
               ,
               faint
               discomforts
               ,
               hopes
               ,
               jealousies
               ,
               rages
               ,
               carelesnesse
               ,
               carefulnesse
               ,
               yieldings
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               3.16
               .
               Because
               the
               daughters
               of
               Sion
               are
               haughty
               ,
               and
               walk
               with
               st●etched-out
               necks
               ,
               and
               with
               wandering
               eyes
               ,
               walking
               and
               mincing
               as
               they
               goe
               ;
               and
               making
               a
               tinckling
               with
               their
               feet
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1.11
               .
               What
               have
               I
               to
               do
               with
               the
               multitude
               of
               your
               sacrifices
               ,
               saith
               the
               Lord
               ?
               I
               am
               full
               of
               the
               burnt
               offerings
               of
               rams
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               fat
               of
               fed
               beasts
               !
               and
               I
               desire
               not
               the
               blood
               of
               bullocks
               ,
               nor
               of
               lambs
               ,
               nor
               of
               goats
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Isa.
               1.12
               ,
               13
               ,
               14.
               
               Rom.
               1.29
               ,
               30.
               
               Gal.
               5.19
               ,
               20
               ,
               21
               ,
               22
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               APOPHASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               negatio
            
             ,
             a
             denying
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               phao
               ]
               dico
            
             ,
             to
             speak
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             apo
             ]
             which
             sometimes
             signifies
             a
             denying
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               apophemi
               ]
               nego
            
             ,
             to
             deny
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             an
             Irony
             ,
             whereby
             we
             deny
             that
             we
             say
             or
             doe
             that
             which
             we
             especially
             say
             or
             doe
             ,
             
               
                 
                 Non
                 dico
                 Apophasis
                 :
              
               
                 Nec
                 ea
                 dico
                 ,
                 quae
                 si
                 dicam
                 ,
                 tamen
                 infirmare
                 non
                 possis
                 .
              
               
                 Nil
                 dico
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               Quid
               memorem
               ,
               efferam
               ,
               repetam
               ?
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               I
               say
               nothing
               .
            
             
               Neither
               will
               I
               mention
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               if
               I
               should
               ,
               you
               notwithstanding
               could
               neither
               confute
               nor
               speak
               against
               them
               .
            
             
               For
               that
               this
               figure
               and
               the
               next
               differ
               only
               in
               the
               manne●
               of
               speaking
               ;
               take
               the
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               both
               together
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARALIPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               paraleipsis
               ]
               praeteritio
               ,
            
             an
             over-passing
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               paraleipo
               ]
               praetermitto
               ,
               omitto
            
             ,
             to
             pretermit
             ,
             or
             leave
             out
             .
          
           
             Preterition
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             an
             Irony
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             you
             say
             you
             let
             passe
             that
             which
             notwithstanding
             you
             touch
             at
             full
             :
             or
             ,
             When
             we
             say
             we
             pass
             by
             a
             thing
             ,
             which
             yet
             with
             a
             certain
             elegancy
             we
             note
             ;
             speaking
             much
             ,
             in
             saying
             we
             will
             not
             say
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             forms
             of
             this
             figure
             are
             these
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             I
             let
             passe
             ,
             I
             am
             silent
             .
             I
             will
             leave
             out
             .
             I
             omit
             .
             I
             say
             not
             .
          
           
             —
             
               Taceo
               ,
               mitto
            
             ,
             est
             Paralipsis
             .
             
          
           
             
               Sunt
               haec
               et
               alia
               in
               te
               falsi
               accusatoris
               signa
               permulta
               ,
               quibus
               ego
               non
               utor
               .
            
          
           
             
               Praeterire
               me
               nostram
               calamitatem
               ,
               que
               tanta
               fuit
               ,
               ut
               eam
               ad
               aures
            
             L.
             Luculli
             ,
             
               non
               e
               praelio
               nuncius
               ,
               sed
               ex
               sermone
               rumor
               afferret
               .
               Hic
               praeterire
               se
               simulat
               Orator
               suorum
               calamitatem
               ,
               quam
               tamen
               significantius
               exprimere
               non
               posset
               .
            
          
           
           
             Apophasis
             ,
             is
             not
             unlike
             to
             this
             figure
             ,
             for
             it
             differs
             not
             ,
             unlesse
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             speaking
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             same
             in
             the
             matter
             and
             sense
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Paralipsis
               &
               Apophasis
               .
            
             
               I
               urge
               not
               to
               you
               the
               hope
               of
               your
               friends
               ,
               though
               that
               should
               animate
               you
               to
               answer
               their
               expectation
               .
            
             
               I
               lay
               not
               before
               you
               the
               necessity
               of
               the
               place
               which
               you
               are
               to
               supply
               ,
               wherein
               to
               be
               defective
               and
               insufficient
               were
               some
               shame
               ;
               I
               omit
               the
               envious
               concurrences
               ,
               and
               some
               prepared
               comparisons
               in
               your
               countrey
               ,
               which
               have
               some
               feeling
               with
               young
               men
               of
               fore-sight
               .
            
             
               I
               only
               say
               ,
               how
               shall
               our
               promises
               give
               judgment
               against
               us
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               I
               doe
               not
               say
               you
               received
               bribes
               of
               your
               fellows
               .
            
             
               I
               busie
               not
               my self
               in
               this
               thing
               ,
               that
               you
               spoyl
               Cities
               and
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               all
               mens
               houses
               .
            
             
               I
               let
               passe
               your
               thefts
               and
               your
               robberies
               .
            
          
           
             
               A
               Scriptural
               Example
               of
               both
               figures
               .
            
             
               Philemon
               v.
               19.
               
               Albeit
               I
               do
               not
               say
               to
               thee
               ,
               thou
               owest
               thy self
               unto
               me
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PERIPHRASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Circuml●cutio
            
             ,
             a
             long
             circumstance
             ,
             or
             a
             speaking
             of
             many
             words
             ,
             when
             few
             may
             suffice
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               periphrazo
               ]
               circumloquor
            
             ,
             to
             utter
             
             that
             in
             many
             words
             which
             might
             be
             spoken
             in
             few
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             the
             using
             of
             many
             words
             for
             one
             thing
             .
          
           
             Periphasis
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             a
             short
             ordinary
             sense
             is
             odly
             exprest
             by
             more
             words
             ;
             or
             when
             a
             thing
             is
             shadowed
             out
             by
             some
             equivalent
             expressions
             .
          
           
             
               Rem
               circumloquitur
               per
               plura
               Periphrasis
               unam
               :
            
             
               Trojani
               belli
               Scriptor
               .
               Chironis
               alumnus
               .
               
            
          
           
             This
             figure
             is
             made
             principally
             four
             wayes
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             When
             some
             notable
             enterprise
             ,
             ones
             native
             countrey
             ,
             or
             a
             sect
             ,
             or
             strange
             opinion
             is
             put
             in
             stead
             of
             the
             proper
             name
             ,
             &c.
             as
             in
             the
             first
             example
             ,
          
           
             
               Trojani
               belli
               Scriptor
            
             ,
             The
             Writer
             of
             the
             Trojan
             war
             ,
             for
             Homer
             .
          
           
             
               Chironis
               alumnus
            
             ,
             he
             that
             was
             educated
             by
             Chiron
             the
             son
             of
             Saturn
             ,
             for
             Achilles
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             When
             by
             the
             Etymologie
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             when
             the
             cause
             or
             reason
             of
             a
             name
             is
             unfolded
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Vir
               sapientiae
               studiosus
            
             ,
             a
             man
             studious
             of
             wisdom
             ,
             for
             a
             Philosopher
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             When
             by
             Annotation
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             certain
             marks
             or
             tokens
             something
             is
             described
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Cubito
               se
               emungit
               ,
               pro
               Salsamentario
               .
            
          
           
             Anger
             is
             a
             vehement
             heat
             of
             the
             minde
             ,
             which
             brings
             palenesse
             to
             the
             countenance
             ,
             burning
             to
             the
             eyes
             ,
             and
             trembling
             to
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
           
             4.
             
             When
             by
             Definition
             a
             thing
             is
             described
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ars
               ornatè
               dicendi
               ,
               pro
               Rhetoricâ
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Att
             of
             eloquent
             speaking
             ,
             for
             Rhetorique
             .
          
           
             
               Legum
               ac
               civium
               libertatis
               oppressor
               ,
               pro
               Tyranno
               .
            
          
           
             An
             oppressor
             of
             the
             laws
             and
             liberties
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             for
             a
             Tyrant
             .
          
           
             
               Other
               English
               Examples
               of
               Periphrasis
               .
            
             
               Thus
               ,
               for
               ,
               having
               risen
               early
               ,
               Having
               striven
               with
               the
               Suns
               earlinesse
               .
            
             
               So
               in
               stead
               of
               Mopsa
               wept
               ill-favouredly
               ,
               Mopsa
               disgraced
               weeping
               with
               her
               countenance
               .
            
             
               To
               sleep
               among
               thieves
               ;
               by
               this
               figure
               thus
               ,
            
             
               To
               trust
               a
               sleeping
               life
               among
               theives
               .
            
             
               When
               they
               had
               slept
               a
               while
               ,
               thus
               ;
            
             
               When
               they
               had
               a
               while
               hearkened
               to
               the
               perswasion
               of
               sleep
               ;
               where
               ,
               to
               be
               inclined
               to
               sleep
               ,
               is
               exprest
               by
               a
               Metaphor
               (
               which
               is
               very
               helpful
               in
               this
               form
               of
               speech
               )
               taken
               from
               one
               who
               moves
               and
               inclines
               by
               perswasion
               .
            
             
               Thus
               instead
               of
               Plangus
               speech
               began
               to
               be
               suspected
               ,
               it
               is
               said
               ;
            
             
               Plangus
               his
               speech
               began
               to
               be
               translated
               into
               the
               language
               of
               suspicion
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Periphrasis
               .
            
             
               2
               Pet.
               1.14
               .
               To
               put
               off
               or
               lay
               down
               this
               Tabernacle
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               to
               die
               .
            
             
             
               Josh.
               23.14
               .
               I
               am
               going
               the
               way
               of
               all
               the
               earth
               ,
               for
               that
               none
               can
               escape
               it
               :
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               death
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               12.3
               ,
               4.
               
               Surely
               I
               will
               not
               come
               into
               the
               Tabernacle
               of
               my
               house
               ,
               nor
               go
               up
               into
               my
               bed
               ;
               I
               will
               not
               give
               sleep
               to
               mine
               eyes
               ,
               nor
               slumber
               to
               mine
               eye-lids
               ,
               untill
               ,
               &c.
               the
               sense
               is
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               rest
               untill
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               4.11
               .
               The
               Father
               of
               the
               Faithful
               ,
               (
               
                 i.e.
                 )
                 Abraham
              
               .
            
             
               1
               Tim.
               2.7
               .
               A
               Teacher
               of
               the
               Gentiles
               ,
               (
               
                 i.e.
                 )
                 Paul.
              
               
            
             
               Joh.
               21.20
               .
               The
               Disciple
               whom
               Jesus
               loved
               ;
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
                 )
                 John.
              
               
            
             
               Mark
               14.25
               .
               The
               fruit
               of
               the
               Vine
               :
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Wine
               .
            
             
               Job
               18.14
               .
               The
               King
               of
               terrors
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               death
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             *
             
               METAPLASMVS
               ,
               Transformation
            
             ,
             It
             is
             a
             Figure
             when
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             verse
             ,
             &c.
             something
             is
             necessarily
             changed
             redundant
             ,
             or
             defficient
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               PROSTHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               appositio
            
             ,
             a
             putting
             of
             one
             letter
             to
             another
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               prostithemi
               ]
               appono
            
             ,
             to
             put
             or
             add
             unto
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             (
             contrary
             to
             Aphaeresis
             )
             whereby
             a
             letter
             or
             syllable
             is
             added
             to
             the
             beginning
             of
             a
             word
             .
          
           
             
               Aphaeresis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               aphairesis
               ]
               ademptio
               ,
               detractio
               ,
            
             a
             taking
             away
             .
          
           
           
             A
             figure
             contrary
             to
             Prosthesis
             ,
             and
             is
             ,
             when
             a
             letter
             or
             syllable
             is
             taken
             away
             from
             the
             beginning
             of
             a
             word
             .
          
           
             
             Prosthesis
             apponit
             capiti
             ,
             quod
             Aphaeresis
             aufert
             .
          
           
             
               Examples
               of
               Prosthesis
               and
               Aphaeresis
               .
            
             
               
                 Vt
                 ;
                 gnatus
                 .
                 tetuli
                 .
                 ruit
                 .
                 &
                 non
                 temnere
                 divos
                 .
                 Gnatus
                 ,
              
               for
               ,
               
                 natus
                 .
                 Tetuli
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 tuli
                 ,
                 Ruit
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 eruit
                 .
                 Temnere
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               contemnere
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             SYNCOPE
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             a
             cutting
             away
             .
             Syncope
             is
             a
             figure
             contrary
             to
             Epenthesis
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             a
             letter
             or
             syllable
             is
             taken
             or
             cut
             away
             from
             the
             midst
             of
             a
             word
             .
          
           
             
               Epenthesis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               interpositio
            
             ,
             interposition
             ,
             or
             a
             putting
             in
             between
             .
          
           
             Epenthesis
             is
             the
             interposition
             of
             a
             letter
             or
             syllable
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             a
             word
             .
          
           
             Syncope
             de
             medio
             tollit
             ,
             quod
             Epenthesis
             infert
             .
          
           
             
               
               Examples
               of
               Syncope
               and
               Epenthesis
               .
            
             
               
                 Relligio
                 .
                 Mavors
                 .
                 Jusso
                 .
                 Surrexe
                 .
                 Repostum
                 .
              
            
             
               Relligio
               for
               ,
               
                 religio
                 .
                 Repostum
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 repositum
                 .
                 Abiit
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 abivit
                 .
                 Petiit
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 petivit
                 .
                 Dixti
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               dixisti
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               APOCOPE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               abscissio
            
             ,
             a
             cutting
             off
             .
          
           
             Apocope
             is
             a
             figure
             contrary
             to
             Paragoge
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             the
             last
             letter
             or
             syllable
             of
             a
             word
             is
             cut
             off
             or
             taken
             away
             .
          
           
           
             
               Paragoge
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               productio
            
             ,
             a
             making
             long
             .
          
           
             Paragoge
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             a
             letter
             or
             syllable
             is
             added
             to
             the
             end
             of
             a
             word
             .
          
           
             Aufert
             Apocope
             finem
             ,
             quem
             dat
             Paragoge
             .
          
           
             
               Examples
               of
               Apocope
               and
               Paragoge
               .
               
            
             
               
                 Ingeni
                 .
                 Hymen
                 .
                 Curru
                 .
                 Tyrio
                 vestirier
                 ostro
                 .
              
            
             
               Ingeni
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 Ingenii
                 .
                 Curru
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 currui
                 .
                 Peculi
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               
                 Peculii
                 .
                 Dicier
              
               ,
               for
               ,
               dici
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANTITHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Oppositio
            
             ,
             opposition
             ,
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               antitheton
               ]
               oppositum
               ,
               opposite
            
             ,
             set
             or
             placed
             ,
             against
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             anti
             ]
             against
             ,
             &
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               thesis
               ]
               positio
            
             ,
             a
             position
             ,
             or
             state
             of
             a
             question
             ,
             which
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               tithemi
               ]
               pono
            
             ,
             to
             put
             .
          
           
             Antithesis
             is
             sometimes
             a
             figure
             ,
             whereby
             one
             letter
             is
             put
             for
             another
             ;
             and
             then
             it
             is
             the
             same
             with
             Antistoichon
             ,
             which
             signifies
             change
             of
             letters
             .
          
           
             
               Litterulam
               Antithesis
               mutat
               ,
               quod
               &
               Antistoechon
               :
               
            
             
               Olli
               subridens
               ,
               vostrum
               ,
               servom
               .
               faciundo
               .
            
          
           
             Olli
             ,
             for
             ,
             
               illi
               .
               Vostrum
            
             ,
             for
             ,
             
               vestrum
               .
               Servom
            
             ,
             for
             ,
             
               servum
               .
               Faciundo
            
             ,
             for
             ,
             faciendo
             .
          
           
             Antithesis
             ,
             is
             also
             the
             illustration
             of
             a
             thing
             by
             its
             opposite
             ,
             or
             the
             placing
             of
             contraries
             one
             against
             another
             ,
             as
             spokes
             in
             a
             wheel
             ;
             and
             is
             a
             Rhetorial
             Exornation
             when
             contraries
             are
             opposed
             
             to
             contraries
             in
             a
             speech
             or
             sentence
             ;
             or
             when
             contrary
             Epithets
             are
             opposed
             ,
             as
             also
             when
             sentences
             ,
             or
             parts
             of
             a
             sentence
             are
             opposed
             to
             each
             other
             .
          
           
             
               In
               bonâ
               segete
               nonnulla
               spica
               nequam
               ,
               neque
               in
               malâ
               non
               aliqua
               bona
               .
            
          
           
             This
             Exornation
             is
             of
             contrary
             words
             ;
             or
             contrary
             sentences
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Of
             
               contrary
               words
            
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Hujus
               orationis
               difficilius
               est
               exitum
               ,
               quàm
               principium
               invenire
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quisquis
               ubique
               habitat
               ,
               maxime
               nusquam
               habitat
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             Of
             Sentences
             :
             This
             Antithesis
             marvailously
             delights
             and
             allures
             .
          
           
             
               Obsequium
               amicos
               ,
               veritas
               odium
               parit
               .
            
          
           
             
               Habet
               assentatio
               jucunda
               principia
               ;
               eadem
               exitus
               aemarissimos
               adfert
               .
            
          
           
             —
             Plus
             hujus
             inopia
             ad
             misericordiam
             ,
             quam
             illius
             ope
             ad
             crudelitatem
             .
          
           
             
               Cujus
               adolescentia
               ad
               scientiam
               rei
               militaris
               ,
               non
               alienis
               praeceptis
               ,
               sed
               suis
               imperiis
               ,
               non
               offensionibus
               belli
               ,
               sed
               victoriis
               ,
               non
               stipendiis
               ,
               sed
               triumphis
               ,
               est
               traducta
               .
            
          
           
             But
             that
             is
             the
             most
             elegant
             Antithesis
             ,
             when
             contrary
             words
             are
             oftnest
             opposed
             to
             each
             other
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Egentee
               in
               locupletes
               ,
               perditi
               in
               bonos
               ,
               servi
               in
               dominos
               armabantur
               .
            
          
           
             Or
             when
             contrary
             sentences
             are
             oftnest
             opposed
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Conferte
               hanc
               pacem
               cum
               illo
               bello
               ;
               hujus
               praetoris
               adventum
               cum
               illius
               Imperatoris
               victoriâ
               ;
               hujus
               cohortem
               impuram
               cum
               illius
               exercitu
               invicto
               ;
               hujus
               libidines
               cum
               illius
               continentia
               :
               ab
               
               illo
               qui
               cepit
               conditas
               ,
               ab
               hoc
               qui
               constitutas
               accepit
               ,
               captas
               dicetis
               Syracusas
               .
            
             Verr.
             Act.
             5.
             
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Antithesis
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               gone
               ,
               but
               yet
               by
               a
               gainful
               remove
               ;
               from
               painful
               labour
               to
               quiet
               rest
               ,
               from
               un
               quiet
               desires
               to
               happy
               contentment
               ,
               from
               sorrow
               to
               joy
               ,
               and
               from
               transitory
               time
               to
               immortality
               .
            
             
               So
               well
               sighted
               were
               the
               eyes
               of
               his
               mind
               ,
               that
               by
               them
               he
               saw
               life
               in
               death
               ,
               an
               exultation
               in
               falling
               ,
               glory
               in
               shame
               ,
               a
               Kingdome
               in
               bondage
               ,
               and
               a
               glorious
               light
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               darknesse
               .
            
             
               Compare
               the
               ones
               impatiency
               with
               the
               others
               mildnesse
               ,
               the
               ones
               insolency
               with
               the
               others
               submission
               ,
               the
               ones
               humility
               with
               the
               others
               indignation
               ,
               and
               tell
               me
               whether
               he
               that
               conquer'd
               seem'd
               not
               rather
               confounded
               ,
               then
               he
               that
               yielded
               ,
               any
               thing
               discouraged
               ;
               or
               set
               the
               ones
               triumph
               against
               the
               others
               captivity
               ,
               losse
               against
               victory
               ,
               feasts
               against
               wounds
               ,
               a
               crown
               against
               fetters
               ;
               and
               the
               majesty
               of
               courage
               will
               appear
               in
               the
               overthrown
               .
            
             
               What
               's
               more
               odious
               then
               labour
               to
               the
               idle
               ,
               fasting
               to
               the
               glutton
               ,
               want
               to
               the
               covetous
               ,
               shame
               to
               the
               proud
               ,
               and
               good
               laws
               to
               the
               wicked
               ?
            
             
               Art
               thou
               rich
               ?
               then
               rob
               not
               the
               poor
               :
               if
               thou
               beest
               wise
               ,
               beguile
               not
               the
               simple
               ;
               if
               strong
               ,
               tread
               not
               the
               weak
               under
               thy
               feet
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Antithesis
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               14.11
               .
               The
               house
               of
               the
               wicked
               shall
               be
               overthrown
               :
               but
               the
               Tabernacle
               of
               the
               upright
               shall
               flourish
               .
            
             
               Verse
               34.
               
               Righteousenesse
               exalteth
               a
               Nation
               :
               but
               sin
               is
               a
               reproach
               to
               any
               people
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               59.9
               .
               We
               wait
               for
               light
               ,
               but
               behold
               obscurity
               ;
               for
               brightnesse
               ,
               but
               we
               walk
               in
               darknesse
               .
            
             
               Lam.
               1.1
               .
               How
               doth
               the
               City
               sit
               solitary
               that
               was
               full
               of
               people
               !
               how
               is
               she
               become
               as
               a
               widow
               !
               she
               that
               was
               great
               among
               the
               Nations
               ,
               and
               Princesse
               among
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               how
               is
               she
               become
               tributary
               !
            
             
               Prov.
               29.2
               .
               When
               the
               righteous
               are
               in
               authority
               ,
               the
               people
               rejoyce
               :
               but
               when
               the
               wicked
               beareth
               rule
               ,
               the
               people
               mourn
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               29.7
               .
               An
               unjust
               man
               is
               an
               abomination
               to
               the
               just
               ;
               and
               he
               that
               is
               upright
               in
               the
               way
               ,
               is
               an
               abomination
               to
               the
               wicked
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               3.35
               .
               The
               wise
               shall
               inherit
               glory
               ,
               but
               shame
               shall
               be
               the
               promotion
               of
               fools
               .
            
             
               See
               Isa
               5.20
               .
               Prov.
               3.33.12.23.28.1.12.24.13.4.15.1.17.15
               .
               Prov.
               13.7
               ,
               8.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               METATHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Transpositio
            
             ,
             Transposition
             .
          
           
             Transposition
             is
             a
             Grammar
             figure
             whereby
             one
             letter
             is
             put
             for
             another
             .
          
           
             
               Transponitque
               elementa
               Metathesis
               ;
               ut
               ,
               
                 tibi
                 Thymbre
              
               .
            
             
             
               Thymbre
               ,
               pro
               ,
               Thymber
               ▪
               item
               ,
               pistris
               ,
               pro
               ,
               pristis
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ECTHLIPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               elisio
            
             ,
             a
             striking
             out
             .
             It
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             Prosodia
             ,
             especially
             when
             (
             M
             )
             with
             his
             vowel
             is
             taken
             away
             ,
             the
             next
             word
             beginning
             with
             a
             vowel
             .
          
           
             
               Synaloepha
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               synaloiphe
               ]
               Commixtio
               ,
            
             a
             mingling
             together
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             gathering
             of
             two
             vowels
             into
             one
             syllable
             :
             or
             a
             Collision
             or
             dashing
             together
             of
             a
             vowel
             before
             another
             in
             divers
             words
             .
          
           
             Ecthlipsis
             M.
             vocales
             aufert
             Synaloepha
             .
             
          
           
             
               Examples
               of
               Ecthlipsis
               and
               Synalaepha
               .
            
             
               Tu
               in
               me
               ita
               es
               ,
               hem
               !
               in
               te
               ut
               ego
               sum
               :
               ac
               tu
               me
               ibi
               ama
               ,
               ut
               te
               ego
               amo
               hic
               jam
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYSTOLE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               correptio
            
             ,
             a
             shortning
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             of
             Prosodia
             ,
             whereby
             a
             long
             syllable
             is
             contrary
             to
             its
             nature
             made
             short
             .
          
           
             This
             and
             Synecphonesis
             are
             alike
             ,
             whereunto
             Diastole
             is
             contrary
             .
          
           
             
               Diastole
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               extensio
            
             ,
             extension
             ,
             or
             lengthening
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             of
             Prosodia
             ,
             whereby
             syllable
             ,
             short
             by
             nature
             is
             made
             long
             .
          
           
             Systole
             ducta
             rapit
             ;
             correpta
             Diastole
             duc●t
             .
             
          
           
             
             
               Examples
               of
               Systole
               and
               Diastole
               .
            
             
               
                 Recidimus
                 .
                 Steterunt
                 .
                 Naufragia
                 .
                 Semisopi●a
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYNAERESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               synairesis
               ]
               Contrictio
               ,
            
             Contraction
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             contraction
             of
             two
             words
             or
             syllable
             into
             one
             .
          
           
             
               
               Syllaha
               de
               binis
               confecta
               Synaeresis
               esto
               :
            
             
               Acripides
               .
               alveo
               .
               cui
               .
               tenvis
               .
               parjetis
               .
               aurea
               .
            
             
               Seu
               lento
               fuerint
               alvaria
               vimine
               texta
               .
            
          
           
             
               Alvaria
               pro
               alvearia
            
             .
          
           
             
               Diaeresis
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               diairesis
               ]
               divisio
               ,
            
             division
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             Prosodia
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             one
             syllable
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             parts
             .
          
           
             
               
               Dividit
               in
               binas
               partita
               Diaeresis
               unam
               :
            
             
               Evoluisset
               .
               aheneus
               .
               evohe
               .
               materiai
               .
            
             
               Debuerant
               fusos
               evoluisse
               suos
               .
            
          
           
             Evoluisse
             ,
             for
             ,
             
               evolvisse
               .
               ahe●eus
               ,
               pro
               ,
               aeneus
               .
               evohe
               ,
               pro
               ,
               vae
               .
               materiai
               ,
               pro
               ,
               materiae
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ELLIPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               elleipsis
               ]
               defectus
               ,
            
             defect
             ,
             or
             want
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               elleipo
               ]
               deficio
            
             ,
             to
             lack
             or
             want
             .
          
           
             *
             A
             figure
             when
             for
             expressing
             of
             passion
             and
             affection
             ,
             some
             word
             (
             necessary
             in
             construction
             )
             is
             forborn
             :
             or
             ,
             when
             in
             a
             sentence
             ,
             a
             word
             is
             wanting
             ,
             
             to
             make
             that
             sense
             ,
             which
             hath
             been
             spoken
             .
          
           
             
               Dicitur
               Ellepsis
               ,
               si
               ,
               ad
               sensum
               ,
               dictio
               desit
               :
            
             
               Non
               est
               solvendo
               .
               dicunt
               .
               quid
               plura
               ?
               quid
               istis
               ?
               
            
          
           
             So
             that
             deficient
             speech
             of
             
               Venus
               ,
               Aen.
            
             1.
             carries
             matter
             of
             admiration
             with
             it
             .
          
           
             
               Sed
               vos
               qui
               tandem
               ?
               ubi
               omittitur
               [
               estis
               ]
               .
            
          
           
             And
             that
             of
             Pamphilus
             his
             indignation
             .
          
           
             Ter.
             Act.
             1.
             
             Scen.
             5.
             
             Tantamne
             rem
             tam
             negligenter
             agier
             ?
             ubi
             deest
             [
             decet
             ]
             .
          
           
             
               Ex
               pede
               Herculem
               :
               ubi
               omittitur
               computes
               magnitudinem
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Ellipsis
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               3.1
               .
               And
               he
               said
               to
               the
               woman
               ,
               (
               i.e.
               )
               the
               devill
               in
               the
               Serpent
               .
            
             
               Exod.
               4.15
               .
               Then
               Zipporah
               took
               a
               sharp
               [
               stone
               or
               knife
               ]
               which
               is
               understood
               ,
               but
               not
               exprest
               in
               the
               Original
               .
            
             
               Numb
               .
               14
               19.
               
               He
               also
               that
               shall
               have
               dominion
               shall
               be
               of
               
                 Jacob
                 ,
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               off-spring
               of
               Jacob.
               
            
             
               See
               Numb
               .
               16.28
               .
               2
               King.
               19.9.22.18
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1.13
               .
               I
               cannot
               iniquity
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               I
               cannot
               bear
               iniquity
               .
            
             
               Hos.
               8.1
               .
               Trumpet
               to
               mouth
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               set
               the
               Trumpet
               to
               thy
               mouth
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               6.4
               .
               And
               thou
               Lord
               ,
               how
               long
               ?
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ZEVGMA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               junctura
            
             ,
             a
             joyning
             or
             coupling
             together
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             jungo
             ,
             to
             joyn
             or
             couple
             .
          
           
           
             Zeugma
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             construction
             ,
             whereby
             one
             Verb
             or
             Adjective
             answering
             the
             nearer
             to
             divers
             Nominative
             cases
             or
             Substantives
             ,
             is
             reduced
             to
             the
             one
             expresly
             ,
             but
             to
             the
             other
             by
             a
             supplement
             .
          
           
             
               Suppositis
               multis
               si
               verbum
               inserviat
               unum
               ,
            
             
               
               Aut
               Adjectivum
               ,
               fit
               Zeugma
               :
               
                 Hic
                 illius
                 arma
              
               ,
            
             
               Hic
               currus
               fuit
               .
               Hircus
               erit
               tibi
               salvus
               &
               hoedi
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vicit
               pudorem
               libido
               ,
               timorem
               audacia
               ,
               rationem
               amentia
               .
            
          
           
             But
             when
             there
             is
             a
             Comparison
             ,
             or
             Similitude
             ,
             the
             Verb
             or
             Adjective
             agrees
             with
             the
             former
             Nominative
             case
             or
             Substantive
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ego
               melius
               quam
               tu
               scribo
               .
               Ego
               sicut
               foenum
               arui
               .
            
          
           
             
               Hoc
               ille
               ita
               prudenter
               atque
               ego
               fecisset
               .
            
          
           
             Zeugma
             is
             made
             three
             wayes
             ;
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             In
             Person
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ego
               &
               tu
               studes
            
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             In
             Gender
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Maritus
               &
               uxor
               est
               irata
            
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             In
             Number
             :
             as
             ,
             
               —
               Hic
               illius
               arma
               ,
               hic
               currus
               fuit
               .
            
          
           
             Zeugma
             hath
             three
             kinds
             :
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Protozeugma
             .
             which
             is
             when
             the
             Verb
             or
             Adjective
             is
             expressed
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             clause
             or
             sentence
             ;
             and
             omitted
             after
             :
             
               
                 —
                 Sunt
                 nobis
                 mitia
                 poma
                 ,
              
               
                 Castna●ae
                 molles
                 ,
                 &
                 pressi
                 copia
                 lactis
                 ,
              
            
          
           
             
               Dormio
               ego
               &
               tu
            
             .
          
           
             For
             neither
             art
             thou
             he
             Cataline
             ,
             
             whom
             at
             any
             time
             shame
             could
             call
             back
             from
             dishonesty
             ,
             either
             fear
             from
             perill
             ,
             or
             reason
             from
             madness
             .
          
           
           
             Here
             the
             Verb
             [
             could
             call
             back
             ]
             is
             the
             common
             word
             which
             is
             exprest
             in
             the
             first
             clause
             ,
             and
             understood
             in
             the
             rest
             following
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Mesozeugma
             ,
             when
             the
             common
             word
             is
             put
             in
             the
             middle
             clause
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Semper
               honos
               ,
               nomenque
               tuum
               ,
               laudesque
               manebunt
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ego
               Dormio
               &
               tu
            
             .
          
           
             What
             a
             shame
             is
             this
             ,
             that
             neither
             hope
             of
             reward
             ,
             nor
             fear
             of
             reproach
             could
             any
             thing
             move
             him
             ,
             neither
             the
             perswasion
             of
             his
             friends
             ,
             nor
             the
             love
             of
             his
             country
             !
          
           
             3.
             
             Hypozeugma
             ,
             which
             is
             when
             the
             Verb
             or
             Adjective
             ,
             or
             the
             common
             word
             is
             put
             in
             the
             last
             clause
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             clause
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ego
               mihi
               illum
               ,
               sibi
               me
               ille
               anteferebat
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ego
               &
               tu
               d●rmis
            
             .
          
           
             
               Non
               Venus
               &
               vivum
               sublimia
               pectora
               fregit
               .
            
          
           
             The
             foundation
             of
             freedom
             ,
             the
             fountain
             of
             equity
             ,
             the
             safeguard
             of
             wealth
             ,
             and
             custody
             of
             life
             is
             preserved
             by
             laws
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             figure
             Zeugma
             ,
             a
             verb
             is
             sometimes
             reduced
             to
             two
             Nominative
             cases
             ,
             and
             agrees
             with
             both
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Zeugma
             of
             locution
             ,
             not
             of
             construction
             ;
             as
             ,
          
           
             Joannes
             
               fuit
               piscator
               &
            
             Petrus
             .
          
           
             John
             was
             a
             fisherman
             and
             Peter
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               SYLLEPSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Comprehensio
            
             ,
             Comprehension
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syllambano
               ]
               comprehendo
            
             ,
             to
             comprehend
             or
             contain
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             of
             Construction
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             a
             Nominative
             case
             plural
             is
             joyned
             to
             a
             Verb
             singular
             ,
             or
             a
             Nominative
             singular
             to
             a
             Verb
             plural
             :
             
             or
             it
             is
             a
             comprehension
             of
             the
             more
             unworthy
             under
             the
             more
             worthy
             .
          
           
             
               
               Personam
               ,
               genus
               &
               numerum
               conceptio
               triplex
               .
            
             
               Accipit
               indignum
               Syllepsis
               sub
               mage
               digno
               :
            
             
               Tuque
               puerque
               eritis
               .
               Rex
               &
               Regina
               beati
               .
            
          
           
             
               Quid
               tu
               &
               soror
               facitis
            
             ?
             In
             English
             ,
          
           
             What
             doe
             you
             and
             your
             sister
             make
             ?
          
           
             
               Ego
               &
               mater
               miseri
               perimus
            
             :
             I
             and
             my
             mother
             being
             miserable
             ,
             doe
             perish
             .
          
           
             
               Tu
               &
               uxor
               ,
               qui
               adfuistis
               .
               testis
               estote
            
             :
             You
             and
             your
             wi●e
             ,
             who
             were
             present
             ,
             be
             ye
             witnesses
             .
          
           
             Syllepsis
             is
             threefold
             :
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Of
             the
             Person
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ego
               &
               pater
               sumus
               in
               tuto
               :
            
             I
             and
             my
             father
             are
             safe
             .
          
           
             
               Neque
               ego
               ,
               neque
               tu
               sapimus
            
             :
             Neither
             I
             nor
             you
             are
             wise
             .
          
           
             
               Tu
               q●id
               ego
               &
               populus
               mecum
               desideret
               audi
               :
            
             Hear
             thou
             what
             I
             and
             the
             people
             with
             me
             do
             desire
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Of
             the
             Gender
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               ●ex
               &
               Regni
               beati
            
             :
             The
             King
             and
             the
             Queen
             be
             blest
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Of
             the
             Number
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ego
               cum
               fratre
               sumus
               candidi
            
             :
             I
             with
             my
             brother
             are
             white
             .
          
           
             So
             
               Ovid.
               Impliciti
               laqueis
               nudus
               uterque
               jacet
               :
            
             They
             lie
             both
             naked
             fast
             tyed
             together
             with
             cords
             ,
             speaking
             of
             Mars
             and
             Venus
             tyed
             together
             in
             Vulcans
             net
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               DIALYTON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               dissolutum
            
             ,
             disjoyned
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               dialyo
               ]
               dissolvo
            
             to
             disjoyn
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             all
             one
             with
             Asyndeton
             .
          
           
             
               Asyndeton
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               inconjunctum
            
             ,
             disjoyned
             ,
             or
             without
             copulative
             :
             derived
             from
             the
             privative
             a
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syndetos
               ]
               colligatus
            
             ,
             bound
             together
             ;
             which
             is
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               deo
               ]
               ●ig●
            
             ,
             to
             bind
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             in
             a
             heap
             or
             pile
             of
             words
             ,
             a
             conjunction
             copulative
             it
             not
             only
             fo●
             speed
             and
             vehemency
             ,
             but
             for
             pathetical
             Emphasis
             sake
             left
             out
             .
          
           
             
               Dialyton
               tollit
               juncturam
               ,
               ut
               Asyndeton
               ,
               idque
               
               
            
             
               *
               Articulus
               faciet
               :
               
                 Rex
                 ,
                 Miles
                 ,
                 Plebs
                 negat
                 illud
                 .
              
            
             
               Frangetoros
               ,
               pete
               vina
               ,
               rosas
               cape●
               tingere
               nardo
               ,
            
          
           
             
               Tot
               res
               repente
               circumvallant
               ,
               unde
               emergi
               non
               potest
               ;
               vis
               ,
               egestas
               ,
               injustitia
               ,
               solitudo
               ,
               infamia
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vbi
               singulae
               voces
               asynditae
               ,
               sunt
               emphaticae
               .
            
          
           
             
               Caeteros
               ruerem
               ,
               agerem
               ,
               raperem
               ,
               tunderem
               ,
               proste●nerem
               .
            
          
           
             
               Veni
               ,
               vidi
               ,
               vici
            
             .
          
           
             Here
             if
             the
             words
             were
             copulated
             with
             conjunctions
             ,
             the
             quick
             vertue
             ,
             vehemency
             and
             earnest
             affection
             of
             the
             speech
             would
             languish
             and
             decay
             .
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Dialyton
               and
               Asyndeton
               .
            
             
               Her
               face
               with
               beauty
               ,
               her
               head
               with
               wisedom
               ,
               her
               eyes
               with
               Majesty
               ,
               her
               countenance
               with
               gracefulnesse
               ,
               her
               lips
               with
               lovelinesse
               ;
               where
               many
               [
               ands
               ]
               are
               spared
               .
            
             
               The
               King
               himself
               ,
               the
               souldier
               ,
               all
               sorts
               of
               people
               deny
               this
               .
            
             
               By
               the
               folly
               and
               wickednesse
               thou
               hast
               lost
               thy
               substance
               ,
               thy
               good
               name
               ,
               thy
               friends
               ,
               thy
               parents
               ,
               and
               offended
               thy
               Creator
               .
            
             
               In
               some
               places
               only
               the
               Conjunction
               is
               put
               in
               the
               last
               place
               ,
               in
               a
               Compare
               of
               three
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               A
               fair
               woman
               doth
               not
               only
               command
               without
               entreaty
               ,
               but
               perswade
               without
               speaking
               .
            
             
               Her
               wit
               endeared
               by
               youth
               ,
               her
               affection
               by
               birth
               ,
               and
               her
               sadnesse
               by
               her
               beauty
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               13
               ,
               4
               ,
               5
               ,
               6
               ,
               7.
               
               Charity
               suffereth
               long
               ,
               envyeth
               not
               ,
               vaunteth
               not
               it self
               ,
               is
               not
               puffed
               up
               ,
               behaves
               not
               it self
               unseemly
               ,
               seeketh
               not
               her
               own
               ,
               is
               not
               easily
               provoked
               ,
               thinketh
               no
               evill
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               2
               Tim
               :
               3.2
               ,
               3.
               
               For
               men
               shall
               be
               lovers
               of
               their
               own
               selves
               ,
               covetous
               ,
               boasters
               ,
               proud
               ,
               blasphemers
               ,
               disobedient
               to
               parents
               ,
               unthankful
               ,
               unholy
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               like
               also
               you
               may
               find
               in
               Rom.
               1.29
               ,
               &c.
               Psal.
               66.1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3.
               
               Rom.
               3.11
               ,
               12
               ,
               &c.
               1
               Thes
               ,
               5
               ,
               16.
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               POLYSYNDETON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               varie
               &
               multipliciter
               conjunctum
               ,
            
             diversly
             and
             many
             wayes
             joyned
             or
             coupled
             together
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               polu
               multum
               ,
               valde
            
             ,
             very
             much
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syndetos
               ]
               conjunctus
            
             ,
             joyned
             together
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             signifying
             superfluity
             of
             conjunctions
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             divers
             words
             are
             for
             their
             weightinesse
             ,
             (
             and
             not
             without
             an
             Emphasis
             )
             knit
             together
             with
             many
             copulatives
             .
          
           
             
               Conjunctura
               frequens
               vocum
               Polysyndeton
               esto
               :
               
            
             
               Fataque
               forsunasque
               virûm
               moresque
               manusque
               
            
          
           
             Liv.
             lib.
             8.
             
             Dec.
             3.
             
             
               Et
               somnus
               &
               vinum
               ,
               &
               epulae
               ,
               &
               scorta
               ,
               &
               balneae
               ,
               corpora
               atque
               animos
               enervant
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Overmuch
               sleep
               also
               ,
               and
               wine
               ,
               and
               banquets
               ,
               and
               queans
               ,
               and
               bathes
               enervate
               and
               enfeeble
               the
               body
               and
               minde
               .
            
             
               He
               was
               both
               an
               enemie
               to
               his
               countrey
               ,
               and
               a
               betrayer
               of
               his
               trust
               ,
               and
               a
               contemner
               of
               the
               good
               laws
               ,
               and
               a
               subverter
               of
               the
               peoples
               liberties
               and
               immunities
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Polysyndeton
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               13.1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3.
               
               Though
               I
               speak
               with
               the
               tongues
               of
               men
               and
               Angels
               ,
               and
               have
               not
               charity
               ,
               I
               am
               become
               as
               sounding
               brass
               ,
               or
               a
               tinckling
               
               cymbal
               ,
               and
               though
               I
               have
               the
               gift
               of
               prophesie
               ,
               and
               understand
               all
               mysteries
               ,
               and
               all
               knowledge
               ,
               yea
               ,
               if
               I
               had
               all
               faith
               ,
               so
               that
               I
               could
               remove
               mountains
               ,
               and
               had
               not
               love
               ,
               I
               were
               nothing
               .
            
             
               Act.
               1.13
               .
               Where
               abode
               both
               Peter
               and
               James
               ,
               and
               John
               ,
               and
               
                 Andrew
                 ,
                 &c.
              
               
            
             
               G●l
               .
               4.10
               .
               Ye
               observe
               dayes
               ,
               and
               months
               ,
               and
               times
               ,
               and
               years
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               examples
               you
               have
               in
               Rom.
               8.38
               ,
               39.
               
               P●al
               .
               18.2
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PLEONASMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               redundantia
            
             ,
             superfluity
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               pleonazo
               ]
               redundo
            
             ,
             to
             abound
             superfluously
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             some
             superfluous
             word
             is
             added
             in
             a
             sentence
             to
             signifie
             emphatically
             the
             vehemency
             and
             earnestnesse
             of
             the
             speaker
             ,
             and
             the
             certainty
             of
             the
             matter
             spoken
             .
          
           
             
               
               Vocibus
               exuperat
               Pleonasmus
               &
               emphasin
               auget
               .
            
             
               Auribus
               his
               audivi
               ,
               oculis
               vidi
               ,
               ore
               loquutus
               .
            
          
           
             
               Cic.
               Accipies
               igitur
               hoc
               parvum
               opusculum
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vbi
               gentium
               ?
               quo
               terrarum
               abiit
               ?
            
          
           
             Te●
             .
             
               Te
               interea
               loci
               cognovi
            
             .
          
           
             
               Nilo
               amn●
               vectus
            
             .
          
           
             Te●
             .
             
               Eg●
               hominem
               callidiorem
               vidi
               n●minem
               quam
               Phormionem
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               I
               heard
               it
               with
               these
               ears
               .
            
             
             
               I
               saw
               it
               with
               these
               eyes
               .
            
             
               I
               spake
               the
               words
               with
               my
               own
               mouth
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Pleonasmus
               .
            
             
               The
               God
               of
               all
               grace
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               fountain
               of
               his
               rich
               mercy
               oft
               uses
               this
               manner
               of
               speaking
               ,
               thereby
               to
               condescend
               to
               the
               weaknesse
               of
               our
               capacities
               ,
               clear
               up
               things
               to
               our
               understandings
               ,
               and
               beat
               them
               as
               it
               were
               into
               our
               dull
               apprehension
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Deut.
               13.4
               .
               Ye
               shall
               walk
               after
               the
               Lord
               and
               fear
               him
               ,
               and
               keep
               his
               commandments
               ,
               and
               obey
               his
               voyce
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               serve
               him
               ,
               and
               cleave
               unto
               him
               .
            
             
               Deut.
               33.6
               .
               O
               foolish
               people
               and
               unwise
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               27.2
               .
               Let
               another
               man
               praise
               thee
               ,
               and
               not
               thine
               own
               mouth
               ;
               a
               stranger
               ,
               and
               not
               thine
               own
               lips
               .
            
             
               1
               Joh.
               1.1
               .
               We
               have
               seen
               with
               our
               eyes
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               So
               Joh.
               1.3.6.33
               ,
               34
               ,
               35.
               
            
             
               These
               Pleonastical
               inculcations
               are
               not
               vain
               ,
               but
               serve
               to
               work
               things
               the
               better
               upon
               our
               hard
               hearts
               .
            
             
               The
               Scripture
               is
               often
               exegetical
               ;
               what
               it
               speaks
               darkly
               in
               one
               place
               ,
               it
               explains
               in
               another
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARELCON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               protractio
            
             ,
             protraction
             ,
             or
             prolonging
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               parelco
               ]
               potraho
            
             ,
             to
             protract
             or
             prolong
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             a
             syllable
             ,
             or
             whole
             word
             is
             added
             to
             another
             in
             the
             end
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             
             
               
               Syllabicum
               adjectum
               sit
               vocis
               fine
               Parelcon
               :
            
             
               Quipote
               .
               numnam
               .
               etiamnum
               .
               ehodum
               .
               tu
               Sosia
               adesdum
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARENTHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               interpositio
            
             ,
             interposition
             ,
             or
             an
             inserting
             between
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               parentithemi
               ]
               insero
               ,
               interjicio
            
             :
             to
             interpose
             ,
             or
             cast
             between
             .
          
           
             Parenthesis
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             or
             a
             clause
             comprehended
             within
             another
             sentence
             ,
             which
             (
             though
             it
             give
             some
             strength
             )
             may
             very
             well
             be
             left
             out
             ,
             and
             yet
             the
             speech
             perfect
             ,
             or
             the
             sense
             sound
             .
          
           
             Herein
             are
             two
             rules
             observable
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Let
             it
             neither
             be
             long
             nor
             frequent
             ,
             because
             then
             it
             will
             render
             the
             sentence
             obscure
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Let
             it
             be
             very
             seldome
             that
             one
             Parenthesis
             be
             inserted
             within
             another
             .
          
           
             
               
               Membrum
               interjecto
               sermone
               Parenthesis
               auget
               :
            
             
               Credo
               equidem
               (
               nec
               vana
               fides
               )
               genus
               esse
               Deorum
               .
            
          
           
             Horat.
             
               Caetera
               de
               genere
               hoc
               (
               adeo
               sunt
               multa
               )
               loquacem
            
          
           
             
               Delassare
               valent
               Fabium
            
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               a
               Parenthesis
               makes
               your
               discourse
               more
               graceful
               and
               intelligible
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Tell
               me
               ingenuously
               (
               if
               there
               be
               any
               ingenuity
               in
               you
               )
               whether
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               That
               what
               his
               wit
               could
               conceive
               (
               and
               his
               wit
               can
               conceive
               as
               far
               as
               the
               limits
               of
               reason
               stretch
               )
               was
               all
               directed
               to
               the
               setting
               forth
               of
               his
               friend
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               And
               indeed
               all
               Parentheses
               are
               in
               extreams
               ,
               either
               graces
               or
               foyls
               to
               a
               speech
               ;
            
             
               If
               they
               be
               long
               they
               seem
               interruptions
               ,
               and
               therefore
               at
               the
               end
               of
               them
               must
               be
               a
               retreat
               to
               the
               matter
               ,
               called
               Antanaclasis
               ,
               in
               which
               figure
               you
               shall
               find
               examples
               of
               such
               Parentheses
               as
               require
               a
               retreat
               to
               the
               matter
               .
            
             
               A
               Parenthesis
               is
               often
               put
               in
               .
               when
               the
               speaker
               supposing
               that
               the
               hearer
               may
               demand
               a
               reason
               of
               ,
               or
               make
               an
               objection
               to
               what
               he
               saith
               ,
               p●even●eth
               him
               by
               an
               interposition
               expressed
               before
               the
               sentence
               be
               all
               ended
               :
               so
               that
               hereby
               it
               may
               appear
               that
               a
               Parenthesis
               serves
               to
               confirm
               the
               saying
               by
               the
               inte●position
               of
               a
               reason
               ,
               and
               to
               confute
               the
               objection
               by
               the
               timely
               prevention
               of
               an
               answer
               :
               Also
               where
               the
               sentence
               may
               seem
               dark
               ,
               or
               doubtful
               ,
               it
               puts
               in
               a
               short
               annotation
               or
               exposition
               to
               give
               light
               ,
               and
               to
               resolve
               the
               doubt
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Parenthesis
               .
            
             
               2
               Cor.
               11.23
               .
               Are
               they
               Ministers
               of
               Christ
               ?
               (
               I
               speak
               as
               a
               fool
               )
               I
               am
               more
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Isa.
               7.23
               .
               At
               th●t
               time
               all
               vineyards
               (
               though
               there
               were
               a
               thousand
               vines
               in
               one
               ,
               and
               sold
               for
               a
               thousand
               silverlings
               )
               shall
               be
               turned
               into
               bryars
               and
               thorns
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             EVOCATIO
             ,
             Evocation
             or
             calling
             forth
             .
          
           
             *
             Evocation
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             construction
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             the
             Nominative
             Case
             to
             a
             Verb
             of
             the
             third
             Person
             is
             set
             before
             a
             Verb
             of
             the
             first
             or
             second
             Person
             ,
             which
             draws
             and
             as
             it
             were
             calls
             it
             away
             to
             its
             own
             impropriety
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             as
             the
             first
             or
             second
             Person
             doth
             immediately
             call
             unto
             it self
             the
             third
             ;
             they
             do
             both
             become
             the
             first
             or
             second
             Person
             .
          
           
             
               
               Personam
               ad
               primam
               revocatur
               sive
               secundam
               .
            
             
               Tertia
               :
               Qui
               legis
               hac
               .
               Populus
               superamur
               ab
               uno
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ego
               pauper
               laboro
               ;
               tu
               dives
               ludis
               .
            
          
           
             Where
             note
             that
             the
             Verb
             must
             agree
             with
             the
             Person
             calling
             ;
             as
             may
             yet
             further
             appear
             ;
             viz.
             
          
           
             
               Ego
               tuae
               deliciae
               istúc
               veniam
            
             .
          
           
             
               Magna
               pars
               studiosorum
               amoenitates
               quaerimus
            
             ;
             A
             great
             part
             of
             us
             students
             doe
             seek
             pleasures
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               PARATHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               appositio
            
             ,
             apposition
             ,
             or
             a
             putting
             of
             one
             thing
             to
             another
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               paratithemi
               ]
               appono
            
             ,
             to
             put
             or
             adde
             unto
             .
          
           
             Apposition
             is
             a
             continued
             or
             immediate
             Conjunction
             of
             two
             Substantives
             of
             the
             same
             case
             ,
             by
             the
             one
             whereof
             the
             other
             is
             declared
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Vrbs
               Roma
            
             ,
             the
             City
             Rome
             .
          
           
             And
             it
             may
             be
             of
             many
             Substantives
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Ma●cus
               Tullius
               Cicero
            
             .
          
           
           
             Apposition
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             Construction
             ,
             (
             which
             the
             Ancients
             called
             Interpretation
             or
             Declaration
             )
             whereby
             one
             Noune
             Substantive
             is
             for
             Declaration
             and
             distinction
             sake
             added
             unto
             another
             in
             the
             same
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Flumen
               Rhenus
            
             ,
             the
             flood
             Rhenus
             .
          
           
             
               Et
               Casu
               Substantiva
               apponuntur
               eodem
               .
            
             
               Turba
               molesta
               proci
               .
               Mons
               Taurus
               .
               Fons
               Aganippe
               .
               
            
          
           
             This
             figure
             is
             made
             for
             a
             threefold
             consideration
             :
             viz.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             For
             the
             restraining
             of
             a
             generality
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Animal
               equus
            
             ,
             a
             living
             creature
             ,
             an
             horse
             ,
          
           
             2.
             
             For
             the
             removing
             of
             Equivocation
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Taurus
               Mons
               Asiae
            
             .
          
           
             
               Lupum
               [
               piscem
               ]
               non
               vidit
               Italia
               .
            
          
           
             3.
             
             For
             the
             attribution
             of
             some
             property
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Erasmus
               ,
               vir
               exactissimo
               judicio
               :
               Erasmus
               ,
            
             a
             man
             of
             a
             most
             exact
             judgment
             .
          
           
             
               Nierus
               ,
               ●dolescens
               insigni
               formâ
               :
               Nireus
               ,
            
             a
             stripling
             of
             an
             excellent
             beauty
             .
          
           
             
               A
               Scriptural
               Example
               of
               Parathesis
               .
            
             
               John
               14.22
               .
               Judas
               saith
               unto
               him
               ,
               not
               Iscariot
               ,
               Lord
               how
               is
               it
               that
               thou
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANTIPTOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               casus
               pro
               casu
               positio
               ,
            
             the
             putting
             of
             one
             case
             for
             another
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anti
               ]
               pro
            
             ,
             for
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ptosis
               ]
               casus
            
             ,
             a
             case
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             position
             of
             one
             case
             for
             another
             .
          
           
           
             A
             figure
             of
             construction
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             one
             case
             is
             put
             for
             another
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             with
             a
             very
             good
             grace
             .
          
           
             
               Antiptosis
               amat
               pro
               casu
               ponere
               casum
               :
            
             
               
               Vrbem
               quam
               statuo
               vestra
               est
               .
               b
               srabeate
               salutat
               .
            
          
           
             The
             City
             which
             I
             me●n
             is
             yours
             .
          
           
             
               Sermonem
               quem
               audistis
               non
               est
               meus
            
             ;
             The
             talk
             which
             you
             have
             heard
             is
             not
             mine
             .
          
           
             
               Aristotelis
               libri
               sant
               omne
               genus
               eloquentia
               referti
            
             ;
             
             for
             
               omnis
               generis
            
             .
          
           
             Terence
             :
             
               Nam
               expedit
               bonas
               esse
               vobis
               .
               vobis
               ,
            
             for
             vos
             .
          
           
             Virg
             ,
             
               Haeret
               pede
               pes
               ,
               densusque
               viro
               vir
               .
               pede
               ,
               pro
               pedi
               .
            
          
           
             But
             this
             figure
             and
             Hypallage
             are
             found
             rather
             to
             excuse
             the
             license
             or
             the
             error
             of
             Authors
             ,
             then
             to
             shew
             that
             we
             may
             do
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Rev.
               3.12
               .
               Him
               that
               overcometh
               will
               I
               make
               a
               pillar
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rev.
               1.5
               ,
               Luke
               1.55
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HELLISMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Graecorum
               imitatio
               ,
               Sermo
               Graecanicus
               ,
               Graecismus
               seu
               proprietas
               Graecorum
               verborum
            
             ;
             A
             Graecism
             or
             speech
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Greeks
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               Hellen
               ]
               Deucalions
            
             son
             ,
             from
             whom
             the
             Greeks
             are
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             Hellenes
             ]
             fróm
             whence
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               Hellenizo
               ]
               Grecè
               loquor
            
             ,
             to
             speak
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Greeks
             .
          
           
             A
             Graecism
             or
             an
             imitation
             of
             the
             Greeks
             in
             phrase
             or
             construction
             ,
             or
             a
             speech
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Greeks
             :
             which
             is
             ,
          
           
           
             When
             the
             construction
             proper
             to
             the
             Greek
             tongue
             is
             used
             in
             another
             language
             .
          
           
             
               Hellenismus
               erit
               phrasis
               aut
               constructio
               Graeca
               :
            
             
               Desine
               clamorum
               .
               fallunt
               ,
               ardebat
               Alexin
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nobis
               non
               licet
               esse
               tam
               disertis
               .
            
             
               (
               Terentius
               ,
               Vtique
               vobis
               expedit
               esse
               bonas
               )
            
             
               —
               didicisse
               fideliter
               artes
            
             
               
                 Emollit
                 mores
              
               .
            
          
           
             Virg.
             
               Cui
               nec
               certaverit
               ulla
            
             .
          
           
             Hor.
             
               desine
               curarum
               ,
               pro
               à
               curis
               .
            
          
           
             This
             Graecism
             
               Edm.
               Spencer
            
             uses
             also
             not
             unelegantly
             in
             the
             English
             tongue
             :
             as
             ,
             
          
           
             For
             not
             to
             have
             been
             dipt
             in
             Lethe
             Lake
             ,
             Could
             save
             the
             *
             son
             of
             Theris
             from
             to
             die
             .
          
           
             
               Tmesis
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Sectio
            
             ,
             a
             Section
             ,
             or
             dividing
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             temno
             ]
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               tmao
               ]
               seco
               ,
               scindo
            
             ,
             to
             cut
             or
             divide
             .
          
           
             Tmesis
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             the
             parts
             of
             a
             compound
             or
             simple
             word
             are
             divided
             by
             the
             interposition
             of
             another
             .
          
           
             
               Compositae
               in
               partes
               est
               Tmesis
               sectio
               vocis
               :
               
            
             
               Quae
               mihi
               cunque
               placent
               .
               Septem
               subjecta
               trtoni
               .
            
          
           
             Hor.
             
               Est
               quadam
               prodire
               tenus
               ,
               si
               non
               datur
               ultra
               .
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               licet
               quadantenus
               prodire
               .
            
          
           
             Plaut
             .
             
               Sed
               nae
               ego
               stultus
               ,
               qui
               rem
               curo
               publicam
               .
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               qui
               rem
               publicam
               curo
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             HENDIADYS
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hediaduo
               ]
               unius
               in
               duo
               solutio
               ,
            
             a
             dividing
             of
             one
             thing
             into
             two
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               edo
               ]
               corrodo
            
             ,
             to
             bite
             or
             gnaw
             in
             sunder
             ,
             
               quasi
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               hen
               dia
               duoin
               ]
               unum
               per
               duo
               ,
            
             one
             thing
             by
             two
             .
          
           
             Hendiadys
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             one
             thing
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             ,
             or
             when
             one
             thing
             is
             expressed
             by
             more
             words
             .
          
           
             
               
               Hendiadys
               unum
               in
               duo
               solvit
               ,
               mobile
               fixum
            
             
               Dans
               :
               auro
               &
               pateris
               ,
               Chalybem
               fraenosque
               momordit
               .
            
          
           
             
               Pateris
               et
               auro
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               aureis
               pateri●
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chalybem
               fraenosque
               &c.
               (
               i.e.
               )
               fraenos
               chalybeos
               .
            
          
           
             
               In
               regione
               &
               umbrâ
               mortis
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               regione
               umbrosâ
               mortis
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Cups
               of
               gold
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               golden
               cups
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Region
               and
               shadow
               of
               death
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               in
               the
               shadie
               region
               of
               death
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Hendiadys
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               19.24
               .
               And
               Jehovah
               rained
               upon
               Sodom
               and
               Gomorrah
               brimstone
               and
               fire
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               firie
               and
               burning
               brimstone
               ,
               or
               sulphurous
               fire
               .
               See
               Gen.
               1.26
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               29.11
               .
               
                 Ad
                 dandum
                 vobis
                 finem
                 &
                 expectationem
                 ,
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
                 )
                 finem
                 expectatum
                 .
              
            
             
               Matth.
               4.16
               .
               They
               that
               sate
               in
               the
               Region
               and
               shadow
               of
               death
               ;
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               in
               the
               shadie
               region
               of
               death
               .
            
             
             
               Matth.
               20.20
               .
               Then
               came
               the
               mother
               of
               Zebedees
               children
               with
               her
               sons
               ,
               worshipping
               him
               and
               desiring
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               desiring
               by
               worshipping
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ENALLAGE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Ordinis
               permutaetio
               ,
            
             a
             change
             of
             order
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               enallatto
               ]
               permuto
            
             ,
             to
             change
             one
             thing
             for
             another
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               enallos
               ]
               inversus
               &
               praeposterus
            
             ,
             turnd
             upside
             down
             and
             disorderly
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             the
             Number
             or
             Gender
             ,
             Mood
             ,
             Person
             ,
             or
             Tense
             are
             changed
             ,
             or
             put
             one
             for
             another
             .
          
           
             
               Personam
               ,
               numerum
               ,
               commutat
               Enallage
               tempus
               ,
               
            
             
               Cumque
               modo
               genus
               ;
               ut
               :
               
               Pereo
               a
               
                 quod
                 charius
                 est
                 mi.
              
               
            
             
               Ni
               faciat
               vici
               .
               praesto
               est
               ,
               hinc
               spargere
               voces
               .
            
          
           
             Ovid.
             Et
             flesti
             ,
             &
             nostros
             vidisti
             flentis
             ocellos
             .
             Flentis
             ,
             pro
             flentium
             ,
             nisi
             nostros
             pro
             meos
             dixeris
             .
          
           
             Cicero
             ad
             Trebat
             .
             
               Sed
               valebis
               meaque
            
             
             
               negotia
               videbis
               ,
               meque
               dits
               adjuvantibus
               ante
               brumam
               expectabis
               :
               pro
               Vale
               ,
               vide
               ,
               expecta
               .
            
          
           
             The
             future
             Tense
             of
             the
             Indicative
             being
             put
             for
             the
             Imperative
             Mood
             .
          
           
             Ter.
             in
             Phor.
             
               Si
               quis
               me
               quaerit
               rufus
               ,
               Praesto
               est
               ,
            
             
             
               desine
               :
               pro
               ,
               Praesto
               sum
               ;
               nam
               de
               se
               loguitur
               .
            
          
           
             Virg.
             
               Omnis
               humo
               fumat
               Neptunia
               Troja
               .
               pro
               fumaevit
               .
            
             
          
           
             The
             Present
             Tense
             being
             put
             for
             the
             Preter-perfect
             .
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Enallage
               .
            
             
               
               This
               change
               of
               order
               is
               sometimes
               of
               the
               Number
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Psal
               ,
               14.1
               .
               The
               fool
               hath
               said
               in
               his
               heart
               ,
               There
               is
               no
               God
               :
               They
               are
               corrupt
               ,
               they
               have
               done
               abominable
               works
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Exod.
               20.2
               .
               Prov.
               1.11
               .
               Matth.
               1.21
               .
            
             
               Here
               the
               singular
               is
               put
               for
               the
               plural
               number
               ;
               or
               on
               the
               contrary
               .
            
             
               
               Thus
               in
               Isa.
               3.12
               .
               Women
               shall
               bear
               rule
               over
               them
               ,
               &c.
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               effeminate
               men
               shall
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               Feminine
               gender
               put
               for
               the
               Masculine
               ,
               effeminate
               men
               are
               called
               women
               .
            
             
               
               Psal.
               1.1
               .
               Blessed
               is
               the
               man
               that
               walketh
               not
               in
               the
               counsel
               of
               the
               ungodly
               ,
               &c.
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               whose
               heart
               ,
               affections
               and
               will
               God
               hath
               so
               renewed
               ,
               that
               he
               will
               not
               walk
               in
               their
               counsel
               ,
               &c.
               where
               the
               present
               is
               put
               for
               the
               future
               tense
               .
               See
               Matth.
               24.40
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               18
               ,
               29.
               
               For
               by
               thee
               I
               have
               run
               through
               a
               Troop
               :
               
               and
               by
               my
               God
               have
               I
               leaped
               over
               a
               wall
               .
            
             
               Deut.
               32.15
               .
               But
               Jesurun
               waxed
               fat
               ,
               and
               kicked
               :
               thou
               art
               waxed
               fat
               ,
               &c.
               the
               like
               example
               you
               have
               in
               Gen.
               49.4
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYNTHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Compositio
            
             ,
             Composition
             ,
             or
             a
             joyning
             together
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syntithemi
               ]
               compono
            
             ,
             to
             compose
             or
             put
             together
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             construction
             made
             for
             significations
             sake
             ,
             or
             a
             speech
             congruous
             in
             sense
             ,
             not
             in
             voyce
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             figure
             of
             construction
             ,
             whereby
             a
             Noun
             collective
             singular
             is
             joyned
             to
             a
             Verb
             plural
             .
          
           
             Of
             others
             it
             is
             also
             called
             a
             figure
             whereby
             two
             words
             are
             joyned
             into
             one
             by
             a
             sign
             of
             union
             .
          
           
             
               Synthesis
               est
               seusu
               tantum
               ,
               non
               congrua
               voce
               :
               
            
             
               Turba
               ruunt
               .
               aperite
               aliquis
               .
               pars
               maxima
               caesi
               .
            
          
           
             
               Gens
               armati
            
             ;
             a
             Nation
             or
             people
             armed
             .
          
           
             Sometimes
             it
             is
             made
             in
             gender
             only
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Elephantus
               gravida
            
             ,
             an
             Elephant
             great
             with
             young
             .
          
           
             Or
             for
             supplements
             sake
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Centauro
               in
               magna
            
             ;
             where
             the
             word
             puppi
             ,
             or
             ship
             is
             understood
             .
          
           
             Sometimes
             it
             is
             made
             both
             in
             gender
             and
             number
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             
               Pars
               mersi
               tenuere
               ratem
            
             .
             Part
             being
             drowned
             ,
             held
             the
             oar
             .
          
           
             
               Laudem
               semper-florentis
               Homeri
            
             .
          
           
             
               Monti-feriens
               fulmen
            
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Synthesis
               .
            
             
               The
               tempest-tossed
               Seas
               .
            
             
               The
               earth-incircling
               Ocean
               .
            
             
               The
               Green-mantled
               Earth
               .
            
             
               A
               Heaven-faln
               star
               .
            
             
               A
               Rock-rending
               whirlwinde
               .
            
             
               Marble-hearted
               cruelty
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               ANASTROPHE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               praepostera
               rerum
               collocatio
               ,
            
             a
             praeposterous
             placing
             of
             words
             or
             matter
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anastrepho
               ]
               retro
               verto
            
             ,
             to
             turn
             back
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             words
             which
             should
             have
             been
             precedent
             ,
             are
             postpon'd
             :
             
               
                 
                 Digna
                 praeire
                 solet
                 postponere
                 Anastrophe
                 verba
                 :
              
               
                 Transtra
                 per.
                 Italiam
                 contra
                 .
                 Maria
                 omnia
                 circum
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HYPERBATON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Transgressio
            
             ,
             Transgression
             ,
             or
             a
             passing
             over
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hyperbaino
               ]
               transgredior
            
             ,
             to
             passe
             over
             .
          
           
             By
             Rhetoricians
             ,
             it
             is
             called
             a
             transposed
             order
             of
             words
             ;
             such
             as
             the
             cause
             and
             comeliness
             of
             speech
             often
             requires
             .
          
           
             Hyperbaton
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             words
             are
             for
             elegancy
             and
             variety
             transposed
             from
             the
             right
             order
             of
             construction
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             the
             plain
             Grammatical
             order
             )
             into
             another
             handsomer
             and
             more
             fit
             order
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             words
             agreeing
             in
             sense
             are
             in
             site
             or
             placing
             disjoyned
             :
          
           
             
               
               Est
               vocum
               inter
               se
               turbatus
               Hyperbaton
               ordo
               :
            
             
               Vina
               ,
               bonus
               quae
               deinde
               cadis
               onerarat
               Acestes
               ,
            
             
               Littore
               Trinacrio
               ,
               dederatque
               abeuntibus
               heros
               ,
            
             
               Dividit
               .
            
          
           
           
             But
             this
             figure
             and
             Antiptosis
             are
             found
             rather
             to
             excuse
             the
             license
             or
             the
             error
             of
             Authors
             ,
             then
             to
             shew
             that
             we
             may
             doe
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Hyperbaton
               .
            
             
               Ephes.
               2.1
               .
               And
               you
               hath
               he
               quickned
               who
               were
               dead
               in
               trespasses
               and
               sins
               .
            
             
               Ephes.
               5.3
               .
               But
               fornication
               ,
               and
               all
               uncleannesse
               ,
               or
               covetousnesse
               ,
               let
               it
               not
               be
               once
               named
               amongst
               you
               ,
               as
               becometh
               Saints
               .
            
             
               Ephes.
               1.14
               .
               Which
               is
               the
               earnest
               of
               our
               inheritance
               ,
               untill
               the
               redemption
               of
               the
               purchachased
               possession
               ,
               unto
               the
               praise
               of
               his
               glory
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HYPALLAGE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               immutatio
            
             ;
             a
             changing
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hypo
               ]
               in
            
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               allatto
               ]
               muto
            
             ,
             to
             change
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             the
             natural
             order
             of
             the
             words
             is
             changed
             ,
             as
             when
             two
             words
             change
             their
             cases
             ,
             or
             when
             words
             are
             altered
             among
             themselves
             .
          
           
             
               Casu
               transposito
               submutat
               Hypallage
               verba
               :
               
            
             
               Impia
               trabs
               ,
               videt
               hos
               ortus
               .
               dare
               classibus
               Austros
               :
            
          
           
             For
             
               dare
               classes
               Austris
            
             .
          
           
             Et
             gladium
             vaginâ
             vacuum
             in
             urbe
             non
             vidimus
             :
          
           
             For
             
               vaginam
               gladio
               vacuam
            
             .
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Hypallage
               .
            
             
               Job
               .
               17.4
               .
               Thou
               hast
               hid
               their
               heart
               from
               understanding
               (
               
                 i.
                 o.
              
               )
               thou
               hast
               hid
               understanding
               from
               their
               heart
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               5.30
               .
               The
               light
               shall
               be
               darkned
               in
               the
               Heavens
               thereof
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               heavens
               in
               the
               light
               thereof
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               104.4
               .
               Who
               maketh
               his
               Angels
               spirits
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               the
               spirits
               his
               angels
               or
               messengers
               .
            
             
               Heb.
               3.13
               .
               Through
               the
               deceitfulnesse
               of
               sin
               ,
               (
               
                 i.
                 e
              
               )
               by
               deceitful
               sin
               .
            
             
               See
               Isa.
               1
               ,
               3.
               
               Psal.
               80.6
               .
               Amos
               5.16
               .
               Pro.
               7.22
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HYSTEROLOGIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               dictio
               praepostera
               ,
            
             a
             praeposterous
             or
             disorderly
             speech
             ,
             when
             that
             which
             by
             order
             ought
             to
             have
             been
             spoken
             first
             ,
             is
             brought
             in
             last
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             otherwise
             called
             
               Hysteron
               Proteron
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               postremum
               primum
               ,
            
             the
             last
             first
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hysteros
               ]
               postremus
            
             ,
             the
             last
             or
             hindmost
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               legos
               ]
               verbum
            
             ,
             a
             word
             or
             speech
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             called
             in
             the
             English
             phrase
             ,
             The
             Cart
             before
             the
             Horse
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             in
             a
             speech
             that
             which
             in
             course
             of
             nature
             ought
             to
             have
             preceded
             ,
             is
             brought
             in
             last
             .
          
           
             
               
               Hysteron
               &
               Proteron
               sive
               Hysterologia
               secundo
            
             
               Prima
               loco
               ponit
               :
               
                 Lavindque
                 littora
                 venit
              
               .
            
             
             
               Detrudunt
               naves
               scopulo
               .
               nutrit
               peperitque
               
            
          
           
             
               
                 Valet
                 atque
                 vivit
              
               .
            
             
               Postquam
               altos
               tetigit
               fluctus
               ,
               &
               ad
               aequora
               venit
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               The
               ship
               arrived
               at
               the
               Lavinian
               shore
               :
               it
               came
               foul
               of
               the
               Rock
               .
            
             
               She
               nourished
               and
               preserved
               him
               ,
               she
               brought
               him
               forth
               into
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               in
               health
               and
               alive
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Hysterologia
               .
            
             
               The
               order
               o●●ime
               is
               not
               alwaies
               kept
               in
               Scripture
               ;
               but
               sometimes
               ●hat
               which
               was
               done
               last
               is
               placed
               first
               ;
               The
               Saints
               looked
               more
               at
               the
               substance
               then
               at
               small
               circumstances
               in
               their
               writings
               ;
               and
               therefore
               the
               placing
               of
               things
               in
               Scripture
               must
               not
               be
               strictly
               urged
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               usual
               by
               this
               figure
               or
               anticipation
               of
               time
               to
               relate
               that
               first
               which
               either
               as
               to
               course
               of
               nature
               ,
               or
               as
               to
               the
               time
               of
               accomplishment
               ,
               should
               have
               had
               the
               last
               place
               :
               as
               appears
               by
               Joh.
               11.2
               .
               compared
               with
               ch
               .
               12.
               v.
               3.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               7.14
               .
               He
               travaileth
               with
               iniquity
               ,
               and
               hath
               conceived
               mischief
               :
               here
               note
               that
               the
               birth
               is
               set
               before
               the
               conception
               .
            
             
               Luke
               4.9
               .
               The
               Devils
               leading
               up
               of
               Christ
               unto
               the
               top
               of
               the
               pinnacle
               of
               the
               Temple
               ,
               is
               mentioned
               after
               his
               taking
               him
               up
               into
               the
               exceeding
               high
               Mountain
               :
               and
               yet
               that
               preceded
               this
               ,
               as
               appears
               by
               Mat.
               4
               5
               ,
               8.
               
            
             
               See
               Gen.
               11.1.30.22
               ,
               23.
               
               Isa.
               38.21
               ,
               22.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               SYNCHORESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Concessio
            
             ,
             Concession
             ,
             or
             granting
             of
             an
             argument
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               synchoreo
               ]
               conced●
            
             ,
             to
             grant
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             an
             argument
             is
             Ironically
             or
             mockingly
             yielded
             unto
             ,
             and
             then
             marred
             with
             a
             stinging
             retort
             upon
             the
             objector
             .
          
           
             This
             form
             of
             speech
             delights
             most
             ,
             either
             when
             that
             which
             we
             grant
             is
             prejudicial
             to
             ,
             and
             stings
             the
             objector
             ,
             as
             in
             controversies
             it
             often
             happens
             ;
             or
             when
             the
             argument
             granted
             ,
             brings
             no
             losse
             unto
             him
             that
             grants
             it
             .
          
           
             
               Sit
               Sacrilegus
               ,
               sit
               fur
               ,
               fit
               ,
               flagitiorum
               omnium
               vitiorumque
               princeps
               :
               at
               est
               bonus
               Imperator
               .
            
          
           
             
               Sint
               Christiani
               pauperes
               ,
               sint
               mundo
               immundo
               exosi
               ;
               sunt
               tamen
               coeli
               haeredes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Cum
               adversarium
               pungimus
               :
               ut
            
             ,
          
           
             
               Habes
               igitur
               Tubero
               ,
               quod
               est
               accusatori
               maximè
               optandum
               ,
               confitentem
               ,
               se
               in
               ea
               parte
               fuisse
               ,
               qua
               te
               Tuboro
               ,
               quâ
               virum
               omni
               laude
               dignum
               patrem
               tuum
               .
               Itaque
               prius
               de
               vestro
               delicto
               confiteamini
               necesse
               est
               ,
               quàm
               Ligarii
               ullam
               culpam
               reprehendatis
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               I
               admit
               you
               are
               resolute
               ;
               I
               grant
               your
               determination
               is
               immoveable
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               in
               things
               directly
               repugnant
               to
               the
               grave
               advice
               of
               your
               knowing
               friends
               ,
               and
               in
               things
               of
               a
               great
               tendency
               to
               your
               utter
               undoing
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               proud
               ,
               vain
               ,
               disobedient
               ,
               I
               acknowledge
               it
               ;
               yet
               they
               are
               our
               children
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Synchoresis
               .
            
             
               James
               2.19
               .
               Thou
               believest
               that
               there
               is
               one
               God
               ,
               thou
               dost
               well
               :
               the
               Devils
               also
               believe
               and
               tremble
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               11.9
               .
               Thus
               Solomon
               also
               checks
               the
               young
               mans
               folly
               :
               Rejoyce
               O
               young
               man
               in
               thy
               youth
               ,
               and
               let
               thy
               heart
               chear
               thee
               ,
               &c.
               and
               walk
               in
               the
               wayes
               of
               thy
               heart
               ,
               &c.
               
               But
               know
               thou
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Here
               first
               you
               have
               an
               Ironical
               concession
               ,
               but
               after
               this
               ,
               a
               stinging
               [
               but
               ]
               which
               mar●s
               all
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               examples
               you
               may
               find
               in
               2
               Cor.
               4.8
               .
               Rom.
               11.19
               ,
               20.
               1
               
               Cor.
               1.2
               ,
               11.
               2
               
               Cor.
               12.16
               ,
               17.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ANTHROPOPATHIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               humanus
               affectus
               ,
            
             humane
             affection
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anthropos
               ]
               homo
            
             ,
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               pathos
               ]
               affectus
            
             ,
             affection
             :
             or
             rather
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               an●hropopatheo
               ]
               humano
               more
               afficior
               ,
               aut
               loquor
               ,
            
             to
             be
             affected
             with
             ,
             or
             to
             speak
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             attributing
             to
             God
             humane
             affections
             ,
             or
             it
             is
             a
             speaking
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             A
             Metaphor
             whereby
             that
             which
             properly
             is
             agreeable
             to
             the
             creatures
             ,
             and
             especially
             to
             man
             ,
             is
             by
             some
             similitude
             transferr'd
             unto
             the
             Creator
             and
             heavenly
             things
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             very
             frequent
             in
             Scriptures
             ,
             when
             it
             speaks
             of
             God
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             by
             bodily
             things
             sets
             forth
             the
             divine
             excellencies
             
             of
             the
             spiritual
             and
             eternal
             being
             .
          
           
             This
             Metaphorical
             form
             of
             speech
             is
             also
             by
             others
             called
             
               Syncatabasis
               ,
               condescensio
            
             ,
             condescension
             ,
             for
             that
             in
             holy
             writ
             the
             Lord
             doth
             as
             it
             were
             descend
             unto
             us
             ,
             and
             under
             humane
             things
             resembles
             and
             expresses
             heavenly
             mysteries
             unto
             our
             capacities
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Lord
             is
             said
             to
             have
             a
             face
             in
             Psal.
             116.11.17.15
             .
             and
             eyes
             ,
             in
             Psal.
             11.4
             .
             to
             signifie
             his
             omnisciencie
             ;
             bowe
             's
             in
             Isa.
             63.15
             ;
             and
             a
             bosome
             in
             Psal.
             74.11
             .
             to
             denote
             unto
             us
             his
             infinite
             mercy
             and
             most
             ardent
             love
             .
          
           
             Thus
             in
             Psal.
             48.14
             .
             he
             is
             said
             to
             be
             his
             peoples
             guide
             even
             unto
             death
             ;
             and
             in
             Psal.
             62
             ,
             7.
             the
             rock
             of
             their
             strength
             and
             their
             refuge
             ;
             in
             Psal.
             18.2
             .
             their
             buckler
             and
             the
             horn
             of
             their
             salvation
             ;
             Thus
             in
             Psal.
             17.8
             .
             he
             is
             said
             to
             have
             wings
             ,
             to
             shew
             his
             care
             and
             protection
             of
             his
             people
             .
          
           
             These
             and
             such
             like
             are
             the
             condescensional
             characters
             of
             comfort
             ,
             whereby
             we
             may
             easily
             read
             and
             plainly
             understand
             the
             goodnesse
             and
             rich
             mercy
             of
             the
             incomprehensible
             Jehovah
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Lord
             also
             in
             respect
             of
             his
             adversaries
             is
             by
             this
             Metaphor
             pourtrayed
             with
             letters
             of
             a
             contrary
             signification
             ;
             as
             ,
             a
             Giant
             to
             wound
             ,
             a
             Judge
             to
             condemn
             ,
             and
             a
             fire
             to
             consume
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               EXEGESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               explicatio
            
             ,
             explication
             or
             Exposition
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               exegoumai
               ]
               explico
            
             ,
             to
             explain
             or
             expound
             .
          
           
             Exegesis
             is
             a
             figure
             very
             usual
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             when
             those
             things
             which
             were
             first
             spoken
             more
             darkly
             ,
             are
             afterwards
             in
             the
             same
             sentence
             manifestly
             explained
             :
             or
             ,
          
           
           
             When
             a
             thing
             spoken
             in
             one
             member
             of
             a
             sentence
             ,
             is
             by
             way
             of
             explication
             and
             confirmation
             repeated
             in
             the
             latter
             part
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             
               An
               English
               Example
               .
            
             
               Time
               at
               one
               instant
               seeming
               both
               short
               and
               long
               ,
               short
               in
               the
               pleasingnesse
               in
               calling
               to
               minde
               ,
               long
               in
               the
               stay
               of
               his
               desires
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Rom.
               11.7
               ,
               8.
               
               God
               hath
               given
               them
               the
               spirit
               of
               slumber
               :
               what
               's
               that
               ?
               Eyes
               that
               they
               should
               not
               see
               ,
               and
               ears
               that
               they
               should
               not
               hear
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               51
               ,
               1
               ,
               2.
               
               Look
               unto
               the
               Rock
               ,
               whence
               ye
               are
               hewen
               :
               look
               unto
               Abraham
               your
               father
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               7.18
               .
               For
               I
               know
               ,
               that
               in
               me
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               in
               my
               flesh
               ,
               dwelleth
               no
               good
               thing
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3.
               
               The
               latter
               part
               of
               the
               third
               verse
               expounds
               the
               second
               verse
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Isa.
               1.22
               ,
               23.
               
               Thy
               silver
               is
               become
               dross
               :
               thy
               wine
               is
               mixt
               with
               water
               :
               (
               
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Thy
               Princes
               are
               rebellious
               and
               companions
               of
               theeves
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               3.3
               .
               Let
               not
               mercy
               and
               truth
               forsake
               thee
               :
               bind
               them
               about
               thy
               neck
               ,
               write
               them
               upon
               the
               table
               of
               thine
               heart
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               in
               Psal.
               17.1.10.1.6
               ,
               8
               ,
               9.35.1.23.18.2
               ,
               3.
               
               Zech.
               6.12
               ,
               13.
               2
               
               King.
               20.3
               .
               Prov.
               30.3
               .
               Deut.
               7.3
               .
               2
               Tim.
               1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3
               ,
               &c.
               Jonah
               2
               ,
               3
               ,
               4
               ,
               6.
               1
               
               Cor.
               5.9
               .
               2
               Tim.
               4.6
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               SYNCRISIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Comparatio
            
             ,
             a
             Comparison
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syncrino
               ]
               comparo
            
             ,
             to
             compare
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Syncrisis
             is
             a
             comparison
             of
             contrary
             things
             and
             divers
             persons
             in
             one
             sentence
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Comparatio
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             which
             by
             apt
             similitude
             shews
             that
             the
             example
             brought
             in
             ,
             is
             either
             like
             ,
             unlike
             ,
             or
             contrary
             :
             like
             things
             are
             compared
             among
             themselves
             ;
             unlike
             ,
             from
             the
             lesse
             to
             the
             greater
             in
             amplifying
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             greater
             to
             the
             lesse
             in
             diminishing
             ;
             and
             contraries
             by
             opposing
             one
             another
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               Syncrisis
               .
            
             
               The
               subtle
               commit
               the
               fault
               ,
               and
               the
               simple
               bear
               the
               blame
               .
            
             
               He
               that
               prefers
               wealthy
               ignorance
               before
               chargeable
               study
               ,
               prefers
               contempt
               before
               honour
               ,
               darknesse
               before
               light
               ,
               and
               death
               before
               life
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Syncrisis
               .
            
             
               Luke
               23.39
               ,
               40
               ,
               41.
               
               There
               you
               have
               the
               guilty
               opposed
               to
               the
               just
               ,
               and
               injurie
               to
               equity
               ;
               in
               these
               words
               ,
               saith
               the
               believing
               thief
               to
               the
               other
               thief
               ,
               We
               indeed
               are
               justly
               here
               ,
               for
               we
               receive
               the
               due
               reward
               of
               our
               deeds
               ,
               but
               this
               man
               (
               meaning
               Christ
               )
               hath
               done
               nothing
               amiss
            
             
               Isa.
               65.12
               ,
               14.
               
               Behold
               ,
               my
               servants
               shall
               eat
               ,
               but
               ye
               shall
               suffer
               hunger
               ;
               my
               servants
               
               shall
               drink
               ,
               but
               ye
               shall
               abide
               thirst
               :
               Behold
               ,
               my
               servants
               shall
               rejoyce
               ,
               but
               ye
               shall
               be
               ashamed
               :
               Behold
               ,
               my
               servants
               shall
               sing
               for
               joy
               of
               heart
               ,
               but
               ye
               shall
               cry
               through
               sorrow
               of
               heart
               ,
               and
               shall
               howl
               through
               vexation
               of
               spirit
               .
            
             
               Many
               of
               Solomons
               Proverbs
               are
               compounded
               and
               garnished
               with
               this
               Exornation
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Prov.
               10.25
               .
               As
               the
               whirlwind
               passeth
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               wicked
               no
               more
               :
               but
               the
               righteous
               is
               an
               everlasting
               foundation
               ,
               19.10
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               14.1
               .
               Every
               wise
               woman
               buildeth
               her
               house
               :
               but
               the
               foolish
               plucks
               it
               down
               with
               her
               hands
               .
            
             
               10.1
               .
               A
               wise
               son
               maketh
               a
               glad
               father
               :
               but
               an
               indiscreet
               son
               is
               an
               heavinesse
               to
               his
               mother
               .
            
             
               3.33
               .
               The
               curse
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               in
               the
               house
               of
               the
               wicked
               :
               but
               he
               blesseth
               the
               Tabernacle
               of
               the
               just
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               and
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Comparatio
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Comparison
               of
               like
               things
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Each
               book
               sent
               into
               the
               world
               ,
               is
               like
               a
               Barque
               put
               to
               Sea
               ,
               and
               as
               lyable
               to
               censures
               ,
               as
               the
               Barque
               is
               to
               foul
               weather
               .
               Herbert
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               greenest
               grasse
               is
               the
               greatest
               Serpent
               :
               in
               the
               clearest
               water
               the
               ugliest
               road
               :
               in
               the
               most
               curious
               sepulchre
               are
               inclosed
               rotten
               bones
               :
               the
               Estrich
               carries
               fair
               feathers
               ,
               but
               ranck
               flesh
               .
            
             
               2
               Tim.
               3.8
               .
               As
               Jannes
               and
               Jambres
               withstood
               Moses
               ,
               so
               do
               these
               also
               resist
               the
               Truth
               ;
               men
               of
               corrupt
               minds
               ,
               reprobate
               concerning
               the
               faith
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               Comparison
               of
               unlike
               things
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Brutus
               put
               his
               sons
               to
               death
               ,
               for
               conspiracy
               of
               Treason
               :
               Manlius
               punished
               his
               son
               for
               his
               vertue
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               6.26
               .
               Behold
               the
               fowls
               of
               the
               air
               ,
               for
               they
               sow
               not
               ,
               neither
               do
               they
               reap
               ,
               nor
               gather
               into
               barns
               :
               yet
               your
               heavenly
               Father
               feedeth
               them
               :
               Are
               ye
               not
               much
               better
               then
               they
               !
            
             
               3.
               
               From
               the
               lesse
               to
               the
               greater
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               Heb.
               9.13
               ,
               14.
               
               For
               if
               the
               blood
               of
               buls
               ,
               and
               of
               goats
               ,
               and
               the
               ashes
               of
               an
               heifer
               sprinkling
               the
               unclean
               ,
               sanctifie
               to
               the
               purifying
               of
               the
               flesh
               :
               how
               much
               more
               shall
               the
               blood
               of
               Christ
               ,
               who
               through
               the
               eternal
               Spirit
               offered
               himself
               without
               spot
               to
               God
               ,
               purge
               your
               consciences
               from
               dead
               works
               to
               serve
               the
               living
               God
               ?
            
             
               The
               like
               examples
               are
               in
               Matth.
               10.25.6.30
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               From
               the
               greater
               to
               the
               lesse
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               2
               Pet.
               2.4
               .
               If
               God
               spared
               not
               the
               Angels
               that
               sinned
               ,
               but
               cast
               them
               down
               to
               Hell
               ,
               and
               delivered
               them
               into
               chains
               of
               darknesse
               ,
               to
               be
               reserved
               unto
               judgment
               ,
               &c.
               much
               lesse
               will
               he
               spare
               the
               wicked
               ,
               who
               walk
               after
               the
               flesh
               in
               the
               lusts
               of
               uncleannesse
               .
            
             
               1
               Pet.
               4.18
               .
               If
               the
               righteous
               scarcely
               be
               saved
               ,
               where
               shall
               the
               ungodly
               and
               the
               sinner
               appear
               ?
            
          
        
         
           
             SIMILITVDO
             ,
             a
             Simil●tude
             :
             It
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             whereby
             the
             Orator
             or
             speaker
             compares
             one
             thing
             with
             the
             other
             by
             a
             similitude
             fit
             to
             his
             purpose
             .
             This
             Exornation
             yields
             both
             profit
             and
             pleasure
             ,
             profit
             by
             its
             perspicuity
             ,
             
             and
             pleasure
             by
             its
             proportion
             .
          
           
             A
             Similitude
             is
             a
             Metaphor
             dilated
             ,
             or
             enlarged
             ,
             and
             a
             Metaphor
             a
             Similitude
             contracted
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               of
               a
               Similitude
               .
            
             
               As
               it
               makes
               no
               matter
               whether
               you
               lay
               a
               sick
               man
               in
               a
               bedsted
               made
               of
               plain
               wood
               ,
               or
               in
               a
               bedsted
               guilded
               and
               garnished
               with
               gold
               ;
               for
               whithersoever
               you
               remove
               him
               ,
               he
               carries
               his
               disease
               with
               him
               :
               even
               so
               is
               it
               all
               one
               ,
               whether
               the
               minde
               which
               is
               sick
               with
               insatiable
               avarice
               ,
               be
               placed
               in
               riches
               or
               in
               poverty
               ;
               for
               while
               the
               disease
               hangs
               still
               upon
               it
               ,
               it
               finds
               no
               rest
               .
            
             
               This
               comfort
               in
               danger
               was
               but
               like
               the
               honey
               that
               Samson
               found
               in
               the
               Lyons
               jaws
               ,
               or
               like
               lightning
               in
               a
               foggy
               night
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Note
               that
               similitudes
               are
               rather
               to
               make
               dark
               things
               plain
               ,
               then
               to
               prove
               any
               doubtful
               thing
               ;
               similitudes
               are
               not
               argumentative
               ;
               as
               appears
               by
               the
               parable
               of
               the
               unjust
               Steward
               ,
               in
               Luk.
               16.6
               ,
               7
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               26.1
               .
               As
               snow
               in
               summer
               ,
               and
               as
               rain
               in
               harvest
               ;
               so
               honour
               is
               not
               seemly
               for
               a
               fool
               .
            
             
               Vers.
               14.
               
               As
               the
               door
               turneth
               upon
               his
               hinges
               ,
               so
               doth
               the
               slothful
               upon
               his
               bed
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               28.15
               .
               As
               a
               roaring
               lyon
               ,
               and
               a
               ranging
               bear
               ;
               so
               is
               a
               wicked
               ruler
               over
               the
               poor
               people
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             DISSIMILITVDO
             ,
             Dissimilitude
             .
          
           
             Dissimilitude
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             divers
             things
             are
             compared
             in
             a
             diverse
             quality
             .
          
           
             
               An
               Example
               of
               Chrysostom
               .
            
             
               If
               we
               have
               any
               disease
               in
               our
               body
               ,
               we
               use
               exercise
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               means
               ,
               that
               we
               may
               hence
               forward
               be
               delivered
               and
               free
               from
               it
               ;
               but
               being
               sick
               in
               soul
               ,
               we
               dissemble
               and
               make
               delay
               :
               we
               leave
               the
               fountain
               uncured
               ,
               and
               count
               necessary
               things
               superfluous
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Luke
               9.58
               .
               The
               foxes
               have
               holes
               ,
               and
               the
               fowls
               of
               the
               air
               have
               nests
               ,
               but
               the
               Son
               of
               man
               hath
               not
               where
               to
               lay
               his
               head
               .
            
             
               Jer.
               8.7
               .
               The
               Stork
               in
               the
               air
               knoweth
               her
               appointed
               times
               ,
               and
               the
               Turtle
               ,
               and
               the
               Crane
               ,
               and
               the
               Swallow
               observe
               the
               time
               of
               their
               coming
               ;
               but
               my
               people
               know
               not
               the
               judgment
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               like
               in
               Isai.
               1.3
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HOMOEOPTOTON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               similiter
               cadens
               ,
               similes
               casus
               habens
               ,
            
             falling
             out
             alike
             ,
             or
             having
             cases
             alike
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               ptoo
               ]
               cado
            
             ,
             to
             fall
             out
             or
             happen
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               homoi●s
               ]
               similiter
            
             ,
             alike
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             Rhetorical
             Exornation
             whereby
             in
             the
             Latine
             tongue
             divers
             clauses
             end
             with
             like
             cases
             :
             But
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             varied
             by
             Cases
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             called
             ,
             setting
             of
             divers
             Nounes
             in
             one
             sentence
             which
             end
             alike
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             letter
             or
             syllable
             .
          
           
             
               A
               Latin
               Example
               of
               Homoeoptoton
               .
            
             
               Pomp.
               Non
               enim
               illae
               sunt
               solae
               virtutes
               imperatoriae
               ,
               quae
               vulgo
               exstimantur
               ,
               labor
               in
               negotiis
               ,
               fortitudo
               in
               periculis
               ,
               industria
               in
               agendo
               ,
               celeritas
               in
               conficiendo
               ,
               consilium
               in
               providendo
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               In
               activity
               commendable
               ,
               in
               a
               Common-wealth
               profitable
               ,
               and
               in
               war
               terrible
               .
            
             
               Let
               thy
               Countrey
               be
               served
               ,
               thy
               Governours
               obeyed
               ,
               and
               thy
               Parents
               honored
               .
            
             
               Art
               thou
               in
               poverty
               ?
               seek
               not
               principality
               ,
               but
               rather
               how
               to
               relieve
               thy
               necessity
               .
            
             
               Foolish
               pitty
               undoes
               many
               a
               City
               .
            
             
               A
               friend
               in
               need
               is
               a
               friend
               indeed
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Homoeoptoton
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               16.12
               .
               It
               is
               an
               abomination
               to
               Kings
               to
               commit
               wickednesse
               :
               for
               the
               throne
               is
               established
               by
               righteousnesse
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               16.32
               .
               He
               that
               is
               slow
               to
               anger
               is
               better
               then
               the
               mighty
               :
               and
               he
               that
               ruleth
               his
               spirit
               ,
               then
               he
               that
               taketh
               a
               City
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               11.5
               .
               And
               righteousnesse
               shall
               be
               the
               girdle
               of
               his
               Ioyns
               ;
               and
               faithfulnesse
               the
               girdle
               of
               his
               reins
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               HOMOEOTELEVTON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               homoiotel●uton
               ,
            
             
             ]
             
               similem
               finem
               habens
               ,
               aut
               similiter
               desinens
               ,
            
             ending
             alike
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               teleuton
               ]
               ultimum
            
             ,
             the
             last
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               homoios
               ]
               similiter
            
             ,
             alike
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             divers
             parts
             or
             members
             of
             a
             sentence
             end
             alike
             :
             this
             Exornation
             for
             the
             most
             part
             shuts
             up
             the
             clauses
             of
             the
             sentence
             either
             with
             a
             Verb
             or
             an
             Adverb
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Quàm
               celeriter
               Pompeio
               duce
               belli
               impetus
               navigavit
               ?
               qui
               Siciliam
               adiit
               ,
               Africam
               exploravit
               ,
               inde
               Sardiniam
               cum
               classe
               venit
               .
            
             
               
                 Cicer.
                 pro.
                 Pomp.
              
               Vt
               ejus
               voluntatibus
               non
               solùm
               cives
               assenserint
               ,
               socii
               obtemperârint
               ,
               hostes
               obed●erint
               ,
               sed
               etiam
               venti
               tempestatesque
               obsecundârint
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               looked
               upon
               as
               an
               eloquent
               man
               ,
               who
               can
               invent
               wittily
               ,
               remember
               perfectly
               ,
               dispose
               orderly
               ,
               figure
               diversly
               ,
               pronounce
               aptly
               ,
               confirm
               strongly
               ,
               and
               conclude
               directly
               .
            
             
               No
               marvel
               though
               wisedome
               complains
               that
               she
               is
               either
               wilfully
               despised
               ,
               or
               carelesly
               neglected
               ,
               either
               openly
               scorned
               ,
               or
               secretly
               abhorred
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Homoeoteleuton
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               13.16
               ,
               20
               ,
               21.
               
               Their
               children
               also
               shall
               be
               dashed
               to
               pieces
               before
               their
               eyes
               ,
               their
               houses
               
               shall
               be
               spoiled
               ,
               and
               their
               wives
               ravished
               .
            
             
               Neither
               shall
               the
               Arabian
               pitch
               tent
               there
               ,
               neither
               shall
               the
               shepherds
               make
               their
               folds
               there
               ,
               but
               wild
               beasts
               of
               the
               desert
               shall
               lie
               down
               there
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Isa.
               40.2
               .
               Cry
               unto
               her
               that
               her
               warfare
               is
               accomplished
               ,
               that
               he●
               iniquity
               is
               pardoned
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             COMPAR
             ,
             even
             ,
             equal
             .
             alike
             :
          
           
             It
             is
             of
             Grecians
             called
             Is●colon
             and
             Parison
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             even
             gait
             of
             sentences
             answering
             each
             other
             in
             measures
             interchangeably
             .
          
           
             A
             Rhetorical
             Exornation
             whereby
             the
             parts
             of
             a
             sentence
             doe
             consist
             almost
             of
             the
             like
             number
             of
             syllables
             ;
             or
             when
             the
             words
             of
             a
             sentence
             match
             each
             other
             in
             rank
             ,
             or
             the
             parts
             accord
             in
             a
             fit
             proportion
             ;
             which
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             former
             parts
             of
             a
             sentence
             or
             oration
             are
             answered
             by
             the
             later
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             proper
             words
             respecting
             the
             former
             .
          
           
             
               Latine
               Examples
               .
            
             
               
                 Sic
                 ergo
                 in
                 Pompejana
              
               :
               Qui
               plura
               bella
               gessit
               ,
               quàm
               caeteri
               legerunt
               :
               plures
               provincias
               confecit
               quam
               alii
               concupiverunt
               .
            
             
               Ibid.
               Extrema
               hyeme
               apparavit
               ,
               ineunte
               vero
               suscepit
               ,
               media
               aestate
               confecit
               .
            
             
               
                 Idem
                 pro
                 Sylla
              
               :
               Permitto
               aliquid
               iracundiae
               tuae
               ,
               do
               adolescentiae
               ,
               cedo
               amicitiae
               ,
               tribuo
               parenti
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               He
               left
               the
               City
               garnished
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               might
               be
               a
               monument
               of
               victory
               ,
               of
               clemency
               ,
               of
               continency
               ;
               that
               men
               might
               see
               what
               he
               had
               conquered
               ,
               what
               he
               spared
               ,
               what
               he
               had
               lest
               .
               Cicero
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               compare
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               later
               clauses
               with
               the
               former
               ,
               you
               will
               find
               that
               they
               are
               fitly
               matched
               .
            
             
               My
               years
               are
               not
               so
               many
               ,
               but
               that
               one
               death
               may
               conclude
               them
               ;
               nor
               my
               faults
               so
               many
               ,
               but
               that
               one
               death
               may
               satisfie
               them
               .
            
             
               Save
               his
               gray
               hairs
               from
               rebuke
               ,
               and
               his
               aged
               minde
               from
               despair
               :
               where
               gray
               hairs
               ,
               aged
               minde
               ,
               rebuke
               and
               despair
               ,
               answer
               each
               other
               .
            
             
               It
               connects
               contraries
               ,
               thus
               :
            
             
               An
               innocent
               although
               he
               be
               accused
               ,
               he
               may
               be
               acquitted
               ;
               but
               the
               guilty
               ,
               except
               he
               be
               accused
               ,
               he
               cannot
               be
               condemned
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Compare
               .
            
             
               Amos
               5.24
               .
               Let
               equity
               run
               down
               as
               waters
               ,
               and
               righteo●snesse
               as
               a
               mighty
               stream
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               1.5
               .
               The
               Oxe
               knoweth
               his
               owner
               ,
               and
               the
               Ass
               his
               Masters
               crib
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Prov.
               18.18
               .
               The
               lot
               causeth
               contentions
               to
               cease
               ;
               and
               parteth
               between
               the
               mighty
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               21.17
               .
               He
               that
               loveth
               pleasure
               shall
               be
               a
               poor
               man
               :
               he
               that
               loveth
               wine
               and
               oyl
               ,
               shall
               not
               be
               rich
               .
            
             
             
               Vers.
               18.
               
               The
               wicked
               shall
               be
               a
               ransome
               for
               the
               righteous
               ;
               and
               the
               transgressor
               for
               the
               upright
               .
            
             
               See
               the
               like
               in
               Prov.
               15.8
               .
               Prov.
               19.29
               ,
               20.29.8.10.3.11.4.12.21.8
               ,
               10.1.12
               ,
               &c.
               Isa.
               29.1
               .
               Prov.
               11.9
               ,
               17
               ,
               19
               ,
               20.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARABOLA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               parabole
            
             ]
             a
             parable
             ,
             or
             a
             similitude
             of
             a
             thing
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               paraballo
               ]
               confero
               ,
               comparo
               ,
               assimilo
               ,
            
             to
             confer
             ,
             resemble
             ,
             or
             make
             comparison
             .
          
           
             A
             Parable
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             shadow
             that
             goes
             before
             the
             truth
             :
             and
             is
             by
             nature
             a
             comparison
             of
             things
             that
             differ
             ,
             made
             under
             some
             simili●ude
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             said
             to
             be
             a
             similitude
             ,
             when
             by
             some
             comparison
             we
             make
             known
             that
             which
             we
             would
             have
             to
             be
             understood
             .
          
           
             So
             we
             say
             a
             man
             to
             be
             made
             of
             iron
             ,
             when
             we
             would
             be
             understood
             to
             speak
             of
             a
             cruel
             hard-hearted
             and
             strong
             man.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             comparing
             ,
             signifying
             a
             similitude
             ,
             (
             or
             a
             comparative
             speech
             )
             tending
             to
             the
             explanation
             and
             perspicuity
             of
             the
             things
             under
             it
             :
             or
             it
             is
             a
             similitudinary
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             one
             thing
             is
             uttered
             and
             another
             signified
             .
          
           
             
               These
               are
               English
               Parables
               ,
               or
               Similitudes
               .
            
             
               As
               a
               vessel
               cannot
               be
               known
               ,
               whether
               i●
               be
               whole
               or
               broken
               ,
               except
               it
               have
               liquor
               in
               it
               :
               so
               no
               man
               can
               be
               throughly
               known
               what
               he
               is
               ,
               before
               he
               be
               in
               authority
               .
            
             
               If
               we
               need
               look
               so
               far
               back
               for
               an
               example
               ,
               we
               may
               see
               this
               truth
               veryfied
               in
               Hazael
               ;
               compare
               
               2
               King.
               8.13
               .
               with
               ch
               .
               13.
               v.
               22.
               
            
             
               Like
               as
               it
               is
               a
               shame
               for
               a
               man
               that
               would
               hit
               the
               white
               ,
               to
               misse
               the
               whole
               But
               :
               even
               so
               it
               is
               a
               shame
               for
               him
               that
               thirsts
               after
               honor
               ,
               to
               fail
               of
               honesty
               .
               This
               is
               a
               saying
               of
               a
               Heathen
               Philosopher
               .
            
             
               A
               parable
               in
               the
               Gospel
               signifies
               an
               Aenigmatical
               or
               Allegorical
               Comparison
               ,
               as
               also
               an
               Algory
               and
               Aenigma
               .
            
             
               A
               parable
               must
               be
               expounded
               ,
               and
               no
               further
               strained
               then
               things
               agree
               with
               the
               principal
               inten●ion
               scope
               and
               drift
               of
               the
               Spirit
               of
               God
               in
               that
               Scripture
               :
               as
               Matth.
               20.1
               ,
               2
               ,
               &c.
               where
               the
               scope
               is
               ,
               God
               is
               not
               a
               debtor
               unto
               any
               man.
               
            
             
               In
               Parables
               we
               must
               alwayes
               look
               more
               ●o
               the
               sense
               and
               scope
               ,
               then
               to
               the
               letter
               .
            
             
               Note
               that
               in
               a
               Parable
               there
               are
               three
               things
               essen●i●lly
               considerable
               ;
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               Cottex
               ,
               t●e
               rind
               or
               shell
               ;
               that
               is
               the
               words
               and
               terms
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Radix
               ,
               the
               root
               or
               the
               scope
               unto
               which
               the
               Pa●able
               tends
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Medulla
               ,
               the
               marrow
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               mystical
               sense
               of
               the
               Parable
               ,
               or
               the
               fruit
               which
               may
               be
               gathered
               from
               it
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               24.32
               .
               As
               from
               the
               budding
               and
               sprouting
               of
               trees
               ,
               ye
               may
               know
               that
               Summer
               is
               nigh
               ;
               so
               likewise
               ye
               when
               ye
               shall
               see
               the
               signs
               of
               the
               Son
               of
               man
               ,
               know
               that
               his
               coming
               is
               near
               ,
               even
               at
               the
               doors
               :
               so
               in
               Mark.
               3.23
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               13.33
               .
               The
               kingdome
               of
               heaven
               is
               like
               unto
               leaven
               ,
               which
               a
               woman
               took
               and
               hid
               in
               three
               measures
               of
               meal
               ,
               till
               the
               whole
               was
               leavened
               .
            
             
             
               Here
               the
               former
               part
               of
               the
               Parable
               is
               that
               which
               is
               brought
               into
               the
               similitude
               :
               whereof
               the
               literal
               sense
               is
               ,
            
             
               That
               a
               little
               leaven
               (
               being
               put
               together
               with
               the
               meal
               into
               one
               lump
               )
               hath
               that
               effect
               ,
               that
               it
               pierces
               into
               and
               spreads
               over
               the
               whole
               lump
               .
            
             
               The
               later
               part
               is
               that
               unto
               which
               the
               former
               is
               applyed
               ,
               and
               by
               our
               Saviour
               signified
               in
               the
               first
               words
               :
               The
               kingdome
               of
               heaven
               .
            
             
               The
               mystical
               sense
               thereof
               is
               ,
            
             
               That
               the
               Gospel
               hath
               that
               efficacy
               ,
               that
               being
               preached
               in
               Palestina
               ,
               it
               should
               presently
               be
               spread
               over
               the
               whole
               world
               ,
               and
               make
               the
               Church
               far
               larger
               then
               it
               was
               ;
               for
               leaven
               doth
               mystically
               signifie
               the
               Gospel
               ;
               and
               the
               whole
               lump
               ,
               the
               Church
               ,
               which
               God
               hath
               from
               eternity
               decreed
               to
               call
               unto
               himself
               out
               of
               the
               world
               by
               the
               Gospel
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               5.1
               .
               The
               Parable
               of
               the
               vineyard
               you
               have
               there
               ;
               which
               in
               the
               7.
               verse
               is
               explained
               thus
               ,
            
             
               The
               vineyard
               is
               the
               house
               of
               Irael
               ;
               the
               pleasant
               plant
               is
               the
               men
               of
               Judah
               ;
               by
               grapes
               judgment
               is
               understood
               ;
               and
               by
               wilde
               grapes
               oppression
               .
            
             
               Ezek.
               17.2
               .
               A
               great
               Eagle
               with
               great
               wings
               ,
               long
               winged
               ,
               full
               of
               feathers
               ,
               
               which
               had
               divers
               colours
               ,
               came
               unto
               Lebanon
               ,
               and
               took
               the
               highest
               branch
               of
               the
               Cedar
               ,
               he
               cropt
               off
               the
               top
               of
               his
               young
               twigs
               ,
               and
               carryed
               it
               into
               a
               land
               of
               Traffique
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               This
               obscure
               Parable
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               explains
               in
               the
               12
               ver
               .
               thus
               ,
            
             
             
               The
               great
               Eagle
               signifies
               the
               King
               of
               Babylon
               ;
               by
               Lebanon
               is
               signified
               Jerusalem
               :
               and
               by
               the
               highest
               branch
               of
               the
               Cedar
               and
               the
               top
               of
               his
               young
               twigs
               ,
               the
               King
               and
               Princes
               of
               Jerusalem
               ;
               by
               a
               land
               of
               traffique
               and
               a
               City
               of
               Merchants
               ,
               is
               signified
               Babylon
               .
            
             
               See
               Luke
               16.19
               .
               Mat.
               13.3.24.44
               .
               Luke
               8.4
               .
               Mat.
               22.2
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EXERGASIA
               .
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               expolitio
               ,
               repetitio
               ,
            
             a
             polishing
             or
             trimming
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               exergazomai
               ]
               repeto
               ,
               effectum
               reddo
               ,
            
             to
             repeat
             ,
             to
             polish
             a
             thing
             after
             it
             is
             finished
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             abide
             still
             in
             one
             place
             ,
             and
             yet
             seem
             to
             speak
             divers
             things
             ,
             many
             times
             repeating
             one
             sentence
             ,
             but
             yet
             with
             other
             words
             ,
             sentences
             and
             exornations
             .
          
           
             It
             differs
             (
             as
             M●lancthon
             saith
             )
             from
             Synonymia
             ,
             forasmuch
             as
             that
             repeats
             a
             sentence
             ,
             or
             thing
             ,
             only
             with
             changed
             words
             :
             but
             this
             with
             like
             words
             ,
             like
             sentences
             ,
             and
             like
             things
             ,
             having
             also
             many
             exornations
             to
             the
             garnishing
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             Thus
             to
             describe
             a
             beautiful
             woman
             ,
             may
             be
             said
             ,
          
           
             She
             hath
             a
             winning
             countenance
             ,
             a
             pleasant
             eye
             ,
             an
             amiable
             presence
             ,
             a
             cheerful
             aspect
             .
          
           
             She
             was
             the
             object
             of
             his
             thoughts
             ,
             the
             entert●inment
             of
             his
             discourse
             ,
             the
             contentment
             of
             his
             heart
             .
          
           
             Your
             beauty
             (
             sweet
             Lady
             )
             hath
             conquered
             my
             reason
             ,
             subdued
             my
             will
             ,
             mastered
             my
             judgement
             .
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               17.1
               .
               Hear
               the
               right
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               attend
               unto
               my
               cry
               ,
               give
               ear
               unto
               my
               prayer
               ,
               that
               proceeds
               not
               from
               feigned
               lips
               .
            
             
               35.1
               ,
               2
               3.
               
               Plead
               my
               cause
               (
               O
               Lord
               )
               with
               them
               that
               strive
               with
               me
               :
               fight
               against
               them
               that
               fight
               against
               me
               ;
               Take
               hold
               of
               shield
               and
               buckler
               ,
               and
               stand
               up
               for
               mine
               help
               ;
               Draw
               out
               also
               the
               spear
               ,
               and
               stop
               the
               way
               against
               them
               that
               persecute
               me
               :
               say
               unto
               my
               soul
               ,
               I
               am
               thy
               salvation
               .
            
             
               More
               examples
               you
               have
               in
               Psalm
               18.2
               ,
               3.
               
               Jonas
               2
               ,
               3
               ,
               4
               ,
               6.
               
               Zech.
               6.12
               ,
               13.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               CHRONOGRAPHIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Temporum
               descriptio
               ,
            
             a
             description
             of
             times
             and
             seasons
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               grapho
               ]
               scribo
            
             ,
             to
             write
             or
             describe
             ;
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               chronos
               ]
               tempus
            
             ,
             time
             or
             season
             .
          
           
             Chronographie
             is
             a
             Rhetorical
             Exornation
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Orator
             describes
             any
             time
             or
             season
             for
             delectations
             sake
             :
             as
             the
             morning
             ,
             the
             evening
             ,
             midnight
             ,
             the
             dawning
             and
             break
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             the
             Sun-rising
             ,
             the
             Sun-setting
             ,
             Spring
             ,
             Summer
             ,
             Autumn
             ,
             Winter
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             When
             break
             of
             day
             had
             drawn
             the
             curtain
             of
             heaven
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             morning
             had
             won
             the
             field
             of
             darknesse
             .
             
          
           
             When
             bright
             Aurora
             with
             her
             glittering
             beams
             ,
             sweet
             and
             comfortable
             rayes
             ,
             had
             re-assumed
             her
             dominion
             in
             the
             air
             .
          
           
           
             When
             the
             Morns
             fair
             cheek
             had
             not
             yet
             lost
             her
             tears
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             bright
             beams
             of
             the
             East
             had
             driven
             away
             the
             dark
             shadow
             of
             the
             night
             ,
             and
             the
             chearful
             birds
             had
             welcomed
             the
             first
             dawning
             light
             with
             their
             glad
             songs
             ,
             and
             when
             black
             and
             sable
             clowds
             were
             changed
             into
             golden
             glory
             .
          
           
             
             When
             the
             stars
             begin
             to
             glory
             of
             the
             light
             which
             they
             borrowed
             from
             the
             Sun.
             
          
           
             When
             the
             nights
             black-mantle
             over-sp●eads
             the
             sky
             .
          
           
             When
             candles
             begin
             to
             inherit
             the
             Suns
             office
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             night
             clad
             in
             black
             ,
             mourns
             for
             the
             losse
             of
             day
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             darknesse
             ariseth
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             stars
             begin
             to
             appear
             ;
             when
             labourers
             forsake
             the
             fields
             ,
             birds
             betake
             themselves
             to
             their
             night-boughs
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             silence
             of
             all
             creatures
             is
             increased
             through
             the
             desire
             of
             rest
             .
          
           
             When
             all
             weary
             creatures
             take
             their
             sweet
             slumber
             ,
             
             when
             cares
             are
             slackned
             ,
             and
             hearts
             forget
             their
             labours
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             When
             the
             Sun
             visits
             the
             face
             of
             the
             earth
             with
             the
             warming
             and
             enlivening
             influence
             of
             his
             beams
             ;
             
             when
             fountains
             and
             streams
             wax
             clear
             ,
             pastures
             green
             ;
             when
             the
             flowers
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             with
             the
             trees
             blossomes
             do
             present
             their
             beauty
             to
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             beholder
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             When
             trees
             are
             widowed
             of
             their
             leaves
             .
          
           
             By
             the
             like
             observation
             of
             circumstances
             are
             all
             other
             descriptions
             of
             ti●e
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               EVPHEMISMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               bona
               dictionis
               mutatio
               ,
               seu
               favorabilis
               locutio
               ,
            
             a
             good
             change
             of
             a
             word
             ,
             or
             a
             fair
             kind
             of
             speech
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               e●
               ]
               bene
            
             ,
             well
             or
             pleasingly
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               phemi
               ]
               dico
            
             ,
             to
             speak
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               euphemeo
               ]
               faveo
               linguâ
               ,
               aut
               bona
               verba
               dico
               ,
            
             to
             favour
             in
             ●peech
             or
             to
             give
             pleasing
             wo●d's
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             fair
             kind
             of
             speech
             ,
             or
             a
             modest
             way
             of
             expressing
             ones
             mind
             .
          
           
             A
             figu●e
             whereby
             in
             Scripture
             you
             shall
             finde
             a
             fair
             name
             put
             on
             a
             foul
             vice
             ,
             and
             a
             word
             of
             a
             good
             and
             bad
             signification
             interpreted
             to
             the
             better
             part
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             also
             when
             things
             (
             which
             would
             offend
             a
             most
             modest
             and
             chast
             ear
             )
             are
             vailed
             with
             Periphrasis
             ,
             or
             circumlocution
             .
          
           
             Thus
             in
             Deut.
             22.9
             .
             
             To
             sanctifie
             is
             put
             for
             to
             defile
             .
          
           
             Thus
             incest
             and
             adultery
             is
             sometimes
             exprest
             by
             a
             modest
             term
             of
             uncovering
             the
             nakednesse
             ;
             this
             you
             have
             in
             Lev.
             18.6
             ,
             20
             ,
             11
             ,
             17.
             
             Ezek.
             22.10
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             vessel
             wherein
             nature
             eases
             it self
             ,
             is
             for
             seemlinesse
             vailed
             with
             the
             Periphrasis
             ,
             a
             v●ssel
             wherein
             is
             no
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             this
             in
             Jer.
             22.28
             &
             Hos.
             8.8
             .
          
           
             Thus
             in
             Prov.
             5.20
             .
             Solomon
             most
             seemly
             observes
             the
             modesty
             of
             speech
             ;
             where
             he
             saith
             ,
             Let
             her
             breasts
             alwaies
             satisfie
             thee
             ,
             why
             shouldest
             thou
             embrace
             the
             bosome
             of
             a
             stranger
             ?
          
           
             Thus
             urine
             is
             vailed
             with
             a
             Circumlocution
             ,
             water
             of
             the
             feet
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               PARRHESIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Licentia
               ,
               loquendi
               libertas
               &
               audacia
               ,
            
             liberty
             or
             boldnesse
             of
             speaking
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             pan
             ]
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             [
             rhesis
             ]
             license
             ,
             or
             liberty
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             we
             speak
             freely
             and
             boldly
             concerning
             things
             displeasing
             and
             obnoxious
             to
             envy
             ,
             especially
             when
             fear
             seemed
             to
             hinder
             it
             ;
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             in
             any
             case
             we
             shew
             our
             confidence
             for
             the
             present
             ,
             our
             fearfulnesse
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             or
             our
             ability
             to
             confute
             a
             false
             accusation
             ;
             or
             ,
             as
             other
             say
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             either
             when
             we
             boldly
             acknowledge
             and
             defend
             a
             fault
             not
             proved
             against
             us
             ,
             or
             when
             we
             venturously
             and
             confidently
             upbraid
             and
             rebuke
             others
             for
             their
             faults
             ;
             In
             which
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             it
             being
             to
             Superiors
             ,
             such
             an
             asswaging
             may
             elegantly
             be
             used
             ;
             to
             wit
             ,
          
           
             May
             I
             with
             your
             leave
             ,
             speak
             freely
             what
             I
             think
             ?
          
           
             Or
             a
             modest
             insinuation
             made
             by
             shewing
             the
             necessity
             of
             freedom
             of
             speech
             in
             that
             behalf
             .
          
           
             
               Vide
               quam
               non
               reformidem
               ,
               quantà
               possum
               voce
               contendam
               ;
               tantum
               abest
               ut
               tuae
               sententiae
               subscribam
               ,
               ut
               in
               publico
               hoc
               consessu
               decedere
               non
               reformidem
               :
               Ecce
               ,
               adeo
               non
               curo
               iram
               vestram
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               You
               may
               suppose
               me
               proud
               and
               inconstant
               ,
               but
               my
               sincerity
               shall
               out-dare
               all
               their
               calumnies
               .
            
             
             
               It
               is
               contrary
               to
               the
               known
               rules
               of
               Justice
               to
               condem
               any
               man
               (
               as
               you
               have
               )
               without
               hearing
               him
               first
               ,
               whom
               you
               condemn
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Parrhesia
               .
            
             
               Job
               32.21
               ,
               22.
               
               Let
               me
               not
               I
               pray
               you
               ,
               accept
               any
               mans
               person
               ,
               neither
               let
               me
               give
               flattering
               titles
               unto
               man
               ,
               for
               I
               know
               not
               to
               give
               flattering
               titles
               ,
               in
               so
               doing
               ,
               my
               Maker
               would
               soon
               take
               me
               away
               .
            
             
               Elihu
               having
               in
               the
               18
               ,
               19
               ,
               &
               20
               verses
               made
               his
               apology
               or
               insinuation
               ,
               do●h
               here
               declare
               his
               purpose
               of
               free
               speech
               ,
               and
               adds
               his
               reason
               in
               vers
               .
               22.
               
            
             
               Gal.
               1.10
               .
               For
               doe
               I
               now
               perswade
               men
               ,
               or
               God
               ?
               or
               doe
               I
               seek
               to
               please
               men
               ?
               for
               if
               I
               yet
               pleased
               men
               ,
               I
               should
               not
               be
               the
               servant
               of
               Christ.
               
            
             
               Psal.
               46.2
               ,
               3.
               
               Therefore
               will
               not
               we
               fear
               ,
               though
               the
               earth
               be
               removed
               :
               and
               though
               the
               Mountains
               be
               carryed
               into
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               Sea
               ;
               though
               the
               waters
               thereof
               roar
               and
               be
               troubled
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             HEBRAISM
             ,
             or
             an
             imitation
             of
             the
             Hebrews
             in
             phrase
             or
             construction
             ;
             It
             is
             when
             the
             construction
             proper
             to
             the
             Hebrew
             tongue
             is
             used
             in
             another
             language
             .
          
           
             The
             Hebrews
             doe
             often
             in
             stead
             of
             an
             Epithet
             ,
             put
             the
             Substantive
             in
             the
             Genitive
             case
             ;
             as
             ,
          
           
             Men
             of
             mercy
             ,
             for
             ,
             merciful
             men
             .
          
           
             A
             land
             of
             desolation
             ,
             for
             ,
             a
             desolate
             land
             .
          
           
           
             A
             man
             of
             desires
             ,
             for
             a
             man
             very
             desirable
             and
             lovely
             ,
             in
             Dan.
             9.23
             .
          
           
             The
             son
             of
             perdition
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             one
             ordained
             unto
             condemnation
             :
             as
             John
             17.12
             .
          
           
             2
             Thes.
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             The
             man
             of
             sin
             ;
             there
             is
             a
             great
             emphasis
             in
             it
             ;
             it
             is
             as
             much
             as
             if
             the
             Apostle
             had
             said
             ,
             a
             very
             sinful
             man
             ,
             a
             man
             made
             up
             of
             wickednesse
             ,
             being
             as
             it
             were
             sin
             it self
             in
             the
             abstract
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             an
             Hebraism
             very
             frequent
             in
             Scripture
             ;
             hence
             in
             Isa.
             53
             3.
             
             Christ
             is
             called
             a
             man
             of
             sorrows
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e
               ,
            
             )
             a
             man
             even
             compacted
             and
             compounded
             of
             all
             kinds
             and
             degrees
             of
             sorrows
             .
          
           
             The
             Hebrews
             doe
             also
             often
             use
             the
             Imperative
             Mood
             for
             the
             Future
             Tense
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             certainty
             of
             a
             thing
             ;
             as
             ,
          
           
             Amos
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             Seek
             the
             Lord
             and
             live
             ,
             
               (
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             ye
             shall
             certainly
             live
             .
          
           
             So
             Deut.
             32.49
             ,
             50.
             
             The
             Lord
             bids
             Moses
             goe
             up
             to
             Mount
             Nebo
             and
             dye
             there
             ;
             
               (
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             thou
             shalt
             certainly
             die
             there
             .
          
           
             And
             contrarily
             they
             sometimes
             put
             the
             Future
             Tense
             for
             the
             Imperative
             Mood
             ;
             as
             ,
          
           
             Exod.
             20.
             
             Thou
             [
             shalt
             ]
             not
             kill
             ,
             steal
             ,
             &c.
             for
             doe
             not
             kill
             ,
             steal
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Mal.
             2.7
             .
             The
             Priests
             lips
             shall
             preserve
             knowledge
             ;
             for
             ,
             let
             the
             Priests
             lips
             preserve
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             Hebrews
             would
             expresse
             an
             excellent
             or
             glorious
             thing
             ,
             they
             o●ten
             joyn
             the
             name
             of
             God
             with
             it
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Gen.
             23.6
             .
             Abraham
             is
             called
             a
             Prince
             of
             God.
             
          
           
           
             Exod.
             3.1
             ,
             4
             ,
             7.
             
             Horeb
             is
             called
             the
             Mountain
             of
             God
             :
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             most
             high
             and
             excellent
             Mountain
             .
          
           
             Psal.
             46.4
             .
             The
             City
             of
             God
             ;
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             a
             glorious
             City
             .
          
           
             If
             ,
             among
             the
             Hebrews
             is
             a
             note
             of
             swearing
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Heb.
             3.11
             .
             Therefore
             I
             sware
             in
             wrath
             ,
             if
             they
             shall
             enter
             into
             my
             rest
             ;
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             they
             shall
             never
             enter
             into
             my
             rest
             .
          
           
             The
             like
             in
             1
             Sam.
             14.45
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               APODIOXIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Rejectio
               ,
               expulsio
               ,
            
             rejection
             or
             an
             expelling
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               apodioco
               ]
               Rejicio
               ,
               expello
            
             ,
             to
             reject
             or
             expell
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             any
             argument
             or
             objection
             is
             with
             indignation
             rejected
             as
             extreamly
             absurd
             ,
             impettinent
             ,
             false
             and
             by
             no
             means
             to
             be
             admitted
             of
             .
          
           
             
               A
               Latin
               Example
               .
            
             
               Sed
               de
               Lucullo
               alio
               dicam
               loco
               ,
               &
               ità
               dicam
               ,
               ut
               neque
               vera
               laus
               ei
               detracta
               oratione
               meâ
               ,
               neque
               falsa
               affixa
               esse
               videatur
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Cicero
               for
               Milo
               :
               What
               should
               Milo
               hate
               Clodius
               ,
               the
               flower
               of
               his
               glory
               ?
            
             
               And
               would
               any
               wise
               man
               ever
               have
               so
               said
               ?
               were
               not
               ignorance
               the
               cause
               of
               this
               opinion
               ,
               folly
               could
               not
               be
               the
               fruit
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Apodioxis
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               16.23
               .
               Thus
               Christ
               rejects
               Peters
               argument
               ,
               touching
               his
               endeavour
               to
               avert
               Christ
               from
               his
               suffering
               ;
               Get
               thee
               behind
               me
               ,
               Satan
               ,
               thou
               art
               an
               offence
               unto
               me
               :
               for
               thou
               savourest
               not
               the
               things
               of
               God.
               
            
             
               Thus
               when
               James
               and
               John
               would
               have
               leave
               of
               Christ
               to
               command
               fire
               to
               come
               down
               from
               heaven
               upon
               the
               Samaritans
               that
               would
               not
               receive
               him
               ,
               Christ
               rebukes
               them
               ,
               and
               said
               in
               Luk.
               9.55
               .
               Ye
               know
               not
               what
               manner
               of
               spirit
               ye
               are
               of
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Act.
               8.20
               .
               Mat.
               4.6
               ,
               7.
               
               Psal.
               50.16
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               APODIXIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Demonstratio
               &
               evidens
               probatio
               ,
            
             Demonstration
             or
             evident
             proof
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             [
             
               apodeiknumi
               ]
               rationibus
               seu
               argumentis
               demonstro
               ,
               aut
               probo
               ,
            
             evidently
             to
             shew
             or
             prove
             .
          
           
             A
             form
             of
             speech
             by
             which
             the
             Orator
             or
             speaker
             grounds
             his
             saying
             upon
             general
             experience
             :
             it
             differs
             from
             (
             the
             next
             figure
             )
             Martyria
             in
             this
             that
             in
             Martyria
             ,
             the
             Speaker
             confirms
             what
             he
             saith
             by
             the
             Testimony
             of
             his
             own
             knowledge
             ;
             in
             this
             he
             infers
             his
             reason
             and
             confirmation
             from
             known
             principles
             ,
             which
             experience
             proves
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             can
             deny
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Hereunto
               appertain
               many
               Proverbs
               ,
               and
               common
               sayings
               ,
               which
               arise
               from
               general
               proof
               and
               experience
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
             
               Trust
               not
               an
               horses
               heel
               ,
               nor
               a
               dogges
               tooth
               .
            
             
               Fire
               and
               water
               have
               no
               mercy
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Apodixis
               .
            
             
               Gal.
               6.7
               .
               Be
               not
               deceived
               ,
               God
               is
               not
               mocked
               :
               for
               whatsoever
               a
               man
               soweth
               ,
               that
               shall
               he
               also
               reap
               .
            
             
               Job
               8.11
               .
               Can
               the
               rush
               grow
               up
               without
               mire
               ?
               Can
               the
               stag
               grow
               without
               water
               ?
            
             
               Prov.
               6.27
               .
               Can
               a
               man
               take
               fire
               in
               his
               bosome
               ,
               and
               his
               cloaths
               not
               be
               burnt
               ?
               Can
               one
               goe
               upon
               hot
               coles
               ,
               and
               his
               feet
               not
               be
               burnt
               ?
            
          
        
         
           
             
               MARTYRIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Testimonium
               ,
               Testatio
               ,
            
             Testimony
             or
             evidence
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               martyr
               ]
               testis
            
             ,
             a
             witnesse
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             the
             speaker
             confirms
             something
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Physitian
             makes
             report
             of
             his
             own
             proof
             in
             diseases
             and
             cures
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             records
             them
             to
             the
             great
             benefit
             of
             succeeding
             generations
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Captain
             which
             hath
             been
             in
             many
             battails
             ,
             at
             many
             seiges
             ,
             and
             hath
             had
             experience
             in
             many
             stratagems
             ,
             teaches
             young
             souldiers
             ,
             and
             confirms
             his
             advice
             by
             his
             own
             testimony
             founded
             upon
             often
             proof
             .
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Martyria
               .
            
             
               Job
               5.3
               .
               I
               have
               seen
               the
               foolish
               taking
               root
               :
               but
               suddainly
               I
               cursed
               his
               habitation
               .
            
             
             
               Psal.
               37.35
               .
               I
               have
               seen
               the
               wicked
               in
               great
               power
               ,
               and
               spreading
               himself
               like
               a
               green
               bay-tree
               ,
               yet
               he
               passed
               away
               ,
               and
               so
               he
               was
               not
               ,
               yea
               ,
               I
               sought
               him
               ,
               but
               he
               could
               not
               be
               found
               .
            
             
               Verse
               25.
               
               I
               have
               been
               young
               and
               now
               am
               old
               :
               yet
               have
               I
               not
               seen
               the
               righteous
               forsaken
               ,
               nor
               his
               seed
               begging
               bread
               .
            
             
               So
               1
               John
               1.1
               .
               That
               which
               was
               from
               the
               beginning
               ,
               which
               we
               have
               heard
               ,
               which
               we
               have
               seen
               with
               our
               eyes
               ,
               which
               we
               have
               looked
               upon
               ,
               and
               our
               hands
               have
               handled
               of
               the
               word
               of
               life
               ;
               (
               for
               the
               life
               was
               manifested
               ,
               and
               we
               have
               seen
               it
               ,
               and
               bear
               witnesse
               ,
               and
               shew
               unto
               you
               the
               eternal
               life
               which
               was
               with
               the
               Father
               ,
               and
               w●s
               manifested
               unto
               us
               )
               That
               which
               we
               have
               seen
               and
               heard
               ,
               declare
               we
               unto
               you
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               EPIMONE
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Commoratio
               ,
               item
               persoverantia
               ,
            
             a
             tarrying
             long
             upon
             one
             matter
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               epimeno
               ]
               maneo
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               expecto
               ob
               rem
               aliquam
               ,
            
             to
             stay
             or
             wait
             for
             something
             .
          
           
             Epimone
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             dwels
             upon
             ,
             and
             persists
             in
             a
             former
             conclusion
             ,
             or
             the
             same
             cause
             much
             after
             one
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             but
             repeated
             in
             other
             words
             more
             plainly
             :
             By
             others
             it
             is
             said
             to
             be
             when
             the
             speaker
             knowing
             whereon
             the
             greatest
             weight
             of
             his
             cause
             or
             matter
             doth
             depend
             ,
             makes
             often
             recourse
             thither
             ,
             and
             repeats
             it
             many
             times
             by
             variation
             .
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               And
               shall
               so
               eminent
               a
               vertue
               be
               expelled
               ,
               thrust
               out
               ,
               banished
               ,
               and
               cast
               away
               from
               the
               City
               ?
            
             
               What
               didst
               thou
               covet
               ?
               what
               didst
               thou
               wish
               ?
               what
               didst
               thou
               desire
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               1.3
               .
               What
               profit
               hath
               a
               man
               of
               all
               his
               labour
               which
               he
               hath
               under
               the
               Sun
               ?
            
             
               What
               profit
               ]
               to
               wit
               ,
               towards
               the
               attaining
               of
               happinesse
               ;
               otherwise
               in
               all
               labours
               there
               is
               some
               profit
               towards
               the
               helping
               of
               our
               earthly
               estates
               ,
               as
               Prov.
               14.23
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               an
               elegant
               Epimone
               or
               dwelling
               upon
               the
               former
               conclusion
               ,
               of
               the
               vanity
               of
               all
               things
               delivered
               in
               the
               former
               verse
               ,
               and
               here
               repeated
               in
               other
               words
               more
               plainly
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               18.24
               ,
               &c.
               Here
               you
               have
               a
               good
               examample
               in
               Abrahams
               suit
               to
               God
               for
               the
               Sodomites
               ,
               in
               these
               words
               ;
               If
               there
               be
               fifty
               righteous
               within
               the
               city
               ,
               wilt
               thou
               destroy
               ,
               and
               not
               spa●e
               the
               place
               for
               the
               fifty
               righteous
               that
               are
               therein
               ?
               That
               be
               far
               from
               thee
               to
               do
               after
               this
               manner
               ,
               to
               slay
               the
               righteous
               with
               the
               wicked
               ,
               &c.
               
               And
               thus
               he
               perseverantly
               continues
               his
               suit
               to
               the
               sixth
               request
               .
            
             
               John
               21.15
               ,
               &c.
               Thus
               Christ
               speaks
               to
               
                 Simon
                 Peter
                 ,
                 Simon
              
               ,
               son
               of
               Jonas
               lovest
               thou
               me
               more
               then
               these
               ?
               feed
               my
               sheep
               ;
               which
               saying
               he
               persists
               in
               and
               repeats
               three
               times
               one
               presently
               after
               another
               .
            
             
             
               Matth.
               12
               ,
               31
               ,
               32.
               
               All
               manner
               of
               sin
               and
               blasphemy
               shall
               be
               forgiven
               unto
               men
               :
               but
               the
               blasphemy
               against
               the
               holy
               Spirit
               shall
               not
               be
               forgiven
               unto
               men
               :
               And
               whosoever
               speaketh
               a
               word
               against
               the
               son
               of
               man
               ,
               it
               shall
               be
               forgiven
               him
               :
               but
               whosoever
               speaketh
               against
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               ,
               it
               shall
               not
               be
               forgiven
               him
               ,
               neither
               in
               this
               world
               ,
               neither
               in
               the
               world
               to
               come
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               examples
               you
               may
               find
               in
               Mar.
               7.21
               ,
               22
               ,
               23.
               
               Col.
               2.13
               ,
               14
               ,
               15.
               1
               
               Cor
               ,
               7.36
               ,
               37.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HORISMOS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Definitio
            
             ,
             Definition
             ,
             or
             an
             expresse
             declaring
             what
             a
             thing
             or
             the
             nature
             thereof
             is
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               horizo
               ]
               definio
            
             ,
             to
             define
             ,
             or
             make
             a
             plain
             description
             of
             a
             thing
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             we
             declare
             what
             a
             thing
             is
             ,
             or
             delineate
             the
             nature
             of
             it
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             often
             used
             when
             we
             would
             shew
             a
             difference
             between
             two
             words
             :
             namely
             by
             defining
             both
             .
          
           
             
               Latine
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Est
               virtus
               placitis
               abstinuisse
               bonis
               .
            
             
               Virtus
               est
               habitus
               rationi
               consentaneus
               .
            
             
               Nolo
               te
               parcum
               appellars
               ,
               cum
               sis
               avarus
               ;
               nam
               qui
               parcus
               est
               ,
               utitur
               eo
               quod
               satis
               est
               ,
               tu
               contra
               propter
               avaritiam
               ,
               quo
               plus
               habes
               ,
               eo
               magis
               eges
               ;
               gloria
               est
               illustris
               ac
               pervulgata
               multorum
               ac
               magnorum
               vel
               in
               suos
               cives
               ,
               vel
               in
               patriam
               ,
               vel
               in
               omne
               genus
               hominum
               ,
               fama
               meritorum
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Godlinesse
               is
               the
               exact
               care
               of
               a
               Christian
               ,
               to
               worship
               God
               in
               the
               spirit
               according
               to
               the
               dictates
               of
               his
               will
               ,
               with
               all
               sincerity
               .
            
             
               He
               that
               subverts
               the
               Laws
               ,
               and
               infringes
               the
               peoples
               liberties
               ,
               is
               a
               Tyrant
               .
            
             
               Fear
               is
               an
               apprehension
               of
               future
               harm
               .
            
             
               In
               way
               of
               Gradation
               :
            
             
               To
               refuse
               good
               counsel
               is
               folly
               ;
               to
               contemn
               it
               ,
               wickednesse
               :
               to
               scorn
               it
               ,
               madnesse
               .
            
             
               Beauty
               is
               nothing
               but
               a
               transitory
               charm
               ,
               an
               illusion
               of
               senses
               ,
               a
               slave
               of
               pleasure
               :
               a
               flower
               which
               has
               but
               a
               moment
               of
               life
               ;
               a
               dyal
               on
               which
               we
               never
               look
               ,
               but
               whilst
               the
               Sun
               shines
               on
               it
               :
               it
               is
               a
               dunghil
               covered
               with
               snow
               :
               a
               glass
               painted
               with
               false
               colours
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               This
               is
               not
               fortitude
               ,
               but
               temerity
               ;
               for
               fortitude
               is
               an
               heroick
               contempt
               of
               evil
               through
               due
               consideration
               of
               the
               justnesse
               of
               the
               cause
               ,
               controversie
               and
               call
               :
               but
               temerity
               is
               a
               foolish
               enterprise
               of
               perils
               without
               due
               consideration
               of
               either
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Horismos
               .
            
             
               Job
               28.28
               .
               Behold
               ,
               the
               fear
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               that
               is
               wisdom
               ;
               and
               to
               depart
               from
               evil
               ,
               is
               understanding
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               58
               ,
               4
               ,
               4
               ,
               6
               ,
               7.
               
               Thus
               you
               have
               an
               hypocritical
               fast
               elegantly
               defined
               ,
               and
               distinguished
               from
               such
               a
               one
               as
               is
               acceptable
               with
               God.
               
            
             
               See
               Luke
               4.18
               .
               Isa.
               61.1
               .
               Gal.
               5.19.20
               ,
               21
               ,
               22
               ,
               &c.
               Prov.
               27.3
               ,
               4.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               METABASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Transitio
            
             ,
             Transition
             ,
             or
             a
             passing
             over
             from
             one
             thing
             to
             another
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               metabaino
               ]
               transeo
            
             ,
             to
             passe
             over
             from
             one
             thing
             to
             another
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             whereby
             the
             parts
             of
             an
             oration
             or
             speech
             are
             knit
             together
             :
             and
             is
             ,
          
           
             When
             we
             are
             briefly
             put
             in
             mind
             of
             what
             hath
             been
             said
             ,
             and
             what
             remains
             further
             to
             be
             spoken
             .
          
           
             This
             Exornation
             conduces
             to
             eloquence
             and
             attention
             ;
             to
             the
             understanding
             and
             remembrance
             of
             the
             things
             handled
             in
             a
             speech
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             part
             of
             this
             figure
             hath
             respect
             unto
             the
             precedent
             ;
             the
             later
             part
             makes
             way
             for
             ,
             or
             prepares
             the
             Reader
             unto
             the
             following
             matter
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               and
               English
               Examples
               interwoven
               .
            
             
               This
               figure
               is
               made
               eight
               ways
               :
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               From
               the
               equal
               .
            
             
               
                 At
                 haec
                 erant
                 jucundissima
                 ,
                 nec
                 minus
                 voluptatis
                 attulerunt
                 illa
              
               :
               In
               English
               ,
            
             
               But
               these
               things
               were
               most
               pleasant
               and
               delectable
               ,
               nor
               shall
               those
               bring
               lesse
               pleasure
               .
            
             
               The
               matters
               which
               you
               have
               already
               heard
               ,
               were
               wonderful
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               you
               shall
               hear
               ,
               are
               no
               lesse
               marvellous
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               From
               the
               unequal
               .
            
             
               
                 Sed
                 haec
                 utcumque
                 ignoscenda
                 ,
                 illud
                 quis
                 ferat
                 ?
                 audistis
                 gravissima
                 ,
                 sed
                 audietis
                 graviora
              
               :
               In
               English
               ,
            
             
             
               But
               these
               things
               howsoever
               to
               be
               forgiven
               ,
               who
               can
               bear
               that
               ?
               you
               have
               heard
               very
               grievous
               things
               ,
               but
               ye
               shall
               hear
               more
               grievous
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               declared
               unto
               you
               many
               of
               the
               commendable
               faculties
               of
               his
               mind
               ,
               yet
               I
               will
               tell
               you
               of
               many
               more
               ,
               and
               far
               more
               excellent
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               From
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               
                 Haec
                 perfida
                 designavit
                 ,
                 cujus
                 generis
                 sunt
                 &
                 illa
                 ,
                 quae
                 nuper
                 Romae
                 patrasse
                 dicitur
              
               :
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               He
               hath
               evidently
               marked
               out
               these
               trayterous
               and
               disloyal
               acts
               ;
               of
               which
               sort
               also
               are
               those
               which
               are
               reported
               to
               have
               been
               lately
               perpetrated
               at
               Rome
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               hitherto
               made
               mention
               of
               his
               noble
               enterprises
               in
               France
               ,
               and
               now
               will
               I
               rehearse
               his
               worthy
               acts
               done
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               From
               the
               contrary
               .
            
             
               
                 Sed
                 haec
                 juv●nis
                 peccavit
                 ,
                 nunc
                 Senis
                 virtutes
                 audietis
                 :
              
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               But
               this
               young
               man
               hath
               offended
               ,
               now
               ye
               shall
               hear
               the
               vertues
               and
               properties
               of
               an
               old
               man.
               
            
             
               As
               I
               have
               spoken
               of
               his
               sad
               adversity
               and
               misery
               ,
               so
               will
               I
               now
               speak
               of
               his
               happy
               prosperity
               ,
               which
               at
               length
               ensued
               ,
               as
               the
               bright
               day
               doth
               the
               dark
               night
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               From
               the
               differing
               .
            
             
               
                 De
                 moribus
                 habes
                 ,
                 nunc
                 de
                 doctrinâ
                 reliquum
                 est
                 ut
                 dicamus
              
               :
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               You
               have
               a
               relation
               touching
               manners
               ,
               now
               it
               remains
               that
               we
               speak
               concerning
               doctrine
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               As
               it
               were
               by
               anticipation
               or
               the
               prevention
               of
               an
               objection
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Jam
                 ad
                 reliqua
                 properabimus
                 ,
                 si
                 prius
                 illud
                 unum
                 adjecerimus
              
               :
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               Now
               we
               will
               hasten
               unto
               that
               which
               is
               behind
               ,
               if
               we
               shall
               first
               add
               in
               that
               one
               thing
               .
            
             
               By
               Anticipation
               more
               clearly
               thus
               ;
            
             
               Peradventure
               you
               think
               me
               too
               long
               in
               the
               threatnings
               of
               the
               Law
               ;
               I
               will
               now
               passe
               to
               the
               sweet
               promises
               of
               the
               Gospel
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               By
               Reprehension
               .
            
             
               
                 Quid
                 his
                 immoror
                 ?
                 ad
                 id
                 ,
                 quod
                 est
                 hujus
                 causa
                 caput
                 ,
                 festinet
                 oratio
              
               :
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               Why
               stay
               I
               upon
               these
               things
               ?
               I
               shall
               hasten
               my
               speech
               unto
               that
               which
               is
               the
               principal
               point
               of
               the
               matter
               in
               question
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               From
               Consequents
               ,
               or
               from
               things
               relating
               to
               something
               precedent
               .
            
             
               
                 Habes
                 quod
                 in
                 illum
                 contulerim
                 beneficiorum
                 ;
                 nunc
                 quam
                 gratiam
                 mihi
                 retulerit
                 audi
              
               :
               In
               English
               thus
               ,
            
             
               You
               have
               heard
               what
               kindnesses
               I
               conferr'd
               on
               him
               ;
               now
               what
               return
               he
               made
               me
               of
               those
               favours
               ,
               attend
               ye
               .
            
             
               You
               have
               heard
               how
               he
               promised
               ,
               and
               now
               I
               will
               tell
               you
               how
               he
               performed
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Transition
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               12
               ,
               31.
               
               And
               I
               will
               yet
               shew
               you
               a
               more
               excellent
               way
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               looks
               to
               the
               precedent
               ,
               but
               the
               latter
               makes
               way
               for
               the
               subsequent
               matter
               :
               Which
               is
               as
               much
               as
               if
               Paul
               had
               said
               ,
               You
               have
               heard
               of
               the
               gifts
               of
               prophesying
               and
               interpretation
               ;
               of
               the
               gifts
               of
               miracles
               ,
               of
               healing
               ,
               of
               diversity
               of
               tongues
               ,
               &c.
               which
               are
               indeed
               eminent
               
               gifts
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               I
               exhort
               you
               to
               desire
               and
               look
               out
               after
               .
               But
               the
               way
               of
               love
               (
               which
               this
               Transition
               makes
               way
               for
               ,
               and
               which
               he
               comes
               to
               in
               the
               first
               verse
               of
               the
               next
               chapter
               )
               is
               a
               far
               more
               excellent
               way
               then
               all
               these
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               the
               custome
               likewise
               of
               the
               same
               Apostle
               ,
               that
               passing
               over
               from
               one
               matter
               to
               another
               ,
               he
               gives
               a
               certain
               entrance
               ,
               or
               a
               little
               beginning
               whereby
               he
               doth
               as
               it
               were
               prepare
               the
               Reader
               to
               the
               following
               matter
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               15.1
               ,
               2.
               
               He
               admonishes
               the
               Corinthians
               to
               remember
               what
               they
               had
               learned
               ;
               So
               1
               Cor.
               11.17
               .
               having
               briefly
               reprehended
               them
               ,
               he
               passes
               over
               unto
               another
               matter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PARECBASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Digressio
            
             ,
             Digression
             ,
             excursion
             ,
             or
             a
             going
             from
             a
             matter
             in
             hand
             to
             speak
             of
             another
             thing
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               parecbaino
               ]
               digredior
            
             ,
             to
             digress
             or
             goe
             from
             the
             purpose
             .
          
           
             Digression
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             wandering
             from
             the
             purpose
             or
             intended
             matter
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             handling
             of
             some
             matter
             going
             out
             from
             order
             ,
             but
             yet
             upon
             sufficient
             ground
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             advantage
             and
             illustration
             of
             the
             cause
             or
             matter
             we
             have
             in
             hand
             .
          
           
             Digression
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             something
             is
             added
             beside
             or
             beyond
             the
             purpose
             or
             intended
             matter
             ,
             and
             goes
             out
             from
             the
             appointed
             discou●se
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             digression
             ought
             in
             some
             respect
             to
             be
             agreeable
             ,
             and
             pertinent
             to
             those
             matters
             which
             we
             have
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             strange
             or
             remote
             from
             the
             purpose
             :
             and
             that
             by
             the
             abuses
             
             of
             this
             Exornation
             ,
             namely
             ,
             by
             going
             forth
             abruptly
             ,
             by
             tarrying
             too
             long
             abroad
             ,
             and
             returning
             in
             unto
             the
             matter
             overthwartly
             ,
             we
             shall
             in
             stead
             of
             adorning
             and
             garnishing
             our
             cause
             or
             speech
             ,
             darken
             our
             main
             cause
             or
             principal
             matter
             ,
             and
             deform
             the
             Oration
             .
          
           
             This
             Exornation
             is
             frequent
             in
             Scripture
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Rom.
             1.
             from
             1.
             to
             8.
             
             The
             Apostle
             Paul
             here
             digresses
             from
             his
             name
             ,
             to
             the
             description
             of
             his
             calling
             in
             the
             first
             verse
             ;
             then
             unto
             the
             definition
             of
             the
             Gospel
             in
             the
             2.
             verse
             ,
             by
             and
             by
             to
             the
             description
             of
             Christ
             in
             the
             3.
             
             &
             4.
             verses
             ;
             then
             he
             again
             as
             it
             were
             slides
             unto
             his
             calling
             in
             the
             5.
             verse
             ;
             at
             length
             he
             prayes
             for
             grace
             and
             peace
             for
             the
             Romans
             ,
             unto
             whom
             his
             Epistle
             is
             directed
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             doth
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             finish
             his
             course
             or
             compasse
             :
             and
             these
             are
             occasioned
             by
             the
             words
             in
             the
             sentences
             or
             things
             spoken
             of
             .
          
           
             Col
             1.3
             ,
             4.
             
             We
             give
             thanks
             to
             God
             [
             even
             the
             f●ther
             of
             our
             Lord
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             alwayes
             praying
             for
             you
             ]
             :
             since
             we
             heard
             of
             your
             faith
             in
             Christ
             Jesus
             ,
             and
             of
             your
             love
             toward
             all
             Saints
             .
          
           
             Where
             you
             see
             the
             Digression
             noted
             ,
             then
             you
             have
             the
             apt
             return
             into
             the
             matter
             :
             Since
             we
             heard
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Gen.
             2.8
             .
             to
             15.
             verse
             .
             And
             the
             Lord
             God
             planted
             a
             garden
             Eastward
             in
             Eden
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             put
             the
             man
             whom
             he
             had
             made
             :
             [
             for
             out
             of
             the
             ground
             made
             the
             Lord
             God
             to
             grow
             every
             tree
             pleasant
             to
             the
             sight
             ,
             &c.
             the
             Digression
             here
             ,
             begins
             at
             the
             9.
             and
             ends
             with
             the
             14
             verse
             ]
             then
             in
             the
             15.
             verse
             you
             have
             the
             return
             unto
             
             the
             matter
             in
             hand
             ;
             in
             these
             words
             ;
             Then
             the
             Lord
             God
             took
             the
             man
             and
             put
             him
             into
             the
             Garden
             of
             Eden
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             See
             1
             Cor.
             1.13
             .
             Ephes.
             3.1
             .
             Gen.
             38.
             the
             whole
             chapter
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               PARECHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               allusio
            
             ,
             allusion
             ,
             or
             a
             resembling
             of
             one
             thing
             to
             another
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               parecheo
               ]
               sono
               assimilis
               sum
            
             ,
             to
             resemble
             ,
             or
             allude
             unto
             .
          
           
             Parechesis
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             we
             bring
             in
             something
             of
             anothers
             to
             another
             intent
             then
             his
             own
             :
             or
             :
          
           
             When
             the
             allusion
             of
             words
             is
             to
             be
             searched
             after
             in
             another
             language
             or
             speech
             then
             in
             that
             wherein
             the
             Author
             wrote
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Quod
               Orator
               de
               caecitate
               ,
               de
               ignorantia
               dico
               :
               vultus
               perpetua
               nocte
               coopertus
               ,
               non
               concipit
               nefas
               ,
               ad
               quod
               ducibus
               oculis
               pervenitur
               ;
               tua
               (
               quo
               Nero
               senecae
               )
               in
               me
               merita
               ,
               dum
               vita
               suppetit
               ,
               aeterna
               erunt
               .
            
             
               De
               bonorum
               societate
               dicere
               licet
               ,
               quod
               Ovidius
               de
               Jovis
               sui
               habitaculo
               ,
               lib.
               1.
               
               Metam
               .
            
             
               
                 Hic
                 locus
                 est
                 ,
                 quem
                 ,
                 si
                 verbis
                 audacia
                 detur
                 ,
              
               
                 Haud
                 timeam
                 magni
                 dixisse
                 palatia
                 coeli
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               I
               may
               say
               of
               flatterers
               ,
               as
               Tacitus
               of
               Courtiers
               :
               They
               speak
               more
               readily
               with
               the
               Princes
               fortune
               then
               himself
               .
            
             
             
               We
               may
               say
               of
               Providence
               ,
               as
               Ovid
               of
               the
               Sun
               ,
               It
               sees
               all
               things
               ,
               and
               by
               it
               all
               things
               on
               earth
               are
               govern'd
               .
            
             
               I
               may
               say
               of
               an
               ill
               conscience
               ,
               as
               Socrates
               of
               a
               wandering
               traveller
               ,
               It
               is
               no
               wonder
               if
               it
               be
               out
               of
               temper
               ,
               when
               it
               hath
               it's
               self
               for
               its
               companion
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Parech●sis
               .
            
             
               Matth.
               11.17
               .
               We
               have
               piped
               unto
               you
               ,
               and
               ye
               have
               not
               danced
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               John
               10.1
               .
               He
               that
               entreth
               not
               in
               by
               the
               door
               into
               the
               sheepfold
               ,
               but
               climbeth
               up
               another
               way
               ,
               he
               is
               a
               thief
               and
               a
               robber
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               1.23
               .
               But
               we
               preach
               Christ
               crucified
               :
               unto
               the
               Jews
               ,
               even
               a
               stumbling
               block
               ,
               and
               unto
               the
               Graecians
               foolishnesse
               :
               but
               unto
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Gen.
               48.14
               ▪
               &c.
               John
               1.5
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               GNOME
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Sententia
            
             ,
             a
             Sentence
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               gnoo
               ]
               nosco
            
             ,
             to
             know
             .
          
           
             A
             Sentence
             is
             some
             excellent
             profitable
             and
             remarkable
             saying
             :
             it
             is
             a
             pearle
             in
             a
             discourse
             .
          
           
             Gnome
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             we
             bring
             in
             a
             sentence
             or
             such
             a
             remarkable
             saying
             of
             anothers
             to
             the
             same
             purpose
             with
             the
             Author
             ,
             he
             being
             not
             named
             .
          
           
             
               Latine
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Fit
               ex
               malè
               agendo
               consuetudo
               ,
               deinde
               natura
               .
            
             
               Ita
               vivendum
               est
               cum
               hominibus
               ,
               tanquam
               Deus
               
               videat
               ;
               sic
               loquendum
               cum
               deo
               ,
               tanquam
               homines
               audiant
               .
            
             
               Civitatis
               anima
               sunt
               leges
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Where
               ever
               the
               Sun
               shines
               ,
               
               is
               a
               wise
               mans
               countrey
               .
            
             
               The
               rich
               mans
               bounty
               is
               the
               poor
               mans
               Exchequer
               .
            
             
               Error
               and
               Repentance
               are
               the
               companions
               of
               rashnesse
               .
            
             
               The
               covetous
               man
               wants
               as
               well
               that
               which
               he
               hath
               ,
               as
               that
               which
               he
               hath
               not
               .
            
             
               Unlawful
               desires
               are
               punished
               after
               the
               effect
               of
               enjoying
               ;
               but
               impossible
               desires
               are
               punished
               in
               the
               desire
               it self
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Gnome
               .
            
             
               Sentences
               are
               by
               Solomon
               in
               Prov.
               1.2
               .
               called
               words
               of
               wisdom
               and
               understanding
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               10.19
               .
               In
               the
               multitude
               of
               words
               there
               wanteth
               not
               sin
               :
               but
               he
               that
               refraineth
               his
               lips
               ,
               is
               wise
               .
            
             
               Vers.
               5.
               
               He
               that
               gathereth
               in
               Summer
               ,
               is
               a
               wise
               son
               ;
               but
               he
               that
               sleepeth
               in
               harvest
               ,
               is
               a
               son
               that
               causeth
               shame
               .
            
             
               See
               Eccles.
               12.11
               .
               and
               divers
               other
               places
               of
               the
               Scripture
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PAREGMENON
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               derivatum
               ,
               deductum
            
             ;
             a
             derivative
             ,
             or
             derived
             from
             :
             this
             word
             is
             a
             particle
             of
             the
             preterpefect
             tense
             passive
             
             of
             the
             verb
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               parago
               ]
               deduco
               ,
               derivo
            
             ,
             to
             derive
             or
             take
             from
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             words
             ,
             whereof
             one
             is
             derived
             of
             another
             ,
             are
             conjoyned
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Is
               domum
               miser
               ,
               cujus
               miseriam
               nobilitas
               locupletavit
               .
            
             
               Ingenioque
               faves
               ingeniose
               tuo
               .
            
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Marvel
               not
               at
               that
               which
               is
               so
               little
               marvellous
               .
            
             
               A
               discreet
               discretion
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               there
               is
               a
               double
               Paregmenon
               in
               one
               sentence
               ;
               as
               ,
            
             
               He
               wished
               rather
               to
               die
               a
               present
               death
               ,
               then
               to
               live
               in
               the
               misery
               of
               life
               .
            
             
               The
               humble
               soul
               is
               established
               by
               humility
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Paregmenon
               .
            
             
               Dan.
               2.21
               .
               He
               giveth
               wisdome
               unto
               the
               wise
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Rom.
               9.32
               .
               For
               they
               stumbled
               at
               that
               stumbling
               stone
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               15.47
               .
               The
               first
               man
               was
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               earthy
               ,
               the
               second
               is
               the
               Lord
               from
               heaven
               ,
               heavenly
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               11.15
               .
               He
               that
               hateth
               suretyship
               is
               sure
               .
            
             
               See
               1
               Cor.
               1.19
               .
               Prov.
               11.17
               ,
               25
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               MIMESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               imitatio
            
             ,
             Imitation
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               mimeomai
               ]
               imitor
            
             ,
             to
             imitate
             or
             resemble
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             Imitation
             or
             a
             using
             of
             the
             language
             of
             others
             ,
             which
             is
             usual
             in
             the
             Scriptures
             ;
             as
             .
          
           
             In
             Psal.
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             David
             uses
             the
             language
             ,
             of
             rebellious
             rulers
             :
             Let
             us
             break
             their
             bands
             ,
             and
             cast
             away
             their
             cords
             from
             us
             .
          
           
             So
             in
             1
             Cor.
             15.32
             .
             Paul
             uses
             the
             words
             of
             Epicures
             ,
             What
             advantages
             it
             me
             ,
             if
             the
             dead
             rise
             not
             ?
             let
             us
             eat
             and
             drink
             ,
             for
             to
             morrow
             we
             shall
             die
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Prophet
             Isaiah
             speaks
             in
             the
             language
             of
             the
             profane
             rulers
             in
             Jerusalem
             who
             made
             a
             mock
             at
             Gods
             Word
             and
             threats
             ;
             Isa.
             28.15
             .
             We
             have
             made
             a
             Covenant
             with
             death
             ,
             and
             with
             hell
             are
             we
             at
             agreement
             ,
             we
             have
             made
             lies
             our
             refuge
             ,
             and
             under
             a
             falshood
             have
             we
             hid
             our selves
             .
          
           
             The
             like
             in
             Micah
             3.11
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               MYCTERISMUS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Subsannatio
               ,
               irrisio
               ,
            
             a
             disdainful
             gibe
             or
             scoffe
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               mycterizo
               ]
               subsanno
               ,
               naso
               suspendo
               ,
            
             to
             mock
             or
             scoffe
             with
             bending
             of
             the
             brows
             ,
             or
             with
             blowing
             the
             nose
             at
             one
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               aeiro
               ]
               erigo
               ,
               suspendo
            
             ,
             to
             lift
             up
             ,
             or
             hang
             up
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               mycter
               ]
               nasus
            
             ,
             the
             nose
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             privy
             kind
             of
             mock
             or
             scoff
             ,
             yet
             not
             so
             privy
             but
             that
             it
             may
             well
             be
             perceived
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             near
             to
             a
             Sarcasm
             ,
             but
             that
             is
             more
             manifest
             ,
             this
             more
             privy
             ,
             that
             more
             easie
             ;
             and
             
             this
             more
             hard
             :
             And
             sometimes
             is
             a
             figure
             ,
             when
             in
             shew
             of
             disdainful
             contempt
             of
             a
             person
             or
             thing
             we
             fling
             up
             our
             nose
             .
          
           
             Thus
             when
             a
             certain
             man
             that
             was
             bald
             ,
             had
             spightfully
             r●yled
             against
             Diogenes
             ,
             after
             a
             little
             pawse
             Diogenes
             answered
             him
             thus
             :
             My
             friend
             ,
             further
             I
             have
             done
             thee
             no
             harm
             ,
             but
             this
             I
             must
             say
             to
             thee
             ,
             I
             do
             much
             commend
             the
             hai●s
             that
             are
             fallen
             from
             thy
             head
             ,
             for
             I
             suppose
             they
             were
             wise
             ,
             in
             that
             they
             made
             haste
             to
             leave
             the
             company
             of
             so
             foolish
             a
             skull
             .
          
           
             To
             one
             that
             demanded
             of
             Demonax
             the
             Philosopher
             ,
             if
             Philosophers
             did
             use
             to
             eat
             sweet
             Cakes
             :
             Demonax
             made
             this
             answer
             ,
             Dost
             thou
             think
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             that
             Bees
             gather
             their
             hony
             for
             fools
             only
             ?
          
           
             Luke
             16.14
             .
             Thus
             the
             Pharisees
             derided
             Christ
             ;
             they
             did
             not
             simply
             contemn
             him
             ,
             but
             they
             shewed
             their
             contempt
             of
             him
             by
             their
             gestures
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               ANAMNE●IS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Recordatio
            
             ,
             Remembrance
             ,
             or
             a
             calling
             to
             minde
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               anamnaomai
               ]
               recordor
            
             ,
             to
             remember
             or
             call
             to
             minde
             .
          
           
             Anamnesis
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             calling
             to
             minde
             matters
             past
             ,
             whether
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             joy
             ,
             &c.
             doth
             make
             recital
             of
             them
             for
             his
             own
             advantage
             ,
             or
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             those
             that
             hear
             him
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Psal.
             137.1
             .
             By
             the
             Rivers
             ,
             there
             we
             sate
             down
             ;
             yea
             ,
             we
             wept
             when
             we
             remembred
             Sion
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Luke
             15.17
             .
             The
             Prodigal
             son
             ,
             when
             he
             came
             to
             himself
             ,
             said
             ,
             How
             many
             hired
             servants
             of
             
             my
             fathers
             house
             ,
             have
             bread
             enough
             and
             to
             spare
             ,
             and
             I
             perish
             with
             hunger
             ?
             I
             will
             arise
             and
             go
             to
             my
             father
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Gen.
             32.10
             .
             Thus
             Jacob
             in
             his
             return
             from
             Laban
             ,
             in
             thankful
             remembrance
             of
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             to
             him
             ,
             breaks
             out
             ;
             With
             my
             staffe
             I
             passed
             over
             this
             Jordan
             ,
             and
             now
             I
             am
             become
             two
             bands
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Psal.
             77.5
             ,
             6.
             saith
             David
             ,
             I
             have
             considered
             the
             days
             of
             old
             ,
             the
             years
             of
             ancient
             times
             ;
             I
             call
             to
             remembrance
             my
             song
             in
             the
             night
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             See
             Prov.
             5.12
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             EXPEDITIO
             ,
             expedition
             ,
             or
             quick
             dispatch
             .
          
           
             Expedition
             is
             a
             figure
             when
             many
             parts
             or
             reasons
             of
             an
             argument
             being
             enumerated
             and
             touched
             ,
             all
             are
             destroyed
             ,
             save
             that
             only
             upon
             which
             the
             speaker
             intends
             to
             conclude
             ,
             stand
             to
             ,
             and
             rest
             upon
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             these
             courses
             must
             be
             taken
             ;
             either
             you
             must
             distinctly
             observe
             and
             practise
             these
             rules
             ,
             or
             deny
             that
             ever
             you
             received
             instructions
             ,
             or
             alledge
             want
             of
             capacity
             in
             your self
             ,
             or
             want
             of
             use
             of
             them
             in
             your
             life
             .
          
           
             That
             they
             are
             not
             necessary
             ,
             you
             cannot
             say
             ;
             for
             what
             more
             necessary
             in
             your
             life
             ,
             then
             to
             write
             well
             ?
             That
             you
             are
             uncapable
             ,
             is
             a
             slander
             ,
             and
             a
             contradiction
             to
             your
             own
             conscience
             and
             my
             experience
             ,
             that
             hath
             seen
             such
             fair
             essays
             of
             your
             endeavours
             :
             And
             to
             say
             you
             had
             never
             any
             directions
             ,
             were
             to
             give
             your
             two
             eyes
             the
             lye
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             me
             believe
             ,
             that
             I
             did
             never
             
             but
             dream
             your
             good
             .
             Therefore
             must
             your
             labour
             conspire
             with
             my
             inventions
             ,
             and
             so
             much
             you
             unavoidably
             become
             skilful
             .
          
           
             Seeing
             that
             this
             land
             was
             mine
             ,
             thou
             must
             needs
             shew
             that
             either
             thou
             didst
             possesse
             it
             ,
             being
             void
             ,
             or
             made
             it
             thine
             by
             use
             ,
             or
             purchase
             ,
             or
             else
             that
             it
             came
             to
             thee
             by
             Inheritance
             :
             Thou
             couldst
             not
             possesse
             it
             void
             when
             I
             was
             in
             possession
             ;
             also
             thou
             canst
             not
             make
             it
             thine
             by
             use
             nor
             custome
             .
             Thou
             hast
             no
             deed
             to
             evidence
             thy
             purchase
             of
             it
             ;
             I
             being
             alive
             it
             could
             not
             descend
             upon
             thee
             by
             Inheritance
             :
             it
             follows
             then
             that
             thou
             wouldst
             put
             me
             from
             mine
             own
             land
             ,
             before
             I
             be
             dead
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               DIATYPOSIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Descriptio
               ,
               Informatio
               ,
            
             Description
             ,
             information
             of
             a
             thing
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               diatypoo
               ]
               describo
               ,
               informo
            
             ,
             to
             describe
             ,
             inform
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             A
             figure
             when
             a
             thing
             is
             so
             described
             by
             more
             words
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             set
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             before
             our
             eyes
             ;
             or
             ,
          
           
             When
             we
             have
             spoken
             of
             a
             thing
             in
             general
             ,
             descend
             unto
             particulars
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Personabant
               omnia
               vocibus
               ebriorum
               ,
               natabant
               pavimenta
               mero
               ,
               madebant
               parietes
               ,
               &c.
               vid.
               Ovid.
               in
               descript
               .
               pestis
               ,
               lib.
               Metam
               .
               7.
               v.
               5.28
               .
               procellae
               ,
               lib.
               11.
               ver
               .
               500.
               diluvii
               ,
               lib.
               1.
               v.
               260.
               
               Virgil.
               in
               descrip
               .
               scuti
               Aeneae
               ,
               lib.
               8.
               
               Aeneid
               .
               v.
               620.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               desire
               that
               I
               make
               you
               a
               picture
               or
               lively
               description
               of
               the
               nature
               of
               Desire
               ,
               I
               will
               tell
               you
               ;
               It
               is
               a
               strange
               countrey
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               Prodigal
               child
               sailed
               when
               he
               forsook
               his
               fathers
               house
               to
               undertake
               a
               banishment
               :
               a
               countrey
               where
               corn
               is
               still
               in
               grasse
               ;
               vines
               in
               the
               bud
               ;
               trees
               perpetually
               in
               blossome
               ,
               and
               birds
               always
               in
               the
               shell
               ;
               you
               neither
               see
               corn
               ,
               fruit
               ,
               nor
               any
               thing
               fully
               shaped
               ,
               all
               is
               there
               only
               in
               expectation
               :
               A
               countrey
               where
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               never
               without
               feavers
               ,
               one
               is
               no
               sooner
               gone
               ,
               but
               another
               comes
               into
               its
               place
               :
               here
               time
               looks
               on
               you
               afar
               off
               ,
               and
               never
               comes
               neer
               you
               ,
               but
               shews
               you
               an
               inchanted
               looking-glasse
               ,
               wherein
               you
               see
               a
               thousand
               false
               colours
               ,
               which
               amuse
               you
               .
               Here
               at
               best
               you
               have
               nothing
               to
               dinner
               but
               smoke
               and
               expectation
               .
            
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Diatyposis
               .
            
             
               Psal.
               7.13
               ,
               14.
               
               God
               judgeth
               the
               righteous
               ;
               God
               is
               angry
               with
               the
               wicked
               every
               day
               ;
               if
               he
               turn
               not
               ,
               he
               will
               whet
               his
               sword
               :
               he
               hath
               bent
               his
               bow
               ,
               he
               hath
               also
               prepared
               for
               him
               the
               instruments
               of
               death
               :
               he
               ordaineth
               his
               arrows
               against
               the
               persecutors
               .
            
             
               2
               Tim.
               3
               ,
               1
               ,
               2
               ,
               &c.
               
               This
               know
               also
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               last
               days
               perillous
               times
               shall
               come
               :
               for
               men
               shall
               be
               lovers
               of
               their
               own
               selves
               ,
               covetous
               ,
               boasters
               ,
               proud
               ,
               blasphemers
               ,
               disobedient
               to
               parents
               ,
               unthankful
               ,
               unholy
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               So
               if
               speaking
               of
               war
               ,
               the
               blood-shed
               ,
               enemies
               ,
               clamours
               depopulations
               ,
               &c.
               which
               happen
               by
               it
               ,
               are
               laid
               open
               .
            
             
               See
               Revel
               .
               21.10
               .
               Revel
               .
               1.13
               .
               Isa.
               1.7
               ,
               8
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               PROECTHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               expositio
               quae
               praemittitur
            
             ;
             an
             exposition
             which
             is
             sent
             afore
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               porectithemi
               ]
               priori
               loco
               expono
            
             ,
             to
             expound
             in
             the
             former
             place
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             prae-exposition
             or
             a
             praeposition
             of
             a
             speech
             ,
             wherein
             that
             which
             comes
             into
             controversie
             ,
             or
             debate
             ,
             is
             presented
             unto
             the
             eye
             .
          
           
             A
             figure
             usual
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             when
             the
             speaker
             doth
             by
             his
             answer
             (
             containing
             a
             reason
             of
             what
             he
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             hath
             said
             or
             done
             )
             defend
             himself
             or
             the
             other
             person
             ,
             as
             unblameable
             in
             such
             speech
             or
             action
             .
          
           
             Thus
             Job
             being
             accused
             and
             rebuked
             of
             his
             friends
             ,
             of
             impatiency
             ,
             sin
             ,
             folly
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Replyes
             thus
             :
          
           
             Job
             6.2
             ,
             &c.
             O
             that
             my
             grief
             were
             throughly
             weighed
             ,
             and
             my
             calamities
             laid
             together
             in
             the
             ballance
             ,
             for
             the
             arrows
             of
             the
             Almighty
             are
             within
             me
             ,
             the
             poyson
             whereof
             drinketh
             up
             my
             spirit
             ,
             &c.
             
             Doth
             the
             wild
             Asse
             br●y
             when
             he
             hath
             grasse
             ?
             or
             loweth
             the
             Oxe
             over
             his
             sodder
             ?
          
           
             In
             this
             form
             of
             speech
             our
             Saviour
             many
             times
             defends
             his
             doings
             against
             the
             accusation
             of
             his
             adversaries
             :
             as
             ,
             for
             healing
             the
             man
             with
             the
             withered
             hand
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             day
             .
          
           
           
             Mark
             3.4
             .
             And
             he
             saith
             unto
             them
             ,
             Is
             it
             lawful
             to
             do
             good
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             dayes
             ,
             or
             to
             do
             evill
             ?
             to
             save
             life
             ,
             or
             to
             kill
             ?
             but
             they
             held
             their
             peace
             .
          
           
             The
             like
             in
             Matth.
             12.11
             .
             What
             man
             shall
             there
             be
             among
             you
             ,
             that
             shall
             have
             one
             sheep
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             fall
             into
             a
             pit
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             day
             ,
             will
             he
             not
             lay
             hold
             on
             it
             ,
             and
             lift
             it
             out
             ?
             How
             much
             then
             is
             a
             man
             better
             then
             a
             sheep
             ?
             Wherefore
             it
             is
             lawful
             to
             doe
             well
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             dayes
             .
          
           
             In
             like
             manner
             in
             Luke
             6.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             &c.
             Mark.
             2.23
             He
             defends
             his
             Disciples
             being
             accused
             for
             pulling
             the
             ears
             of
             corn
             on
             the
             Sabbath
             day
             ,
             by
             alledging
             the
             example
             of
             David
             eating
             the
             Shew-bread
             in
             his
             great
             hunger
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             By
             shewing
             his
             authority
             ,
             as
             Lord
             of
             the
             Sabbath
             .
             And
             then
             by
             citing
             a
             saying
             of
             Hos.
             6.6
             .
             I
             will
             have
             mercy
             and
             not
             sacrifice
             .
          
           
             And
             in
             Matth.
             9.12
             ,
             13.
             
             He
             being
             accused
             for
             eating
             and
             drinking
             with
             publicans
             and
             sinners
             ,
             answers
             ;
             They
             that
             are
             whole
             need
             not
             a
             Physitian
             ,
             but
             they
             that
             are
             sick
             ;
             I
             came
             not
             to
             call
             the
             righteous
             ,
             but
             sinners
             to
             repentance
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               DIALOGISMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Sermocinatio
            
             ;
             a
             Di●logue
             or
             conference
             between
             two
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               dialogizomai
               ]
               sermocino
            
             ,
             to
             dispute
             or
             talk
             .
          
           
             Dialogismus
             is
             a
             figure
             or
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             feigns
             a
             person
             to
             speak
             much
             or
             little
             ,
             according
             to
             comelinesse
             ;
             much
             like
             unto
             Prosopopoeia
             ;
             differing
             only
             in
             this
             ;
             When
             the
             person
             feigned
             speaks
             all
             himself
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             
             Prosopopoeia
             ;
             but
             when
             the
             speaker
             answers
             now
             and
             then
             to
             the
             question
             ,
             or
             objection
             ,
             which
             the
             feigned
             person
             makes
             unto
             him
             ,
             it
             is
             called
             Dialogismus
             .
             Or
             it
             is
             ,
          
           
             When
             as
             one
             discussing
             a
             thing
             by
             hims●lf
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             talking
             with
             another
             ,
             doth
             move
             the
             question
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             answer
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Hos.
             12.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Saith
             the
             Lord
             by
             the
             Prophet
             there
             concerning
             Ephraim
             ;
             He
             is
             a
             Merchant
             ,
             the
             ballances
             of
             deceit
             are
             in
             his
             hands
             ;
             he
             loveth
             to
             oppresse
             :
          
           
             Then
             follows
             the
             fiction
             of
             Ephraims
             speech
             ;
          
           
             Yet
             ,
             I
             am
             become
             rich
             ,
             I
             have
             found
             me
             out
             substance
             :
             in
             all
             my
             labours
             they
             shall
             find
             none
             iniquity
             in
             me
             ,
             that
             were
             sin
             .
          
           
             Then
             you
             have
             the
             Lords
             answer
             to
             this
             objection
             .
          
           
             And
             I
             that
             am
             the
             Lord
             thy
             God
             from
             the
             land
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             will
             yet
             make
             thee
             to
             dwell
             in
             Tabernacles
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             days
             of
             the
             solemn
             feast
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Here
             note
             that
             care
             be
             taken
             that
             the
             speech
             be
             suitable
             to
             the
             person
             feigned
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             be
             no
             otherwise
             then
             in
             probability
             the
             same
             person
             would
             use
             :
             as
             ,
             here
             in
             this
             example
             ;
             Ephraims
             speech
             savours
             of
             pride
             ,
             arrogancy
             ,
             and
             self-justification
             ,
             suitable
             to
             the
             condition
             this
             and
             other
             Scriptures
             prove
             him
             to
             be
             of
             ;
             if
             this
             caution
             be
             not
             observed
             ,
             this
             form
             of
             speech
             will
             seem
             vain
             and
             absurd
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               EMPHASIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               efficacia
               significandi
               ,
            
             the
             vertue
             and
             efficacy
             of
             signifying
             ones
             mind
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             [
             
               emphaino
               ]
               repraesento
            
             ,
             to
             represent
             :
             Or
          
           
           
             It
             is
             an
             earnest
             ,
             vehement
             ,
             or
             expresse
             signification
             of
             ones
             mind
             .
          
           
             Emphasis
             is
             a
             figure
             whereby
             a
             tacite
             vertue
             and
             efficacy
             of
             signification
             is
             given
             unto
             words
             ;
             Or
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             which
             signifieth
             that
             which
             it
             doth
             not
             expresse
             ;
             the
             signification
             whereof
             is
             understood
             either
             by
             the
             manner
             of
             pronunciation
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             words
             themselves
             .
          
           
             
               English
               Examples
               .
            
             
               When
               the
               signification
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               by
               the
               pronunciation
               .
            
             
               Darest
               thou
               presume
               to
               praise
               him
               ?
               
                 (
                 i.
                 e.
              
               )
               Is
               ignorance
               fit
               to
               commend
               learning
               ,
               or
               folly
               me●●
               to
               praise
               wisdom
               ?
            
             
               Wilt
               thou
               believe
               a
               Scot
               ?
               whereby
               is
               signified
               ,
               not
               simply
               a
               man
               born
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               but
               any
               other
               dissembler
               ,
               after
               the
               nature
               and
               disposition
               of
               that
               Nation
               .
            
             
               Thy
               looks
               upon
               a
               sudden
               are
               become
               dismal
               ,
               thy
               brow
               dull
               as
               Saturns
               issue
               ,
               thy
               lips
               are
               hung
               with
               black
               ,
               as
               if
               thy
               tongue
               were
               to
               pronounce
               some
               funeral
               .
            
             
               He
               talked
               with
               such
               vehemency
               of
               passion
               ,
               as
               though
               his
               heart
               would
               climbe
               up
               into
               his
               mouth
               to
               take
               his
               tongues
               office
               .
            
             
               I
               could
               wish
               you
               were
               secretary
               of
               my
               thoughts
               ,
               or
               that
               there
               were
               a
               crystal
               casement
               in
               my
               breast
               ,
               through
               which
               you
               might
               espy
               the
               inward
               motions
               and
               palpitations
               of
               my
               heart
               ,
               then
               you
               would
               certified
               of
               the
               sincerity
               of
               my
               heart
               in
               this
               affirmation
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               of
               Emphasis
               .
            
             
               Eccles.
               10.20
               .
               Solomon
               there
               uses
               an
               excellent
               emphasis
               ,
               where
               he
               gives
               us
               warning
               that
               we
               should
               not
               speak
               or
               think
               evil
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               no
               not
               in
               our
               bed-chamber
               ;
               for
               saith
               he
               ;
               A
               bird
               of
               the
               air
               shall
               carry
               the
               voyce
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               hath
               wings
               shall
               tell
               the
               matter
               .
            
             
               Job
               17.14
               .
               I
               have
               said
               to
               corruption
               ,
               Thou
               art
               my
               father
               :
               to
               the
               worm
               ,
               Thou
               art
               my
               moher
               and
               my
               sister
               .
            
             
               Heb.
               12.24
               .
               To
               the
               blood
               of
               sprinkling
               ,
               that
               speaketh
               better
               things
               then
               that
               of
               Abel
               .
            
             
               Prov.
               30.8
               ,
               9.
               
               Give
               me
               neither
               poverty
               nor
               riches
               ;
               feed
               me
               with
               food
               convenient
               for
               me
               :
               lest
               I
               be
               full
               and
               deny
               thee
               ,
               and
               say
               ,
               Who
               is
               the
               Lord
               ?
               or
               lest
               I
               be
               poor
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Isa.
               2.4.5
               .
               Micah
               4.3
               .
               1
               King.
               20.11
               .
               Mat.
               12.35
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               SYLLOGISMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Ratiocinatio
               ,
               collectio
               quae
               ratiocinando
               fit
            
             ;
             reasoning
             ,
             a
             conclusion
             which
             is
             made
             by
             reasoning
             together
             in
             argument
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               syllogizomai
               ]
               ratiocinatione
               colligo
            
             ,
             to
             conclude
             by
             reasoning
             .
          
           
             A
             Rhetorical
             syllogism
             is
             also
             by
             the
             Grecians
             called
             
               Epichirema
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               argumentum
               ,
               quo
               aliquid
               probari
               ,
               illustrari
               ,
               &
               argui
               potest
            
             :
             An
             argument
             whereby
             any
             thing
             may
             be
             proved
             ,
             illustrated
             and
             reasoned
             .
          
           
             A
             Rhetorical
             Syllogism
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             the
             speaker
             amplyfieth
             a
             matter
             by
             conjecture
             ,
             
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             expressing
             some
             signs
             or
             circumstances
             of
             a
             matter
             ;
             which
             circumstances
             are
             of
             three
             sorts
             ,
             either
             going
             before
             it
             ,
             annexed
             with
             ,
             or
             following
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             As
             to
             Circumstances
             going
             before
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             1
             Kings
             17.1
             .
             As
             the
             Lord
             God
             of
             Israel
             liveth
             ,
             before
             whom
             I
             stand
             ,
             there
             shall
             not
             be
             dew
             nor
             rain
             these
             years
             ,
             but
             according
             to
             my
             word
             .
          
           
             Here
             by
             the
             great
             drought
             ,
             Elisha
             signifies
             the
             great
             famine
             and
             dearth
             which
             should
             be
             brought
             by
             it
             .
          
           
             Gen.
             7.4
             .
             Isa.
             4.1
             .
             Mat.
             10.30
             .
             &
             24.20
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             As
             to
             circumstances
             annexed
             with
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             1
             Sam.
             17.6
             ,
             7.
             
             The
             huge
             statute
             and
             great
             strength
             of
             Goliah
             is
             signified
             by
             the
             weight
             of
             his
             brigandine
             and
             spears
             head
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             monstrous
             bignesse
             of
             his
             spear
             staffe
             ,
             compared
             to
             a
             weavers
             beam
             .
          
           
             See
             Act
             24.26
             .
             Matth.
             26.75
             .
             1
             Kings
             12.10
             .
             Isai.
             2.9
             .
             Luke
             7.44
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             As
             to
             circumstances
             following
             after
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             2
             Sam.
             18.33
             .
             There
             Davids
             sorrowful
             bewailing
             of
             his
             son
             Absoloms
             death
             is
             described
             :
             whereby
             may
             be
             collected
             how
             dearly
             he
             loved
             his
             son
             ,
             notwithstanding
             his
             evill
             inclinations
             .
          
           
             See
             Isai.
             49.20
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             A
             Logical
             Syllogism
             is
             a
             perfect
             argument
             consisting
             of
             three
             parts
             ,
             inferring
             a
             necessary
             conclusion
             ;
             or
             whereby
             something
             is
             necessarily
             proved
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             part
             of
             a
             Syllogism
             is
             called
             ,
             the
             Proposition
             or
             Major
             ,
             whereby
             the
             consequent
             of
             
             the
             question
             ,
             or
             the
             conclusion
             is
             at
             least
             disposed
             with
             the
             argument
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             ,
             the
             Assumption
             or
             Minor
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             affirmed
             from
             the
             proposition
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             ,
             the
             conclusion
             ,
             this
             embraceth
             the
             part
             of
             the
             question
             and
             concludes
             it
             .
          
           
             
               Examples
               of
               a
               Syllogism
               in
               Logick
               .
            
             
               
                 Major
                 ,
                 1.
                 
                 Every
                 vertue
                 is
                 honorable
                 ;
              
               
                 Minor
                 ,
                 2.
                 
                 Patience
                 is
                 a
                 vertue
                 ;
              
               
                 Conclusion
                 ,
                 3.
                 
                 Therefore
                 patience
                 is
                 honourable
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Every
                 just
                 thing
                 is
                 profitable
                 ;
              
               
                 Every
                 honest
                 thing
                 is
                 just
                 ;
              
               
                 Every
                 honest
                 thing
                 therefore
                 is
                 profitable
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Every
                 rationable
                 creature
                 is
                 sensible
                 ;
              
               
                 But
                 every
                 man
                 is
                 rationable
                 creature
                 ;
              
               
                 Therefore
                 every
                 man
                 is
                 sensible
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               ENTHYMEMA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               animi
               conceptus
            
             conception
             of
             the
             mind
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               enthymeomai
               ]
               animo
               concipio
            
             ,
             to
             conceive
             in
             the
             mind
             .
          
           
             An
             Enthymem
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             which
             Quintilian
             interpreteth
             a
             Comment
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             may
             well
             be
             called
             the
             whole
             action
             and
             sentence
             of
             the
             mind
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             ,
             as
             Cicero
             saith
             ,
             when
             the
             sentence
             concluded
             consisteth
             of
             contraries
             .
          
           
             When
             any
             part
             of
             the
             Syllogism
             is
             wanting
             ,
             it
             is
             said
             to
             be
             an
             Enthymem
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             an
             imperfect
             or
             an
             unprofitable
             Syllogism
             ,
             where
             one
             proposition
             is
             reserved
             in
             the
             mind
             ,
             and
             not
             declared
             :
             or
             it
             is
             a
             Syllogism
             of
             one
             Proposition
             ,
             in
             which
             one
             argument
             or
             proposition
             being
             laid
             down
             ,
             the
             conclusion
             is
             inferred
             .
          
           
             
               Enthymema
               est
               imperfectus
               Syllogismus
               ;
               in
               qu●
               nimirum
               Major
               Minor
               ve
               desideratur
               .
            
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             imperfect
             Syllogism
             ;
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             such
             a
             Syllogism
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Major
             or
             Minor
             being
             wanting
             is
             looked
             for
             .
          
           
             
               Latin
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Pius
               fuit
               ,
               fortis
               ,
               sapiens
               .
               Deum
               quippe
               coluit
               ,
               hostes
               contudit
               ,
               fortunam
               utramque
               moderatè
               tulit
               ,
               imo
               superavit
               .
            
             
               Quem
               alienum
               fidum
               invenies
               ,
               si
               tuis
               hostis
               fueris
               ?
            
          
           
             
               English
               Enthymems
               .
            
             
               Our
               Ancestors
               made
               war
               ,
               not
               only
               that
               they
               might
               be
               free
               ,
               but
               also
               that
               they
               might
               rule
               :
               but
               thou
               thinkest
               war
               may
               be
               left
               off
               ,
               that
               we
               might
               be
               made
               bondslaves
               to
               serve
               .
            
             
               If
               great
               wealth
               brings
               cares
               ,
               and
               poverty
               misery
               ,
               then
               the
               mean
               between
               these
               two
               extreams
               is
               a
               great
               blessing
               .
            
             
               They
               which
               may
               doe
               me
               good
               ,
               will
               not
               ;
               and
               they
               which
               are
               willing
               ,
               cannot
               ;
               therefore
               my
               distresse
               remains
               .
            
             
               If
               intemperance
               be
               hurtful
               ,
               temperance
               is
               profitable
               :
               And
               if
               intemperance
               be
               not
               hurtful
               ;
               neither
               is
               temperance
               profitable
               .
            
             
             
               If
               fish
               bred
               in
               the
               salt
               water
               may
               want
               salting
               ,
               then
               laws
               may
               need
               a
               law
               to
               mend
               them
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               DILEMMA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Argumentum
               cornutum
               ,
            
             an
             horned
             argument
             ,
             or
             a
             double
             argument
             :
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             dis
             ]
             twice
             ,
             or
             double
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               lemma
               ]
               Assumptio
            
             ,
             the
             Assumption
             or
             Minor
             Proposition
             ,
             but
             sometimes
             it
             signifies
             the
             Major
             Proposition
             also
             .
          
           
             Dilemma
             is
             an
             argument
             which
             convinceth
             every
             way
             ,
             and
             consists
             of
             two
             propositions
             ,
             which
             both
             wayes
             conclude
             or
             convince
             ones
             adversary
             ;
             wherein
             ,
             whether
             of
             the
             two
             you
             grant
             ,
             he
             will
             take
             hold
             of
             ,
             or
             reprove
             you
             .
          
           
             If
             he
             be
             a
             good
             man
             ,
             why
             speak
             you
             ill
             of
             him
             ?
             if
             he
             be
             naught
             ,
             why
             doe
             you
             keep
             him
             company
             ?
          
           
             Why
             should
             I
             sharply
             reprove
             him
             ?
             if
             he
             be
             a
             good
             man
             ,
             a
             friendly
             admonition
             is
             better
             ;
             but
             if
             he
             be
             an
             evill
             man
             ,
             reproof
             is
             odious
             and
             contemptible
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             deem
             me
             unworthy
             of
             an
             answer
             ,
             it
             proceeds
             of
             contempt
             if
             your
             passion
             defers
             a
             reply
             ;
             it
             argues
             a
             displeasure
             .
          
           
             Either
             covetousnesse
             ,
             or
             poverty
             exposed
             him
             to
             this
             act
             ;
             not
             covetousnesse
             ,
             for
             the
             course
             of
             his
             life
             declares
             him
             no
             covetous
             man
             ;
             nor
             poverty
             ,
             for
             he
             hath
             large
             possessions
             .
          
           
             
               Scriptural
               Dilemma's
               .
            
             
               1
               Cor.
               9.17
               .
               For
               if
               I
               doe
               this
               thing
               willingly
               ,
               I
               have
               a
               reward
               :
               but
               if
               against
               my
               will
               ,
               a
               dispensation
               of
               the
               Gospel
               is
               committed
               unto
               me
               .
            
             
             
               John
               18.23
               .
               If
               I
               have
               spoken
               evill
               ,
               bear
               witnesse
               of
               the
               evill
               :
               but
               if
               well
               ,
               why
               smitest
               thou
               me
               ?
            
             
               Mark
               11.30
               ,
               31
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               HYPOTHESIS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               suppositio
            
             ,
             a
             supposition
             or
             argument
             ,
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hypotithemai
               ]
               suppono
            
             ,
             to
             suppose
             ;
             or
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               hypo
               ]
               sub
            
             ,
             beneath
             or
             under
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               thesis
               ]
               positio
            
             ,
             a
             position
             or
             sentence
             propounded
             .
          
           
             Hypothesis
             is
             an
             argument
             or
             matter
             whereon
             one
             may
             dispute
             ;
             or
             it
             is
             a
             conditional
             proposition
             .
          
           
             By
             Rhetoricians
             it
             is
             in
             its
             peculiar
             signification
             said
             to
             be
             a
             
               finite
               question
            
             .
          
           
             Of
             Questions
             there
             are
             two
             kinds
             ;
          
           
             The
             one
             is
             infinite
             or
             endlesse
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             finite
             or
             limited
             .
          
           
             
               The
               infinite
               question
            
             is
             by
             the
             Greeks
             called
             Thesis
             ,
             which
             signifies
             also
             a
             general
             argument
             proposed
             .
          
           
             The
             
               finite
               question
            
             they
             call
             Hypothesis
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             conditional
             Proposition
             .
          
           
             Suppositions
             in
             Scripture
             are
             no
             Positions
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             speech
             is
             only
             Hypothetical
             ,
             it
             concludes
             nothing
             ;
             for
             a
             conditional
             proposition
             doth
             not
             simply
             affirm
             ;
             and
             therefore
             conclusions
             gathered
             from
             it
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             were
             affirmative
             ,
             will
             not
             hold
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Ezek.
             18.24
             .
             If
             a
             righteous
             man
             turn
             away
             from
             his
             righteousnesse
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Hence
             would
             some
             conclude
             that
             a
             righteous
             man
             may
             finally
             fall
             from
             grace
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             no
             other
             then
             a
             supposition
             ,
             and
             so
             concludes
             not
             .
          
           
           
             Matth.
             11.21
             .
             If
             the
             mighty
             works
             which
             were
             done
             in
             you
             ,
             had
             been
             done
             in
             Tyre
             and
             Sidon
             ,
             they
             would
             have
             repented
             long
             ago
             in
             sack-cloth
             and
             ashes
             .
             It
             follows
             not
             that
             there
             was
             some
             inclination
             in
             Tyre
             and
             Sidon
             to
             repentance
             .
          
           
             Luke
             19.46
             .
             If
             these
             should
             hold
             their
             peace
             ,
             the
             stones
             would
             immediately
             cry
             out
             .
             It
             will
             not
             hence
             follow
             that
             there
             was
             some
             inclination
             in
             the
             stones
             to
             speak
             or
             cry
             out
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               PARALOGISMVS
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               falsa
               ratiocinatio
               ,
            
             false
             reasoning
             or
             debating
             of
             a
             matter
             ,
             or
             a
             decietful
             conclusion
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               paralogizomai
               ]
               subdolâ
               supputatione
               fallo
               ,
               vel
               falsâ
               argumentatione
               utens
               decipio
               ,
            
             to
             deceive
             by
             supposition
             full
             of
             deceits
             and
             wiles
             ;
             or
             to
             defraud
             by
             false
             reasoning
             .
          
           
             A
             Paralogism
             is
             a
             sophistical
             or
             deceitful
             conclusion
             :
             it
             is
             a
             manner
             of
             argument
             ,
             which
             seems
             true
             when
             it
             is
             not
             .
          
           
             
               Examples
               .
            
             
               He
               that
               affirms
               William
               to
               be
               a
               living
               creature
               ,
               saith
               true
               .
            
             
               He
               that
               affirms
               William
               to
               be
               a
               Jack-daw
               ,
               affirms
               him
               to
               be
               a
               living
               creature
               :
            
             
               And
               therefore
               he
               that
               affirms
               William
               to
               be
               a
               Jack-daw
               saith
               true
               .
            
             
               
                 All
                 sin
                 is
                 evill
                 .
              
               
                 Every
                 Christian
                 doth
                 sin
                 :
              
               
                 Therefore
                 every
                 Christian
                 is
                 evill
                 .
              
            
             
             
               It
               may
               be
               answered
               that
               the
               assumption
               in
               this
               place
               doth
               not
               take
               the
               argument
               out
               of
               the
               proposition
               ,
               but
               puts
               in
               another
               thing
               ,
               and
               so
               it
               is
               no
               right
               frame
               of
               concluding
               ,
               the
               assumption
               being
               not
               affirmed
               from
               the
               proposition
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               all
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               Syllogism
               are
               denyed
               ;
               as
               ,
               
                 
                   No
                   Pope
                   is
                   a
                   Devill
                   .
                
                 
                   No
                   man
                   is
                   a
                   Devill
                   :
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   no
                   man
                   is
                   a
                   Pope
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               may
               be
               answered
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               not
               according
               to
               the
               Definition
               of
               a
               Negative
               Syllogism
               ,
               which
               must
               have
               always
               one
               Affirmative
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               PATHOPOEIA
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               [
               pathopoiia
               ]
               affectus
               expressio
               ,
            
             expression
             of
             the
             affection
             of
             the
             mind
             ;
             derived
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             pathos
             ]
             which
             signifies
             every
             more
             vehement
             affection
             ,
             or
             an
             exceeding
             stirring
             up
             of
             the
             affections
             of
             the
             mind
             ;
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             [
             
               poieo
               ]
               qualitate
               afficior
            
             ,
             to
             be
             affected
             with
             the
             quality
             of
             such
             ardent
             affections
             .
          
           
             Pathopoeia
             is
             a
             form
             of
             speech
             whereby
             the
             Speaker
             moves
             the
             mind
             of
             his
             hearers
             to
             some
             vehemency
             of
             affection
             ,
             as
             of
             love
             ,
             hatred
             ,
             gladness
             ,
             sorrow
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             when
             the
             speaker
             himself
             (
             being
             inwardly
             moved
             with
             any
             of
             those
             deep
             and
             vehement
             affections
             )
             doth
             by
             evident
             demonstration
             ,
             p●ssionate
             pronunciation
             and
             suitable
             gestures
             make
             a
             lively
             expression
             thereof
             .
          
           
             
             
               Scriptural
               Examples
               .
            
             
               Isa.
               49.15
               .
               Can
               a
               woman
               forget
               her
               sucking
               child
               ?
               yea
               they
               may
               forget
               ,
               yet
               will
               I
               not
               forget
               thee
               :
               Behold
               ,
               I
               have
               graven
               thee
               upon
               the
               palms
               of
               my
               hands
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               31.20
               .
               Is
               Ephraim
               my
               dear
               son
               ?
               is
               he
               a
               pleasant
               childe
               ?
               for
               since
               I
               spake
               against
               him
               ,
               I
               do
               earnestly
               remember
               him
               still
               :
               therefore
               my
               bowels
               are
               troubled
               for
               him
               ;
               I
               will
               surely
               have
               mercy
               upon
               him
               ,
               saith
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               Jer.
               9.1
               ,
               2.
               
               O
               that
               my
               head
               were
               waters
               ,
               and
               mine
               eyes
               a
               fountain
               of
               tears
               ,
               that
               I
               might
               weep
               day
               and
               night
               for
               the
               slain
               of
               the
               daughter
               of
               my
               people
               !
            
             
               Oh
               that
               I
               had
               in
               the
               wildernesse
               a
               lodging
               place
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               See
               Hos.
               11.7
               ,
               8.
               1
               
               Cor
               4.14
               ,
               15.
               2
               
               Cor.
               2.4
               .
               Jer.
               23.9
               ,
               10.
               
            
             
               FINIS
               .
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           Brief
           Explanation
           of
           the
           several
           Points
           used
           by
           the
           Learned
           in
           their
           writings
           ,
           illustrated
           by
           particular
           and
           pertinent
           Examples
           upon
           each
           .
        
         
           FOrasmuch
           as
           the
           Points
           or
           Notes
           used
           by
           the
           Learned
           in
           distinguishing
           writing
           (
           though
           not
           precisely
           pertinent
           to
           Rhetorique
           )
           are
           not
           the
           least
           part
           of
           Orthography
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           right
           manner
           of
           writing
           :
           the
           ignorance
           whereof
           is
           frequently
           not
           only
           an
           obstacle
           to
           the
           discerning
           of
           the
           elegancy
           in
           writing
           ,
           but
           likewise
           to
           the
           perceiving
           of
           the
           writers
           scope
           ,
           drift
           and
           sense
           :
           It
           will
           therefore
           not
           be
           impertinent
           here
           to
           add
           a
           few
           lines
           in
           explanation
           thereof
           .
        
         
           The
           points
           used
           by
           the
           learned
           in
           their
           writings
           are
           7
           ,
           viz.
           
        
         
           
             1.
             
             A
             Comma
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             A
             Semi-Colon
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             A
             Colon.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             A
             Period
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             A
             note
             of
             Exclamation
             or
             Admiration
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             A
             note
             of
             Interrogation
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Parenthesis
             .
          
        
         
           Which
           are
           particularly
           and
           orderly
           illustrated
           and
           exemplified
           .
        
         
           1
           
             Comma
             ,
             Subdistinctio
          
           ,
           the
           point
           in
           the
           part
           of
           a
           sentence
           without
           perfect
           sense
           :
           A
           Comma
           or
           cutting
           short
           is
           a
           shutting
           up
           of
           the
           sense
           ,
           the
           measure
           and
           order
           in
           syllables
           being
           not
           filled
           up
           ,
           
           extending
           from
           two
           unto
           seven
           syllables
           ,
           or
           thereabouts
           :
           or
           as
           others
           define
           ;
        
         
           It
           is
           a
           note
           of
           convenient
           silence
           ,
           or
           rather
           a
           place
           of
           pausing
           or
           taking
           breath
           ,
           whereby
           the
           bound
           or
           limit
           of
           pronunciation
           or
           utterance
           (
           the
           sense
           remaining
           )
           is
           so
           respited
           ,
           as
           that
           which
           follows
           ought
           forthwith
           to
           succeed
           ;
        
         
           It
           is
           a
           short
           pause
           ,
           and
           thus
           noted
           —
           ,
        
         
           
             A
             Latin
             Example
             of
             a
             Comma
             .
          
           
             Ovid.
             Vtendum
             est
             aetate
             :
             cito
             pede
             praeterit
             aetas
             ,
             Nec
             bona
             tam
             sequitur
             ,
             quam
             bona
             prima
             fuit
             .
          
        
         
           
             English
             Examples
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             point
             or
             note
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             a
             sentence
             are
             distinguished
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
             Embrace
             in
             your
             sweet
             consideration
             ,
             I
             beseech
             you
             ,
             the
             misery
             of
             my
             case
             ,
             acknowledge
             your self
             to
             be
             the
             cause
             ,
             and
             think
             it
             reason
             for
             you
             to
             redresse
             the
             effects
             .
          
           
             Thus
             she
             said
             ,
             thus
             she
             ended
             ,
             with
             so
             fair
             a
             Majesty
             of
             unconquered
             vertue
             ,
             that
             captivity
             might
             seem
             to
             have
             authority
             over
             tyrannie
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Loves
             companions
             be
             unquiet
             longings
             ,
             fond
             comforts
             ,
             faint
             discomforts
             ,
             hopes
             ,
             jealousies
             ,
             carefulnesse
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             
               Semi-colon
               ,
               Semi-media
               distinctio
            
             ,
             a
             pause
             somewhat
             longer
             then
             a
             Comma
             ,
             and
             thus
             noted
             —
             ;
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Latin
             Example
             .
          
           
             Cujus
             vita
             turpitudinis
             conscientia
             vacat
             ;
             ejus
             nomen
             ab
             invidiosa
             ,
             quantum
             in
             nobis
             est
             ,
             malevolentia
             vindicetur
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             English
             Example
             .
          
           
             Her
             witty
             perswasions
             had
             wise
             answers
             ;
             her
             eloquence
             recompensed
             with
             sweetnesse
             ;
             her
             threatnings
             repelled
             with
             disdain
             in
             Pamela
             ,
             and
             patience
             in
             
               Philoclea
               ,
               &c.
            
             
          
           
             3.
             
             
               Colon
               ,
               Media
               distinctio
            
             ,
             a
             mean
             distinction
             between
             a
             Comma
             and
             a
             Period
             ,
             is
             where
             there
             remains
             almost
             as
             much
             of
             the
             sentence
             to
             come
             ,
             as
             is
             then
             past
             :
          
           
             Or
             ,
             as
             others
             define
             it
             ;
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             part
             of
             a
             Sentence
             which
             finishes
             the
             sense
             ,
             shut
             up
             in
             measure
             and
             order
             of
             syllables
             ,
             but
             being
             pull'd
             away
             from
             a
             period
             it
             defers
             the
             hearers
             expectation
             ,
             as
             not
             perfecting
             the
             sentence
             ;
             and
             it
             goes
             forward
             from
             the
             twelfth
             to
             the
             eighteenth
             syllable
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             to
             the
             twenty
             fourth
             :
             It
             is
             a
             longer
             stay
             then
             the
             former
             ,
             thus
             noted
             —
             :
          
        
         
           
             A
             Latin
             Example
             of
             Colon.
             
          
           
             Quemadmodum
             Horologii
             umbram
             progressam
             sentim
             ,
             us
             progredientem
             non
             cernimus
             :
             &
             fruticem
             aut
             herbam
             orevisse
             apparet
             ,
             crescere
             autem
             nulli
             videtur
             :
             ita
             &
             ingeniorum
             profectus
             ,
             quoniam
             
             minutis
             constat
             auctibus
             ,
             ex
             intervallo
             sentitur
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             English
             Examples
          
           
             If
             I
             speak
             nothing
             ,
             I
             choke
             my self
             ,
             and
             am
             in
             ●o
             way
             of
             relief
             :
             if
             simply
             ,
             neglected
             :
             if
             confusedly
             ,
             not
             understood
             :
             if
             by
             the
             bending
             together
             all
             my
             inward
             powers
             ,
             they
             bring
             forth
             any
             lively
             expressing
             of
             that
             they
             truly
             feel
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             token
             ,
             forsooth
             ,
             the
             thoughts
             are
             at
             too
             much
             leisure
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             
               Periodus
               plena
               ac
               perfecta
               distinctio
            
             ,
             a
             period
             ,
             a
             perfect
             or
             full
             point
             ,
             or
             distinction
             ;
             this
             is
             to
             be
             put
             at
             the
             end
             of
             a
             complete
             sentence
             .
          
           
             That
             period
             is
             the
             most
             excellent
             ,
             which
             is
             performed
             with
             two
             Colons
             (
             and
             sometimes
             Commas
             )
             or
             four
             parts
             of
             a
             sentence
             ,
             as
             that
             which
             suspends
             the
             mind
             ,
             and
             satisfies
             the
             ears
             .
          
           
             A
             Period
             is
             thus
             noted
             —
             .
          
           
             Herein
             beware
             that
             the
             Period
             be
             not
             shorter
             then
             the
             ear
             expects
             ,
             nor
             longer
             then
             the
             strength
             and
             breath
             of
             the
             Speaker
             or
             Reader
             may
             bear
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             finish
             its
             course
             in
             a
             handsome
             and
             full
             comprehension
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Latin
             Example
             of
             a
             Period
             .
          
           
             Est
             enim
             haec
             non
             scripta
             ,
             sed
             nata
             lex
             ;
             quam
             non
             didicimus
             ,
             accipimus
             ,
             legimus
             ;
             verum
             ex
             n●tura
             ipsa
             arripuimus
             ,
             hausimus
             ,
             expressimus
             :
             ad
             quam
             non
             docti
             ,
             sed
             facti
             non
             instituti
             ,
             sed
             imbuti
             sumus
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             English
             Examples
             .
          
           
             Lines
             cannot
             blush
             ;
             so
             as
             modesty
             admits
             a
             freedom
             to
             my
             pen
             ,
             which
             would
             be
             taxed
             immodesty
             being
             delivered
             by
             the
             tongue
             .
          
           
             That
             every
             one
             may
             understand
             ,
             I
             seek
             not
             to
             talk
             any
             thing
             by
             silence
             ,
             or
             to
             cloud
             any
             thing
             by
             words
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             A
             note
             of
             Exclamation
             or
             Admiration
             ,
             thus
             noted
             —
             !
          
        
         
           
             Latin
             Examples
             .
          
           
             Ingens
             ,
             atrox
             ,
             horridum
             ,
             facinus
             !
             quale
             nec
             Antiquitas
             vidit
             ,
             nec
             credunt
             posteri
             ;
             omnium
             denique
             flagitiorum
             compendium
             in
             ferrei
             hujus
             seculi
             faeces
             reservatum
             !
          
           
             
               O
               miseras
               hominum
               mentes
               !
               O
               pectora
               caeca
               !
            
             
               Qualibus
               in
               tenebris
               vitae
               ,
               &
               c
               !
            
          
        
         
           
             An
             English
             Example
             .
          
           
             O
             endless
             endeavours
             !
             O
             vain
             glorious
             ignorance
             !
          
           
             6.
             
             A
             note
             of
             Interrogation
             marked
             thus
             —
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Latin
             Examples
             .
          
           
             Et
             quae
             tanta
             fuit
             Romam
             tibi
             causa
             videndi
             ?
          
           
             —
             Quid
             non
             mortalia
             pectora
             cogis
          
           
             Auri
             sacta
             fames
             ?
          
        
         
           
           
             English
             Examples
             .
          
           
             
               How
               is
               my
               Sun
               ,
               whose
               beams
               are
               shining
               bright
               ,
            
             
               Become
               the
               cause
               of
               my
               dark
               ugly
               night
               ?
            
             
               Or
               how
               do
               I
               captiv'd
               in
               this
               dark
               plight
               ,
            
             
               Bewail
               the
               case
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               cause
               delight
               ?
            
          
           
             7.
             
             Parenthesis
             ,
             which
             signifies
             interposition
             ,
             is
             a
             sentence
             shut
             in
             with
             two
             half
             Moons
             (
             which
             set
             aside
             )
             the
             former
             discourse
             notwithstanding
             remains
             intire
             and
             sound
             :
             it
             is
             thus
             marked
             —
             (
             ●
             )
          
        
         
           
             Latin
             Examples
             .
          
           
             Credo
             equidem
             (
             noc
             vana
             fides
             )
             genus
             esse
             deorum
             .
          
           
             —
             Princeps
             (
             quia
             bella
             minantur
          
           
             Hostes
             )
             militibus
             urbes
             praemunit
             &
             armis
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             English
             Example
             .
          
           
             Tell
             me
             ingenuously
             (
             if
             there
             be
             any
             ingenuity
             in
             you
             )
             whether
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             FINIS
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           Catalogue
           of
           some
           Books
           printed
           for
           ,
           and
           sold
           by
           
             George
             Eversden
          
           at
           the
           Maiden-head
           in
           Saint
           Pauls
           Church-yard
           .
        
         
           AN
           Exposition
           with
           practical
           Observations
           upon
           the
           IX
           first
           Chap.
           of
           the
           Proverbs
           ,
           Grammatical
           ,
           Rhetorical
           ,
           Logical
           ,
           and
           Theological
           ;
           by
           
             Francis
             Taylor
             ,
             B.
             D.
          
           Late
           Minister
           of
           Canterbury
           .
           in
           4.
           
        
         
           An
           Exposition
           on
           the
           whole
           Book
           of
           the
           Canticles
           ,
           by
           
             John
             Robotham
          
           late
           Minister
           of
           Dover
           ,
           in
           4.
           
        
         
           The
           Natural
           mans
           case
           Stated
           ,
           or
           an
           exact
           map
           of
           the
           little
           world
           Man
           :
           In
           XVII
           Sermons
           by
           
             Christopher
             Love
          
           in
           8.
           
        
         
           The
           Doctrine
           of
           Mortification
           ,
           with
           the
           hearers
           Duty
           ,
           by
           
             Christopher
             Love
          
           ,
           in
           8.
           
        
         
           A
           Treatise
           of
           Prayer
           and
           of
           divine
           Providence
           as
           relating
           to
           it
           ,
           by
           
             Edward
             Gee
          
           Minister
           of
           the
           Gospel
           at
           Eccleston
           in
           Lancashire
           in
           8.
           
           The
           2.
           
           Edition
           corrected
           and
           amended
           .
        
         
           A
           comment
           on
           the
           First
           and
           Second
           Chapters
           of
           Ruth
           ,
           by
           
             Thomas
             Full●r
          
           ,
           Minister
           of
           
             Waltham
             Abby
          
           in
           Essex
           ,
           in
           8.
           
        
         
           Mr.
           Culpepers
           treatise
           of
           
             Aurum
             potabile
          
           being
           an
           universal
           remedy
           for
           all
           diseases
           ,
           in
           8
        
         
           Sion
           and
           Pernassus
           ,
           being
           divine
           Epigrams
           on
           several
           Texts
           of
           Scripture
           by
           
             J.
             H.
          
           Gent.
           in
           8.
           
        
         
           The
           Life
           and
           Death
           of
           Sir
           
             Tho.
             More
          
           sometime
           Lord
           Chancellour
           of
           England
           .
        
         
           
             Enoch's
             walk
          
           ;
           being
           the
           substance
           of
           sundry
           
           Sermons
           digested
           into
           a
           Tested
           into
           a
           Treatise
           by
           
             William
             Bell
             M.A.
          
           Pastour
           of
           the
           Church
           at
           Highton
           in
           Lancashire
           ,
           in
           S.
           
        
         
           Usurpation
           defeated
           ,
           and
           David
           restored
           ,
           being
           an
           exact
           parallel
           between
           David
           and
           our
           most
           gracious
           Soveraign
           King
           Charles
           the
           II.
           In
           their
           dangerous
           dissettlement
           and
           wonderful
           Restauration
           ,
           laid
           open
           in
           a
           Sermon
           on
           2
           Sam.
           19.14
           .
           by
           
             Henry
             Newcom
          
           .
        
         
           A
           Sermon
           preached
           at
           the
           Collegiate
           Church
           at
           Manchester
           ,
           on
           the
           Coronation
           day
           :
           by
           
             Richard
             Horri●k
          
           ,
           Warden
           of
           the
           said
           Colledge
           .
        
         
           The
           
             Sinners
             Hope
          
           ,
           as
           his
           priviledge
           and
           duty
           in
           his
           worst
           condition
           ,
           stated
           ,
           cleared
           ,
           and
           improved
           by
           
             Henry
             Newcom
             M.
             A.
          
           and
           one
           of
           the
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Gospel
           at
           Manchester
           .
        
         
           Grace
           ,
           the
           truth
           and
           growth
           and
           different
           degrees
           thereof
           ,
           being
           the
           substance
           of
           〈◊〉
           Sermons
           preached
           by
           
             Christopher
             Love
          
           late
           Minister
           of
           
             Laurence
             Jury
             London
          
           ,
           to
           which
           is
           added
           a
           Funeral
           Sermon
           being
           the
           last
           Sermon
           he
           ever
           preached
           .
        
         
           King
           James
           Apology
           for
           the
           Oath
           of
           Allegiance
           and
           Supremacy
           ,
           against
           the
           two
           Breves
           of
           Pope
           
             Paulus
             Quintus
          
           and
           the
           Letter
           of
           
             Cardinal
             Bellarmine
          
           to
           
             G.
             Blackwell
          
           the
           Arch-Priest
           .
        
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A59234-e500
           
             *
             The
             English
             Examples
             are
             most
             of
             them
             streams
             from
             Sir
             
               Phillip
               Sidnyes
            
             fountain
             .
          
           
             *
             Note
             that
             Rhetorique
             sets
             forward
             the
             end
             of
             the
             discourse
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             to
             affect
             the
             heart
             with
             the
             sense
             of
             the
             matter
             in
             hand
             :
             as
             Eccl.
             1.2
             .
             Vanity
             of
             vanities
             ,
             saith
             the
             Preacher
             ,
             vanity
             of
             vanities
             ,
             all
             is
             vanity
             ,
             where
             we
             may
             see
             that
             it
             is
             no
             vanity
             to
             teach
             the
             vanity
             of
             the
             creatures
             in
             Rhetorical
             elegancies
             .
          
           
             Luke
             24.45
             .
          
           
             Isa.
             29.11
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             Rev.
             3.7
             .
          
           
             Eph.
             4.18
             .
          
           
             Luke
             8.10
             .
          
           
             *
             Mat.
             16.26
             ,
             27.
             
             This
             is
             my
             body
             ,
             &c.
             take
             heed
             you
             take
             not
             the
             sign
             for
             that
             whereof
             it
             is
             but
             a
             sign
             .
          
           
             VVhere
             there
             is
             a
             sentence
             in
             Scripture
             which
             hath
             a
             Tropical
             word
             ,
             we
             may
             n●t
             think
             the
             whole
             place
             figurative
             :
             as
             Matth.
             26.28
             .
             this
             is
             my
             blood
             which
             is
             shed
             for
             many
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             The
             like
             in
             Joh.
             1.10.4.35
             .
             &
             4.13
             ,
             14
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A59234-e6910
           
             A
             Trope
             is
             an
             in●●●u●ent
             of
             Elocution
             wh●ch
             adorns
             out
             Speech
             .
          
           
             Metonymie
          
           
             Irony
             .
          
           
             Metaphor
             .
          
           
             Synecdoche
             .
          
           
             Catachresis
             .
          
           
             Hyperbile
             .
          
           
             Me●alepsis
             ,
          
           
             Litotes
             .
          
           
             Allego●ie
             .
          
           
             A
             Figure
             ▪
             
          
           
             A
             note
             in
             the
             garnishing
             of
             speech
             in
             words
             ,
             and
             in
             garnishing
             the
             frame
             of
             speech
             in
             a
             sentence
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Kinde
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             K●nde
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Kinde
             ,
          
           
             4.
             
             Kinde
             .
          
           
             By
             the
             Table
             may
             he
             found
             each
             Figure
             ,
             and
             where
             they
             are
             opened
             ,
             illustrated
             and
             exemplified
             .
          
           
             
               Figura
               Sententiae
            
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Esteum
               nomen
               aut
               verbum
               ex
               prop●io
               loco
               ,
               in
               ●●m
               transfertur
               ,
               in
               quo
               aut
               proprium
               d
               est
               ,
               〈◊〉
               sla●um
               prop●io
               melius
               est
               .
            
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Efficientis
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met
               materiae
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Instrument
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met
               Essecli
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Subjecti
            
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             ,
             Adjuncti
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               An●eceden●is
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Consequontis
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Connext
            
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Finis
            
          
           
             *
             See
             the
             explication
             of
             the
             Termes
             .
          
           
             
               Met.
               Formae
            
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             
               Syn●c
               .
               Numeri
            
             See
             pag.
             43.
             
          
           
             *
             
               In
               exercitu
               militum
               virtus
               quam
               maxime
               juvat
               .
            
          
           
             
               Synecd
               .
               Numeri
            
             .
             See
             p.
             36.
             
          
           
             *
             〈…〉
             that
             〈…〉
             and
             ●is
             sons
             daughters
             ,
             when
             it
             appear
             by
             the
             15
             ,
             &
             17.
             verses
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             but
             an
             only
             daughter
             ,
             by
             name
             Dinah
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             his
             sons
             daughters
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Cum
               nomen
               aut
               verbum
               universale
               restringitur
               ad
               partem
               vel
               aliquid
               saliem
               speciale
               ,
               quod
               per
               accusativum
               effertur
               .
            
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Vir
               gregis
            
             (
             i.e.
             )
             Caper
             .
          
           
             
               Est
               autem
               haec
               in
               Metalepsi
               natura
               ,
               ut
               inter
               quod
               transfertur
               sit
               medius
               quidam
               gradus
               ,
               nihil
               ipse
               significans
               ,
               sed
               praebens
               transitum
               ;
               quem
               Tropum
               magis
               affectamus
               ,
               ut
               habere
               videamur
               ,
               quàm
               ut
               ullo
               in
               loco
               desideremus
               .
            
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Virg.
             Aenoid
             .
          
           
             Virg.
             Aenoid
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Alicujus
               ougendi
               minuendive
               causa
               superat
               veritatem
               .
            
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             The
             Glory
             of
             the
             odl
             Testament
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Negatio
               contrarii
               auget
               vim
               affirmationis
            
             .
          
           
             Farn●by
             .
          
           
             Farn●by
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farn●by
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Quod
               in
               〈◊〉
               dentes
               nudan●ur
               carne
               .
            
          
           
             Farn●by
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             he
             that
             will
             understand
             proverbs
             ,
             must
             mark
             their
             opposition
             .
          
           
             Prov.
             21.17
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             a
             ☽
             
          
           
             b
             ☉
             
          
           
             
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             See
             Homo●teleuton
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Cumter
               eadem
               recurrimus
               ,
               verba
               inverso
               ordine
               relegentes
               .
            
             When
             we
             return
             back
             again
             by
             the
             same
             words
             ,
             reading
             again
             the
             words
             in
             a
             clean
             contrary
             order
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Terence
             ,
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             Thus
             it
             is
             a
             Retreat
             at
             the
             end
             of
             a
             Parenthesis
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             In
             Symplece
             .
          
           
             a
             
               S●e
               Patiop●ta
            
             .
          
           
             b
             
               See
               Chronographia
            
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             c
             
               S●e
               Diatyposis
            
             .
          
           
             See
             Psal.
             37.35
             ,
             36.
             
          
           
             a
             It
             argues
             a
             Paralogism
             of
             the
             consequent
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Cicero
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Cicero
             .
          
           
             Cicero
             for
             Archia
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             This
             is
             called
             a
             figure
             of
             speech
             between
             two
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             Hereunto
             is
             Synchoresis
             of
             kin
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             a
             Climux
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Terence
             .
          
           
             *
             This
             form
             of
             speech
             Solomon
             in
             Prov.
             14
             .
             2●
             .
             uses
             〈…〉
             h●●
             affirmation
             Do
             they
             not
             erre
             that
             devise
             evill
             ?
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             This
             is
             f●equently
             usu●l
             in
             an
             Enthymema
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             
               Exclamation
               .
            
             ,
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             Epanorthosis
             and
             Aposiopesis
             are
             kinds
             of
             Revocation
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             also
             a
             kind
             of
             Revocation
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Virgil.
             
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Cice●o
             .
          
           
             *
             Of
             this
             kind
             are
             Mimesis
             and
             Dialegismus
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             This
             Exsornation
             hath
             some
             affinitie
             with
             Prosopopoeia
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             This
             figure
             adorneth
             and
             garnisheth
             speech
             as
             a
             rich
             wardrobe
             ,
             wherein
             are
             many
             and
             sundry
             changes
             of
             garments
             to
             adorn
             one
             and
             the
             same
             person
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             ,
          
           
             A
             Synonymie
             of
             word●
             .
          
           
             A
             Synonymie
             of
             sentences
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             Whatsoever
             may
             be
             more
             briefly
             signified
             ,
             &
             is
             with
             eloquence
             more
             amply
             manifested
             ,
             is
             a
             Periph●asis
             .
          
           
             Far●aby
             .
          
           
             *
             See
             it
             further
             in
             pag.
             5.
             
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             It
             is
             somewhat
             like
             unto
             Aposiopesis
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Cicero
             against
             Cataline
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             Articulus
             hath
             been
             accounted
             among
             the
             Ancient
             Rhet.
             a
             figure
             ,
             but
             now
             Asyndeton
             .
             supplies
             its
             place
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             *
             I●
             is
             an
             immediate
             Reduction
             of
             the
             third
             person
             either
             to
             the
             first
             or
             second
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             b
             Trabeate
             
               the
               Vocat
               .
               for
            
             traheatus
             ,
             
               the
               Nominative
            
             .
          
           
             The
             No.
             for
             the
             Genitive
             .
             The
             Dat.
             for
             Accul
             .
             Abl.
             for
             Dat.
             
          
           
             
               Edm
               Spencer
               .
               ch
            
             .
             13.
             
          
           
             *
             Achilles
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             
               Enal
               .
               Gen.
            
             
          
           
             a
             
               Pro
               qui
               mihi
               charior
               sum
               ,
               Enal
               .
               Numeri
               .
            
          
           
             
               Enal
               .
               Modi
            
          
           
             
               Enal
               Pers.
            
             
          
           
             
               Enal
               Temporum
            
             .
          
           
             Enal
             .
             of
             the
             Number
             .
          
           
             Enal
             .
             of
             the
             Gend
             .
          
           
             Enal
             .
             of
             the
             Tense
             .
          
           
             Enal
             .
             of
             the
             Pers.
             
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             Farnaby
             .
          
           
             
               See
               Epistrophe
            
             .
          
           
             An
             Epigmatical
             Parable
             .
          
           
             The
             morning
             .
          
           
             The
             evening
             .
          
           
             Midnight
             .
          
           
             The
             Spr.
             
          
           
             Autumn
             .
          
           
             See
             Antiphrosis
             .
          
           
             Sentences
             .
          
           
             This
             Exornation
             is
             of
             kin
             to
             Aetiologia
             .